Unit 5 Nelson Mandela——a modern hero
教材分析
I．教学内容分析
本单元的中心话题是当代英雄纳尔逊·曼德拉。有别于一般故事的直叙手法，本单元采用穷苦的黑人工人伊莱亚斯叙述他眼中的曼德拉的手法，从不同的侧面反映故事的主题内容。第一篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯向我们介绍1952-1963年期间的曼德拉。第二篇听力短文伊莱亚斯讲述了他为了争取与白人有平等的权利而参加了曼德拉的非洲国民大会青年联盟。第三篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯说到他在罗本岛监狱得到了曼德拉的帮助，非国大（ANC)掌权后，伊莱亚斯又回到罗本岛监狱担任导游。这样的写法尽可能剔除作者的主观看法，留给学生更多的思考空间，启发学生自己去思考，主动地表述对自己心目中英雄人物的看法。
Warming up部分通过学生的讨论，了解彼此及对伟人的品质看法。这部分的词汇都与学生的日常生活和学习有关，所以能调动学生讨论的积极性，同时了解学生的特点，达到热身的效果。
Pre-reading部分提供了六个重要的历史人物，这可以作为对学生知识面开阔与否的考察；同时借助有效的文字信息，要求学生读懂每个人的基本情况。通过讨论区分伟人和重要人物，理解伟人、重要人物之间的区别和联系，判断他们中谁能称得上是伟大的人。
Reading部分是伊莱亚斯介绍的1952-1963年期间的曼德拉：开设黑人律师事务所，为遇到麻烦的穷苦黑人提供咨询服务；以和平的方式来获取黑人应有的权利。
Comprehending 部分分别从不同层面引导学生进行阅读。通过判断正误，检测学生对阅读篇章的表层来理解程度；通过小组讨论，回答问题；根据不同的时间，分别列出曼德拉和伊莱亚斯的经历，要求学生充分的把握文章的结构。
Learning about Language部分主要着重于词汇和语法的学习与训练。词汇学习部分主要通过词语释义、缺词填空等形式的练习，帮助学生熟悉重点词汇和短语。语法部分紧扣
“when, where, why，介词＋which，介词＋whom引导的定语从句”这一语法项目，重点学习如何选择合适的引导词，通过填空以及举例的形式进行综合操练。
Using Language部分综合训练听、说、读、写的能力。阅读部分是本单元主要阅读篇章故事的延续。伊莱亚斯继续叙述他眼中的曼德拉，伊莱亚斯说到他在罗本岛监狱得到了曼德拉的帮助，非国大（ANC)掌权后，伊莱亚斯又回到罗本岛监狱担任导游。伊莱亚斯的描述，可以使学生从中了解南非黑人当时的生活状况以及他们不平等的社会地位，从而进一步了解曼德拉。“写作”(Writing）部分重点指导学生如何选取和组织材料，来描述伟人。
Summing Up 部分引导学生从内容、词汇和语法三个方面进行总结。对于如何制作学习计划，对于提高学习策略水平有很大的帮助。
Learning Tip 部分指导学生收集尽可能多的有关名人的材料；通过阅读获取基本的信息，并以此为依据分析这些人，从而得出正确的有关名人的评论。
II．教学重点和难点
1．教学重点
1）本单元的生词和短语。
2）掌握运用由when, where, why,介词＋which, 介词＋whom的定语从句。
3) 了解纳尔逊·曼德拉的生平事迹。
2．教学难点
1）认识伟人所应具备的优秀品质，向他们学习，以提高自身的素质。
2）学会发表评论和表达自己的看法。
3）学写有关伟人或名人的生平
III．教学计划
本单元分五课时：
第一课时：Warming up, Listening & Talking
第二、三课时：Pre-reading, Reading& comprehending
第四、五课时：Learning about Language & Using Words and Expressions
第六课时：Using language
第七课时：Listening
第八课时：Speaking & Writing
IV．教学步骤：
Period 1 Warming up, Listening & Talking
Teaching Goals:
1. To arouse Ss’ interest in learning about heroes in history
2. To develop Ss’ speaking ability.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1 Lead-in
Purpose: To activate Ss’ and arouse them to express their opinions about a person.
Show the pictures about the historical persons like Churchill and Zhude. Ask the students what they did and what do they think of them. And see if they know some information about them and how to express their opinions about a person.
Step 2: Warming up
Purpose: To lead Ss to the topic of this unit through the questions in the form.
1. Pair work: Get the Ss to ask the questions each other, and then ask them to present it before class.
a. What kind of person is your partner?
b. What qualities does your partner have?
c. Do you think he or she will become a great person in the future?
2. Group work: Get the Ss to divide into four groups and talk about the qualities they have.
Ask students to have a discussion of the adjectives in groups, helping the students become more self-aware. Collect some qualities that students think they have.
3. Discussion
Question 1: Who do you think are the greatest men in your mind? Can you name some?
Question 2: In what way do you consider a man is a great? What is your standard?
Encourage students to give five or six qualities that they think great persons have, and give their reasons.
The teacher invites students to draw the outline of qualities that make a great person.
Conclusion:
A great person is a person who has followed his or her ideas and sacrificed(牺牲) something so that they could be realized. A pop singer may be very popular with the young people, but he/she is not a great man/woman.
Step 3. Pre-listening
Purpose: To help Ss learn about the context of the listening part
Group work: Ask Ss to discuss with their partners in groups of four according to the pictures:
.
1) Who was the person in these pictures?
2) What do you know about him?
3) What were his achievements?
Discussion: To get the Ss to talk about William Tyndale, try to get as much information as possible and think what kind of person he was.
After talking, ask students to present their opinions to the all the classmates.
Step 4. Listening (Workbook)
Purposes:
To get the main information in the listening part.
To develop Ss’ listening ability
To learn some information about William Tyndale.
1) Listen to the dialogue, focusing on the subjects mentioned in the passage, then answer the question:
What’s the relationship between William Tyndale and the Bible?
Suggested answer: He wrote the Bible in English
2) Listen to the tape and finish off the exercise in the workbook.
3) Listen to the tape again and check the answers by yourselves, then check the answers together.
Step 5. Talking
Purpose: To get the Ss to talk about their hero/heroine.
1) Pre-speaking:
Individual work
Ask the Ss to think about these questions and then present their views to all the classmates
1. Who is you hero/heroine?
2. Why do you like him/ her so much?
3. Did he/she do anything for others?
Pair work
Discuss the question below with your desk mate and classmates.
What kind of qualities should a great person have? If they want to succeed in their career, what difficulties should they overcome?
2. While-speaking
Purpose: To get the Ss to talk about their hero/heroine.
Show some pictures for students as examples.
Pair work:
Ask them to discuss them, using the following words and phrases in the discussion.
Good idea! I think/ don’t think ……
That’s an excellent idea! I’m afraid……
I agree/don’t agree. Why do you think so?
I prefer…… What do you think of……？
In my opinion…… What’s your opinion?
After the discussion, ask some pairs to present their dialogue.
Sample dialogue:
S1: My hero is Martin Luther King, Jr. He was so brave and did not seem to worry about his personal safety.
S2: What did he do?
SI: He led the movement for civil rights in America.
S2: I suppose he encouraged fighting white people!
S1: No. He always argued for non-violent action. He led marches and showed the white people of the southern states that black people wanted the same rights.
S2: But black people have the vote in America, don't they?
St: But the law said black people must eat and go to school in different places from white people. King stopped that.
S2: Where did this happen?
SI: The first place he stopped it was Montgomery, a town in Alabama State in 1955一1956. He did it peacefully but he made a lot of white people upset.
S2: What happened?
S1: The first place he stopped it was Montgomery, a town in Alabama State in 1955一1956. He did it peacefully but he made a lot of white people upset.
S2: What happened?
S1: When he went to Birmingham Alabama to do the same thing a few years later, he was put in prison.
S2: Was that the end?
S1: No. He wrote a letter from prison telling people that they must break the law peacefully if the law is wrong.
S2: Is that he is most famous for?
S1: No. His most famous speech is “I have a dream” which he gave in Washington in 1963. It talks of a future when black and white people can live together peacefully and happily.
S2: In that case I will make him my hero too. I really like people who fight for what they believe in but in a way that is peaceful and non-violent.
Step 7. Homework
1. Continue to discuss your hero/heroine with your partner.
2. Ask the Ss to get on the line and prepare something for Nelson Mandela
Periods 2 & 3 Pre-reading, Reading & Comprehending
Teaching Goals:
1. To learn about Nelson Mandela
2. To develop some basic reading skills.
3. To arouse Ss’ interest in learning about the great person, the story and the quality.
Teaching procedures:
Step 1. Pre-reading
Purpose: To arouse Ss’ interest in learning about Nelson Mandela.
Group work:
Show some parsons’ pictures, and encourage students to give as much information as possible
William Tyndale (1494--1536) Norman Bethune(1890--1939)
Britain Canada
Sun Yat-sen(1866--1925) Gandhi(1869--1948)
China India
Nelson Mandela (1918- ) Neil Armstrong (1930- )
South Africa USA
Individual work:
Then show the names and the information about six men, and ask students to match them each other, and present it.
William Tyndale:
He wrote the Bible in English so all could read it. He died for his ideas but his work is still used in the official Bible today.
Norman Bethune:
He fought against the German Nazis and Japanese invaders during World War II. He worked selflessly in China as a doctor and saved many Chinese soldiers.
Sun Yat-sen:
He founded the first Republic in China in 1911 after many years’ fighting. He strongly believed in the three principles: nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood.
Mohandas Gandhi:
He gave up a rich life for his ideas and fought for his country to be free from the UK in a peaceful way.
Nelson Mandela:
He fought for the black people and was in prison for almost thirty years. He helped black people get the same rights as white people.
Neil Armstrong:
He was the first man to land on the moon in July 1969. He said, “That’s one small step for (a) man, one giant leap for mankind.”
Discussion:
Let students work in pairs and decided which of them are great men and which are just important men. Give your reasons for you decision.
Step 2. Reading
Purpose: 1) To have Ss learn about some information about Nelson Mandela and the situation where the black was badly or unfairly treated.
2) To get Ss to learn about reason why Nelson Mandela helped the black people to get the same right as white people.
1. Leading in
Purpose: Arose students’ interest of the text and encourage students to imagine the contents of the text
Team work:
Answer the question below: What’s the connection between them?
Step 3. Reading
1. Fast reading
Purpose: To get a brief understanding of the text.
Team work:
1) Ask the students if they are curious about the relationship between Nelson Mandela and the black people, esp. Elias, then ask the students to read the text. While reading through the text, preferably the first and last sentences of each paragraph and then get a general idea of the passage according to the following form.
Paragraphs
Hints
Details
1
Self-introduction
2
Elias’s trouble-schooling and job
3
Impression of Mandela and his influence
4
Realization of the situation with the help of Mandela
5
True feeling and actions
2) Try to analyze the structure of the passage.
Part
Paragraph
Main idea
1
Paragraph 1-2
The life of Elias’ life before he met Nelson Mandela.
2
Paragraph 3-5
The change of Elias’ life after he met Nelson Mandela and what Mandela did.
2. Skimming
Purpose: To get Ss to have some details in the text.
Individual work:
1) Read the text quickly and try to get some details from the text. Work in pairs and try to tell which of the following statements are true and which are false and why.
1. Elias went to see Nelson Mandela when he was in trouble.
2. Elias left school because the school was too far from his home.
3. Nelson Mandela helped him keep his job.
4. Elias trusted Nelson Mandela and he joined the ANC Youth League.
5. Elias was willing to blow up government buildings.
6. Nelson Mandela thought violence was a good way to help black people.
Ask individual students to give their answers, and their reasons.
Suggested answers:
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F 6. F
3) Competition
Take a quiz below and according to the questions; see whether they can grasp the details of the text.
1. Why did Elias have to leave school?
A. Because he didn't have a passbook.
B. Because his home was far from the school.
C. Because his family couldn't afford the school fees.
D. Because he couldn't read or write.
2. Nelson Mandela opened a black law firm in order to .
A. make money
B. help the poor black people with their problems
C. make himself famous
D. study law
3. How did Nelson Mandela help Elias keep his job?
A. He talked with Elias' boss.
B. He helped him get the correct papers.
C. He lent him some money.
D. He asked him to go to court.
4. Why did Elias help Nelson Mandela blow up some government buildings?
A. Because he liked violence.
B. Because it was not dangerous.
C. Because he thought it was a way to make black and white people equal.
D. Because he wanted to be famous.
5. What dream did Nelson Mandela have?
A. To become the president of South Africa.
B. To win the Nobel Peace Prize.
C. To make black and white people equal.
D. To blow up some government buildings.
6. What does the word “leave” in the 3rd line of Para 2?
A. go away from a place B. give up; stop
C. forget to take D. cause sb. to be in a certain condition
7. What can we infer from this part?
A. Elias was a black worker in Johannesburg.
B. Elias received little education when he was young.
C. Mandela opened a law firm to help black to share their problems.
D. Black people in Johannesburg are not treated equally.
Suggested answers:
1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. D
3. Scanning
Team work:
Read the text carefully and try to find more details from the text then make a timeline of Elias’s life, according to the time below.
1940 1942 1944 1946
1948 1950 1952 1954
Suggested answers:
1940: Elias was born.
1942: Elias was a two years old baby.
1944: Elias was four years old.
1946: Elias began school.
1948: Elias left school.
1950: Nelson Mandela opened his law firm.
1952: Elias was 12 and met Mandela.
1954: Elias was fourteen and encouraged by Mandela.
4. Retelling
According to the timeline of Elias’s life, use some important words and phrases to retell the text.
Retell the passage in third person with the help of the following hints:
Elias black worker South Africa little education difficulties
at the age of 12 Mandela with sb’s help moved kindness Elias’ time life for the blacks hard rights choose unequally
ANC Youth League equal rights join peaceful way law not allow violence with violence dream
Suggested answers:
Elias was a black worker in South Africa. He just received little education when he was young. So he had some difficulties in his work. When he was at the age of 12, he met Mandela and solved his problems with his help. He was greatly moved by his kindness.
During Elias’ time, life for the blacks was hard. They had no rights to choose and were treated unequally. So when Mandela organized the ANC Youth League to fight for the equal rights of the blacks, Elias joined it as soon as he could. At first they tried some peaceful way to break the law but it was not allowed. As a result, they had to answer violence with violence to realize their dream of making black and white people equal.
3. Listen to the tape and deal with the language points in groups.
Purpose: To train Ss’ listening ability and Ss language capacity. Listen to the tape and follow it in a low voice.
Group work: The students are divided into three groups. Each group is supposed to read through each part, and then find the following phrases.
a very difficult period of my life, be worried about, out of work, reach a stage，in fact，be put in a position, either…or, answer violence with violence, as a matter of fact, blow up, be put in prison, achieve one’s dream of doing sth.
4. Language study
Explain some important sentences:
The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
It was in 1952 and Mandela was the black lawyer to whom I went for advice.
After trying hard, I got a job in a gold mine.
The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
We were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the Government.
Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.
6. Discussion
Group work:
Ask students discuss the following questions with their partners and give their own opinion.
1. What problems did the black people like Elias have?
2. What do we call it when some people are badly treated because of their race and others?
3. Is it fair to treat others badly for things they cannot change, like the color of skin or eyes or the race one belongs to? Give a reason. Possible answers:
1. Black people had no vote and could not choose who ruled them. The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people. They could not get jobs they wanted. The places they were the poorest areas in South Africa. No one could grow food there.
2. Racialism
3. No. Encourage students to give their opinions.
Step6. Homework
1. Use the new words and expressions to make some sentences.
2. Try to write a short composition about the story of Nelson Mandela.
Period 4 &5 Language study and Using Words and Expressions
Goals: 1. To enable the Ss to master some new words and expressions
2. To get the Ss to have knowledge of this grammar point:
Attributive Clause(由where, when, why, 介词+which, 介词+whom引导的定语从句)
Teaching procedures:
Step 1. Word study
Purpose: To consolidate the words and phrases in the text.
Look at the reading passage again to find words that mean the same.
1 _________ group of people organized for a special purpose
2 _________ help and advice given to someone
3 ____________ not have a job
4 _________ showing great love for someone or something
5 __________ unkind; ungenerous
6 ________ a time or state that something reaches as it grows
7 ________ money paid for going to school
8 ________ basic general truth
9 ________ the human race
10 ________ period of being young
Suggested answers:
1 league,2 guidance,3 out of work,4. devoted,5. mean,6. stage,7. fee,8. principle,9. mankind,10. youth
二、
Adjective
Noun
Kind
kindness
calm
calmness
selfish
selfishness
ill
illness
lonely
loneliness
Noun
Adjective
Adverb
care
careful
carefully
hope
hopeful
hopefully
peace
peaceful
peacefully
beauty
beautiful
beautifully
success
successful
successfully
三. Complete the passage with some of the words above.
My name is Robert Sobukwe. Like Nelson Mandela I was a ______ who believed that all ________ is created ______. I hate _____ and tried to use ____ ways so that black people could ______ for their government. As I live in South Africa, the ______ of the South African ________ did not agree with me. They _______ me for encouraging the blacks to fight against the government and put me in prison. Nobody was allowed to talk to me for five long years and I lost the ability to talk. Before I went to prison, I had been ________ that things would change. After I was released I found the _______ of life for black people had got worse. I was _______________ my future., and soon I fell ill. Although I was not as successful as Nelson Mandela, many people remember me as one of the first _________ black fighters for human rights in South Africa.
Answer keys:
lawyer, mankind, equal, violence, legal, vote, officials, Republic, attacked, hopeful, quality, worried about, active
3. Using Words and Expressions (WB)
Purpose: 1) To enable the Ss to master some new words and expressions
2) To get some information about Charles Babbage
1) Group Work:
Show some pictures and ask students to talk about the person in the picture and his achievements.
2) Individual Work:
Choose the words or expressions from the brackets to complete the passage below, then read the story about Charles Babbage.
Charles Babbage was born in 1791 in Britain. He was in poor health in his ______ (young/youth) so he had to ______ (brought/be educated) at home. His mother (worried for/worried about) his health and she was＿＿＿＿(advised／begged) that he should not be (taught/ educating) too much. However, the boy showed an early interest in mathematics and worked hard at it. Later he was
(received／accepted) by Cambridge University.
Babbage began to work on a small difference engine（差分机）in 1819, which in a very short
（period/ while) of time could work out mathematical tables by itself. He ______ (released/completed) it in 1822. In 1827 he became a professor of mathematics and began his lifelong work on computing machines. He worked ______ (generously/selflessly). (At first As a matter of fact), he often spent his own money on his invention. In 1834 he invented the Analytical Machine（分析机）which is the prototype（原型）of a computer. This was a great achievement. He _________ (devoted/gave in) a lot of his wealth and energy to his invention, but he never produced a real computer. Finally in 1871 he died＿＿＿＿(peaceful／peacefully). However his principles are still these on which computers are built. As a result, he is remembered as the “grandfather of computing”.
Suggested answers: youth; be educated; worried about; advised; taught; accepted; period; completed; selflessly; As a matter of fact; devoted; peacefully;
Step 3. Grammar
Purpose: To get the Ss to have knowledge of the grammar.
1) Individual wok:
Find out all the attributive clauses in Reading.
Line 1: The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
Line 4: The school where I studied only two years was three kilometers away.
Line 6: This was a time when one could not read or write.
Line 9:The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest days of my life.
Line 14: We have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
倒数Line 10: The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people.
倒数Line 8: The place where they were sent to live were the poorest areas in South Africa.
倒数Line 6: …we were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important.
倒数Line 5: We first broke the law in a way which was peaceful.
2) Grammar point
when, where, why引导定语从句
where 表示地点，只能跟在表地点或场合的名词后。
注意：where不在从句中做主语或宾语。
What is the name of the town where we stayed last night?
Think of a place where we can go for dinner.
Please leave the book at the place where it was.
Please leave the book where it was
2. when表示时间，只能跟在表时间的名词后。
Tell me the time when the train leaves.
July, when (=in which) we can go home for a rest, is coming soon.
I will never forget the days that/which I spent with your family.
3. why表示原因，通常跟在reason后引导定语从句。
I don’t know the reason why he left here.
This is the reason why (= for which) he cried.
The teacher was surprised at the reason (that/which) he explained for being late.
Step 4. Activity
Purpose: To get the Ss to grasp grammar through exercise.
Individual Work:
Ex 2
Elias had some messages for his friends. Please help him complete sentences.
Suggested answers：
The mines where I worked were 9 km from my home.
The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work.
The time when I arrived was late at night.
The government building where we voted was very tall.
The date when I joined the ANC Youth League was the 5th of August.
2) Play the game
Divide the students into groups of four. The first person begins with a sentence and each person in the group adds extra and different information using the attributive clause.
S1: The school was very large.
S2: The school where I learned judo was very large.
S3: The school where I studied for six years was very large.
S4: The school where I was so unhappy was very large.
More versions
1) The factory is very large and modern.
The factory where my family work is very large and modern.
The factory where we visited is very large and modern.
The factory where you can see many tall buildings is very large and modern.
2) The day was a very exciting time.
The day when I met my old school friend in the street was a very exciting time.
The day when the China football team beat the Japanese football team was a very exciting time.
The day when I began school was a very exciting time.
Step 5. Practice
Purpose: To get the Ss to have knowledge of the grammar through exercise.
Group Work:
1. Complete these sentences using an attributive clause with when, where or why.
1) That was the reason and I could not go on my holiday to Britain.
2) Mary Brown moved to a place , so she could go swimming every day.
3) This was the time＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿and everyone was cold and hungry.
4) It was the year＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿and everybody had to cook their dinner by candlelight.
5) I went back to the town ，so I could see the house where I used to live.
6) He will never forget the park .
Suggested answers:
1 why I had to go to hospital for so long
2 where she was close to the sea
3 when the harvest failed three years in a row
4 when the electricity failed/ there was a power cut at Christmas
5 which I left when I was five years old
6 where he first met his wife
Individual Work:
2. Join two simple sentences to make a complex sentence with an attributive clause.
EXAMPLE: Wang An moved to the US from Shanghai in 1945. He was born in Shanghai．
Wang An moved from Shanghai, where he was born, to the US in 1945.
1. Harvard is a world-famous university. There Wang An got his Doctor's degree.
2. He arrived in America in 1945 as a young man. He had lost most of his family during the
Anti-Japanese War.
3. Wang An spent 3 years in Harvard University. There he studied applied physics（应用物理学）.
4. In 1951 Dr Wang founded his own company. Computers were made there.
5. He became a very successful entrepreneur（企业家）in the US in 1985. He made $3 billion.
6. Dr Wang died in the year 1990. At that time IT was developing rapidly all over the world.
7 This is Dr Wang. The computer company belonged to him.
Suggested answers:
1 Harvard is a world-famous university where／from which Wang An got his doctor's degree.
2 He arrived in America in 1945 as a young man who had lost most of his family during the Anti-Japanese War.
3 Wang An spent 3 years in Harvard University where／in which he studied applied physics.
4 In 1951 Dr Wang founded his own company where／in which computers were made.
5 He became a very successful entrepreneur in the US in 1985, when he made $3 billion.
6 Dr Wang died in 1990 when IT was developing rapidly all over the world.
7 This is Dr Wang to whom the computer company belonged.
3. Choose the best answers(高考连接)
He made another wonderful discovery, _______ of great importance to science.
A. which I think is B. which I think it is
C. which I think it D. I think which is
----How are you today?
----Oh, I ____ as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A. didn’t feel B. wasn’t feeling
C. don’t feel D. haven’t felt
There was ______ time ______ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when
C. the; that D. the; when
Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see _________ .
A. who is he B. who he is
C. who is it D. who it is
Suggested answers:
1. 答案A。解析：该题考查定语从句中加入插入语的用法，因插入语应位于引导词之后，所以D项不对，B、C两项无法构成正确结构。
2. 答案D。解析：由题意看出，此处表示持续到现在的一段时间的情况，需用现在完成时，句意为“我好长时间没感到想现在这样糟糕了”。
3. 答案B。解析：全句意为“曾经有一段时间我痛恨上学。”第一空不表示特指，第二空引起定语从句，且在句中作时间状语。
4. 答案D。解析：空格处应填入宾语从句，因从句不用疑问式，所以A、C可排除；当不知对方的身份或性别时，主语应用it。
Step 6.Homework.
1. Review the new words and phrases.
2. Summarize the rules of where/when/why attributive clauses.
3. Finish off exercise 2 on P71.
Period 6 Using Language
Goals: To get the Ss to learn more about the story of Elias
To get the Ss to know something about the qualities of Nelson Mandela
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Warming up
Purpose: To lead the Ss to the topic and arouse the Ss’ interest in reading.
Could you imagine the life of Mandela and Elias in prison? Find some words to describe it.
Encourage students to give varieties of words.
Step 2. Reading.
Purpose: Read the text in the using language part and learn more about Nelson Mandela.
1. Scanning
Purpose: To get a brief understanding of the text.
Group Work: Scan the text in two minutes and ask the Ss to discuss the questions, then answer them in pairs.
(1)What did Elias do when he was in prison?
(2) Finally, what did Elias take as his job? Did he enjoy it?
Suggested answers:
(1) He studied and was taught by Nelson Mandela when he was in prison.
(2) His job is taking the tourists round his old prison, at first he didn't enjoy his job but later he was proud to do this.
2. Detailed reading
Purpose: To get Ss to have some details in the text.
Individual Work:
Read the passage for a second time and choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. Elias was unhappy in the prison because _________.
A. he was kept with the criminals
B. the prison guards studied with him
C. he has to study
D. he could not study for a degree
2. Nelson Mandela showed how good a leader he was because ________.
A. he fought the guards in prison
B. he refused to let the guards study in his school
C. he let the guards study in his school but not take the exams
D. he let the guards study even though the prisoners could not take the exams
3. Life for Elias was not too bad in prison because _________
A. he had to study
B. he could study with the guards
C. he wanted to study
D. he could study and get a degree
4. As leader of South Africa, Nelson Mandela helped prisoners of Robben Island by ________
A. giving them an education
B. giving them money
C. putting the guards in prison
D. giving them a job
Suggested answers: 1. D 2.D 3.B 4.A
Step 3 Retelling
Retell the story of Mandela, according to the form
Step 4 Language study
Individual Work:
Ask students to go through the text, and find out the following sentences:
1. You cannot imagine how the name of Robben Island made us afraid.
2. He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have been asleep.
3. They were not cleverer than me, but they did pass their exams. So I knew I could get a degree too.
4. I did not work again for twenty years until Mr Mandela and the ANC came to power in 1994.
come to power = come into power 执政
in power 当权，执政
5. All the terror and fear of that time came back to me.
6. I remembered the beatings and the cruelty of the guards and my friends who had died. I felt I would not be able to do it.
7. They said that the job and the pay from the new South African government were my reward after working all my life for equal rights for the Blacks.
in reward 作为报酬
Step 5 Further Reading (Reading task WB)
1. Warming up
Group Work:
Now you are going to look at a famous man, Bill Gates. Do you know anything about him?
Encourage students to give as much as possible.
2. Reading
Individual Work: Now read through the evidence and fill in the research note below. You must not add anything or leave anything out.
Information about Bill Gates
Job
Achievements
What did he give up for his beliefs?
Generosity
Why does he have enemies?
Why attacked by the government?
Suggested answers:
Information about Bill Gates
Job
Chief executive officer of a computer company
Achievements
Produced software that is used all over the world
What did he give up for his beliefs?
None
Generosity
Gave money to cause for children’s education and the health
Why does he have enemies?
Other people are jealous of his success
Why attacked by the government?
They thought he was too big and too powerful and that is unfair to his competitor.
3. Discussion
Group Work: Divide the students into groups of the four to discuss the questions. Bill Gates is a successful and rich man but is he a great man? Has he given up anything (not money) in his life to help other people and made things fairer in the world?
Use the skills you have learned about expressing points of view and decide whether you think he is a great man. If you have an opinion about that already, please finish this sentence.
I think Bill Gates is / is not a great man because .
After the discussion, the representatives from each group present the discussion of their group.
A possible answer:
I don’t think Bill Gates is a great man because he has not suffered for his beliefs. He has always lived the life of a rich man.
Homework:
Go over these two passages.
Period 7 Listening
Purpose:
To get the main information in the listening part.
To develop Ss’ listening ability
To learn some information about William Tyndale and different point of view..
Part 1 Listening (Using language)
Step 1 Pre-listening
Group work: Ask Ss to discuss with their partners in groups of four according to the questions,
and try to predict the answers to the following questions
What is a passbook?
Why is it important?
What job did Elias want to do?
Who worked underground?
Who worked on the surface?
Where did Elias live?
Step2 Listening
Purpose: To help Ss learn about the context of the listening part
Listen to the tape and finish off the exercise in the text book.
1. What is a passbook?
A. A book to help you pass exams. B. A book to show your identity.
C. A book to tell you where to live. D. A book to tell you how to live.
2. Why is it important?
A. For traveling outside South Africa. B. For showing where you were born.
C. For traveling inside South Africa. D. For getting a job.
3. What job did Elias want to do?
A. To work with other black workers. B. To work as a cleaner.
C. To teach in a primary school. D. To work in the mines.
4. Who worked underground?
A. The white workers. B. The black and white workers.
C. The black workers. D. Foreign workers.
5. Who worked on the surface?
A. The black workers. B. The black and white workers.
C. The white workers. D. Foreign workers.
6. Where did Elias live?
A. In a classroom. B. In a home of his own.
C. In a large room with beds. D. With his family.
Listen to the tape again and check the answers by yourselves, then check the answers together.
Suggested answers:
1. B 2.C 3.D 4.C 5.C 6.C
Step 3 Discussion
1. Do you think Elias was right to join the ANC Youth League? Give a reason.
2. Imagine you are Elias, what would you do? Give a reason.
Part 2 Listening Task
2.
1) What does a “point of view” mean?
A point of view means one way of looking at things.
2 ) Why do the police not just ask one person who was there after an accident?
Because one person may not have seen everything that happened.
3 ) Why do people tell different stories after an accident?
Because they each may have a different idea of the accident. Because they were in different places when the accident happened, they saw things differently.
3. Table Filling
Group Work: Divide the students into 2 groups. One group is to fill in the table from the point of view of A. The other is from the point of view of B.
Information on a car accident by: A
Where did it happen?
How many people in the accident?
BEFORE THE ACCIDENT
Where was the boy?
Where was the car?
What happened?
Who caused it?
Information on a car accident by: B
Where did it happen?
How many people in the accident?
BEFORE THE ACCIDENT
Where was the boy?
Where was the car?
What happened?
Who caused it?
Suggested answers:
Information on a car accident by: A
Where did it happen?
On the road
How many people in the accident?
2
BEFORE THE ACCIDENT
Where was the boy?
Walking along the road
Where was the car?
Coming up behind the boy
What happened?
The car was going too fast and did not look
Who caused it?
It hit the boy and hurt him. The car driver
Information on a car accident by: B
Where did it happen?
On the road
How many people in the accident?
2
BEFORE THE ACCIDENT
Where was the boy?
Walking along the road
Where was the car?
Coming up behind the boy
What happened?
The boy moved farther into the road. The car tried to stop but it couldn’t and it hit the boy. The boy was hurt.
Who caused it?
The boy
3. Further Listening
Group Work: Divide the students into group of four and discuss the following questions.
Why did the two speakers have different ideas about the cause of the accident?
Have you ever had the similar experience? You friends and you have different points of views towards one thing?
Step 3 Homework
Work in groups of four and make a dialogue. Suppose there is an accident, one is the police to take down the record. And the other are witnesses who have different points of view. You are expected to present your dialogue in the next class.
Period 8 Writing & Speaking
Part one Writing
Step 1 Prepare for information:
Purpose: Know more about the life of Nelson Mandela.
Individual Work: Skim the text and find out the answers to the following questions. See who can be the first to find out all the answers.
When did Nelson Mandela complete his law degree at the university?
When was ANC Youth League formed?
What did he set up in 1952?
Why was it closed by government?
Why was he sentenced to five year hard labor in 1962?
What did the ANC do in 1963?
Suggested answers:
In 1940
In 1944
Law office to help poor black people in Johannesburg.
Because he attacked anti-black laws.
For encouraging violence against anti-black laws.
The ANC began to blow up buildings.
Step 2 Speaking
Group Work: Divide the students into two groups to have a debate.
What do you think of Nelson Mandela ?
Part Two Speaking
Purpose: To reexamine what qualities they think makes a great person.
Step one: Warming up
Individual Work:
What qualities do you think are needed to make a great person? Look at the list of qualities that are set out below. You are going to choose four that you consider are the most important for a great person.
intelligent determined generous kind
unselfish hard-working brave confident
Try to work out reasons so that your choice is not just your point of view.
Step two: Talking
While you are choosing each one, think of someone you know or have heard of that has that quality. Then when you have finished choosing, prepare to give a talk to the class. You should explain why you chose each one and who shows it.
Remind the students to use the expressions set out in Talking.
Sample dialogue:
S1: Let's have a look at these qualities. I think a great person should certainly be determined and hard-working. We all know you get nowhere without hard work.
S2: Yes, I agree but what about being intelligent?
S1: Maybe. I'm afraid that I don't agree. Kindness and generosity are far more attractive qualities.
S2: Yes, you are right, but you cannot be kind or generous until you are successful. You need intelligence to see what opportunities are available and work hard to use your knowledge to make a lot of money.
S1: What do you think of being brave and confident? Surely you need those qualities before you are successful to make sure you can be successful
S2: Yes, and once you are successful you need other qualities to be great. That's why being unselfish, kind and generous is so important.
S1: Well, let us choose two qualities to make a successful person and two to make a great person. What about being intelligent, hard-working, generous and unselfish?
S2: Yes, I agree. Now let's see what other groups think?
Part 3. Assessment
Individual work for self-assessment
In this unit, you have learnt about Nelson Mandela. How comfortable do you feel doing each of the skills below?
1= Not comfortable 2= Need more practice 3= Comfortable 4= Very comfortable
Comfortable Level
Talk about your hero/heroine.
1
2
3
4
Talk about the qualities of a great person.
1
2
3
4
Use the new words and new expressions
1
2
3
4
Tell the Attributive Clause
1
2
3
4
Write a composition about Nelson Mandela
1
2
3
4
Reflection
I learnt __________________________________________.
I would like to know about __________________________.
I’m still not sure about ______________________________.
Group work:
Group Assessment
姓 名
小组发言次数
全班发言次数
提出问题次数
解答问题次数
查找资料次数
与人合作次数
总 评 价
Homework
To my understanding, a great person is someone who Choose a great person you admire. Write a passage about him／her. If you want to write about a person who is not known by many people, it is your job to write to the newspaper and tell everyone about his／her good qualities and how he／she helped others.
Supplementary notes to Unit 5
He died for his ideas but his work is still used in the official Bible today.
他为了自己的思想而献身，但他的成果后来应用于《圣经》。
die for 为……而死
They died for the people; their death is weightier than Mount Taishan.
I am dying for a cup of water.
die for 也意为“渴望，切望”（只用于进行时态）
2. He fought against the German Nazis and Japanese invaders during World War II. 二战时期他抵抗德国纳粹和日本侵略者。
fight (fought, fought)
fight for 为……而战
fight against 与……作斗争
We will have to fight against difficulties.
They told the workers to fight for their rights.
3. He founded the first Republic in China in 1911 after many years’ fighting. 经过多年斗争他于1911在中国创建了第一个共和国。
found (founded, founded) 建立，创建
find (found, found)
The hospital was founded in 1920.
Have you found your missing pen?
4. He strongly believed in the three principles: nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood. 他坚信三条原则：民族，民权，民生。
believe in 信任，信仰
Do you believe in God?
We believe in our government.
believe sb. = believe what sb. says 相信某人的话
believe in sb. 信任某人
He believe what he said because I believe in him.
5. He gave up a rich life for his ideas and fought for his country to be free from the UK in a peaceful way.
他为了他的思想而放弃了富裕生活，并且用和平方式为他的国家摆脱英国而进行了战斗。
give up 表示主动放弃或屈服
He has decided to give up smoking.
give in 表示被动屈服或认输， 后面不带宾语
You can’t win the game, so you may as well give in.
free from 摆脱（不好的东西）的，无……的
Keep the children free from harm.
You should try to write sentences free from mistakes.
6. He fought for black people and was in prison for almost thirty years. 他为黑人而战且坐过三十年监狱。
be in prison 在狱中，被监禁
He has been in prison for five years.
put…in prison = send…to prison = throw …into prison 把……投入监狱
The car thieves have been put in prison.
He was sent to prison for ten years.
7. The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
period 期间，时期，学校的一节课，周期
Let’s finish this period and have a break.
a period of rotation 自转周期
the time when 其中when 引起定语从句
This was a time when you had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg.
Do you still remember the time when we first met?
the time 可用于引起时间状语从句，这时一般不加when。
I recognized him the time I saw him.
8. It was in 1952 and Mandela was the black lawyer to whom I went for advice.
1) advise sb. on sth. 就……给某人出主意
I have advised you on that subject.
2) advise sb. to do sth. 建议某人干……
Our monitor advises me to practice more spoken English.
3) advise that + (should) do
I advise that you (should) not eat fruit that isn’t ripe.
9. Sadly I did not have it because I was not born there, and I worried about whether I would become out of work.
be worried about = worry about 担心
She worries about her health.
= She is worried about her health.
out of work 失业
Jim has been out of work for months.
10. The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all. 过去三十年里出现了最多的法律来剥夺我们的权利, 阻挡我们的进步,直到今天我们已经到了几乎没有任何权力的地步.
see 在此句意为“见证，目睹”；(在某段时期)发生(某情况),经历,经受; 为某事发生之时，主语为时间
The last few months has seen more and more traffic accidents.
The city has seen many changes.
11.…only then did we decide to answer violence with violence. 只是在那时我们才决定以暴力对暴力。
only then 此处引起倒装句，当only修饰状语位于句首时，句子采用部分倒装的结构。
Only by practicing a few hours every day will you be able to master English.
only 修饰主语时，句子不倒装。
Only he knew how to solve the problem.
12.As a matter of fact, I do not like violence…but in 1963 I helped him blow up some government buildings. 事实上我不喜欢暴力……但在1963年我帮他炸了一些政府大楼.
as a matter of fact = in fact
As a matter of fact, I don’t know the truth.
13. But I was happy to help because I knew it would to help us achieve our dream of making black and white people equal.
be equal to 等于，相当于
I’m not equal to the position.
Women demand equal pay for equal work.
14. You cannot imagine how the name of Robben Island made us afraid.
imagine n./doing sth./sb.+doing/that…
eg: Can you imagine life without electricity?
I didn’t imagine becoming a writer in my childhood.
I can’t imagine her marrying him.
Imagine that you are a bird.
15. He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have been asleep.
1) should do & should have done
should do 表示应该做，一般指现在或将来的动作，指过去的动作时应站在过去的角度。
should have done 表示本应该做而没有做的。站在现在的角度上评说过去的事情。
eg: He should have come earlier.
You should come earlier tomorrow.
You should have written to your mother.
My teacher said I should study harder.
I should have studied harder when I was young
2) asleep, sleep & sleepy
asleep 是表语形容词，意为“睡着的”。
sleep 是动词或名词，意为“睡觉”。
sleepy 是形容词，意为“打盹的”
--Is he still sleeping?
--Yes, he is fast asleep.
I was too sleepy to hear the end of her talk.
I usually sleep seven hours a day.
16. They were not cleverer than me, but did pass their exams. So I knew I could get a degree too.
did pass 为强调结构，强调谓语动词时，在动词原行前加do, does, did.
eg: Do be careful!
I do hope you have a merry Christmas!
He does speak English well!
17. I did not work again for twenty years until Mr Mandela and the ANC came to power in 1993.
come to power = come into power 执政
in power 当权，执政
eg: Things have changed a lot since he came to power.
How long has he been in power?
18. All the terror and fear of that time came back to me.
terror n. 恐怖，可怕的人或事
The murder was a terror to the people in the town.
fear n. 恐惧，可怕
vt. 恐惧，害怕 + n./to do /that…
eg: Do you fear death?
She fears to speak in our presence.
I fear that we can’t protect ourselves.
for fear of …& for fear that… 担心
He left an hour earlier for fear of missing the train.
She worried for fear that the child would be hurt.
19. I remembered the beatings and the cruelty of the guards and my friends who had died. I felt I would not be able to do it.
beating n. 打、输
eg: They gave him a good beating.
They gave our team quite a beating.
beat n. 敲击，跳动
eg: We heard the beat of a drum.
Can you hear the beat of my heart?
20. They said that the job and the pay from the new South African government were my reward after working all my life for equal rights for the Blacks.
reward n. 报酬，奖金
vt. 酬谢，给以报答
eg: He worked hard but without much reward.
He rewarded me with a prize.
in reward 作为报酬
She got nothing in reward for her kindness.
Supplementary materials:
Winston Churchill 温斯顿·丘吉尔 (1874-1965), a British leader，he took a leading part in laying the foundations of the welfare state in Britain, in preparing the Royal Navy for World War I, and in settling the political boundaries in the Middle East after the war. His famous speech is“ Iron Curtain Speech”.
Albert Einstein阿尔伯特·爱因斯坦 (1879-1955), a German scientist, he discovered, just by thinking about it, the essential structure of the cosmos. From 1919, Einstein was — and remains today— the world's most famous scientist. His important works include Special Theory of Relativity (1905), Relativity (English translations, 1920 and 1950), General Theory of Relativity (1916), Investigations on Theory of Brownian Movement (1926), and The Evolution of Physics (1938). Among his non-scientific works, About Zionism (1930), Why War? (1933), My Philosophy (1934), and Out of My Later Years (1950).
Abraham Lincoln 亚伯拉罕?林肯 (1809-1865)，the sixteenth President of the United States. As President, he built the Republican Party into a strong national organization. Further, he rallied most of the northern Democrats to the Union cause. On January 1, 1863, he issued the Emancipation Proclamation that declared forever free those slaves within the Confederacy. His famous speech is Gettysburg Speech. On Good Friday, April 14, 1865, Lincoln was assassinated at Ford's Theatre in Washington by John Wilkes Booth.
Robben Island 罗宾岛, For nearly 400 years, Robben Island, 12 kilometers from Cape Town, was a place of banishment, exile, isolation and imprisonment. It was here that rulers sent those they regarded as political troublemakers, social outcasts and the unwanted of society.
ANC (African National Congress),非洲人民大会党，the majority party in the South African Government which was founded in 1912, is a dynamic, independent business services group, principally engaged in reliable, good value parcel delivery services throughout the United Kingdom and the rest of the world.
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela-a modern hero 单元概述
本单元以Nelson Mandela—a modern hero为话题，目的在于使学生了解一个伟人应具备怎样的品质，学会根据材料表达自己的观点，并用所学的句型来描写一个伟人。本单元所有语言知识和语言技能主要围绕“Nelson Mandela”这一中心话题进行设计，听、说、读、写的练习也始终围绕这一主题展开。课文讲述了南非黑人争取自由的历史，从而说明自由、平等的重要性，同时也表达了对那些为自由和平等权利而献身的勇士的敬仰。
Warming up利用图表的形式让学生判断一下自己是哪种类型的人，由此得出一个伟人应具备怎样的品质。
Pre-reading设计了一道题（How can we tell if an important person is a great person？），同时给学生提供了六个名人的图片，要求利用图片下面提供的人物事迹以及学生对他们的了解，来判断这六个人谁是伟人，谁是重要的人物。可以以四人小组的活动形式，组织学生谈论William Tyndale，Norman Bethune，Sun Yat-sen，Gandhi，Nelson Mandela和Neil Armstrong的主要事迹，引起学生对文章内容的思考，使学生能用英语阐述自己的意见，培养学生的观察能力和语言表达能力，为进入正文学习作好充分的准备。从学生的生活经验和兴趣出发，在课堂教学中应设计任务型教学活动，以学生为主体开展教学活动，让学生在完成各项任务的过程中自主学习语言，这充分体现了新课程标准的教学理念，同时也提高了学生学习的自主性。Reading部分以Elias的口吻，讲述了南非黑人所受到的不公正待遇以及他们争取种族平等的斗争历史。同时还提到了他与Nelson Mandela的一段交往，从侧面向学生展示Nelson Mandela的高贵品质。教材设计的目的是在训练学生阅读技能的基础上，让他们认识到南非黑人争取自由和平等权利而付出的艰辛努力。文章的主题有利于培养学生坚强的意志，树立正确的人生观与世界观。此外，这是一篇记叙文，应让学生学会利用时间顺序描述一个人一生的主要活动。Comprehending是在阅读的基础上，要求学生完成两道大题来整体理解课文。第一道辨别是非题的设计由表及里、层层深入，帮助学生逐步加深对课文的理解。第二道信息采集题则考查了学生阅读理解能力中的细节理解能力。
Learning about language分词汇和语法两部分，词汇部分第一题要求学生用课文中的词填空。第二题要求学生正确理解不同单词的具体用法。语法部分是对定语从句中关系副词的用法进行了概括与复习。设计的练习紧密联系课文，能加深学生对教材的理解。
Using language分为“听力”（Listening）、“阅读”（Reading）、“写作”（Writing）三个部分。听力部分是在Learning about language活动的基础上，以听力训练形式进一步帮助学生了解Elias加入the ANC Youth League的原因。材料内容可以说是课文的延续。练习包括两个项目，设计多样，生动有趣。第二题有利于培养学生用英语进行总结概括自己思想的能力。同时，在听力技能的训练上列出了有关听前预测的三条建议：1.在听前认真阅读问题和选项；2.努力预测可能的答案；3.根据常识来判断。这些技能是做好听力题的关键，应引起教师的充分关注。同时，这个听力可以和72页的Listening task进行整合。阅读部分谈论到了Elias的狱中生活和狱后不同的遭遇，进一步说明自由、平等的重要性。写作部分在听力和阅读的基础上，要求学生给南非总统写一封信，要求释放Nelson Mandela。这是一个任务型的学习活动，指导学生就自己感兴趣的话题开展写作活动，以及学生写作时应注意的有关事项，要求学生写出自己的看法。练习生动有趣，能够引起学生的兴趣。同时让学生在实践中体验“自由”的内涵，有助于提高他们的语言概括能力。教师要指导学生注意信的格式。
Summing up为单元学习的调查和反馈，让学生自我归纳本单元所学的语言知识以及从Nelson Mandela身上所体现的高贵品质。Learning tip主要是来指导学生开展同类文章的课外阅读，进一步提升这一类文章的阅读技能。
此外，在整个单元的教学中，要始终注意认知策略的培养，引导学生进一步了解具体史实和事件，加深对种族及种族歧视、不同国家、不同历史年代人物与事件的认识和理解。一方面，课前、课后鼓励学生利用网络和图书馆搜集相关资料，善于获得学习资源，充分利用学习资源。另一方面，着重培养情感策略，激励学生热爱民主、平等、和平、自由、守法，积极上进、奋斗创新。
本单元教学可分为7个课时，第一课时为Warming-up and Reading（ELIAS’ STORY），包括Per-reading和Comprehending，第二课时为Language Points，第三课时为Grammar—Attributive Clause，第四课时为Listening and Talking，第五课时为Extensive Reading，第六课时为Writing and Speaking，第七课时为Consolidation。
本单元需要学习的内容有：
知识目标：
（1）New words：hero，quality，willing，active，republic，principle，nationalism，livelihood，fight，peaceful，prison，prisoner，law，advise，continue，fee，gold，passbook，ANC，youth，league，stage，vote，position，accept，violence，equal，blanket，degree，guard，educated，terror，fear，cruelty，reward，right，criminal，leader，president，anti，anti-black，sentence，sincerely
（2）Phrases：lose heart，in trouble，worry about，out of work，Youth League，as a matter of fact，blow up，put...in prison，come to power，set up，be sentenced to
（3）Sentence patterns：Good idea!
I think/don’t think....
That’s an excellent idea!
I’m afraid....
I agree/don’t agree.
Why do you think so？
I prefer....
What do you think of...？
In my opinion... .
What’s your opinion？
（4）the attributive clauses with when/where/why
能力目标：
1.Enable the students to talk about qualities they find in great persons to improve the students speaking and listening abilities.
2.Enable the students to get more information about Nelson Mandela to improve the students’ comprehension ability.
3.Review the attributive clauses，especially using Relative Adverb when/where/why.
4.Enable the students to master the form and steps of writing a letter.
情感目标：
1.Understand the qualities great people have in common and learn the fine qualities from them.
2.Develop the students’ moral quality.
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela-a modern hero (全套教案)
Teaching plan of Unit 5 Nelson Mandela-a modern hero
Teaching aims: 1. Topic The qualities of a great person; The lives of some great people. 2. Useful words and expressions: hero quality willing active republic principle fight peaceful prison prisoner period law advise continue fee gold youth league stage vote position accept violence equal blanket degree guard educated terror fear cruelty reward right(n.) criminal leader president sentence(v.) sincerely lose heart in trouble worry about out of work Youth League as a matter of fact blow up put… in prison come to power set up be sentenced to 3. Functional items: A. Giving opinions: Why do you think so? What do you think of …? What’s your opinion? I agree/ don’t agree. I think/don’t think…. I prefer…. In my opinion…. I’m afraid… B. Making comments: Good idea! That’s an excellent idea. 4. Structures The attributive clause (II) 由where, when, why, 介词+ which, 介词+ when 引导的定语从句。 The school where I studied only two years was three kilometers away. This was a time when you had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg. The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work. …we were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the Government. The person to whom you should be grateful for a peaceful South Africa is Nelson Mandela.
Teaching procedures Period 1 (Reading) Step 1. Warming up 1. Ask Ss some questions: What are the qualities you should find in a great person? Who do you think is a great person? What qualities do you have? 2. Ss finish the chart on page 33.
Step 2. Pre-reading 1. Show Ss some pictures about six great persons and let them guess who they are. 2. Ask Ss to tell why they are important persons in history.
Step 3. While-reading 1. First reading: Ss read the text and finish comprehending 1 on page 35. 2. Ss read again and make a timeline of Elias’ life until he met Nelson Mandela. 1940______________ 1942 ______________ 1944 ______________ 1946 ______________ 1948 ______________ 1950 _______________ 1952 ______________ 1954 _______________ 3. Ss read the whole passage and see how many parts the text can be divided into, and give the general idea of each part. Suggested answers: Part I paragraph 1-2 The life of Elias’ before he met Nelson Mandela. Part II paragraph 3-5 The change of Elias’ life after he met Nelson Mandela and what Mandela did.
Step 4. After-reading Ss discuss: How the ANC Youth League fights the Government? What can we learn from the text about Nelson Mandela?
Step 5. Extensive reading Get the Ss to learn more about Nelson Mandela. Ss read the passage: the rest of Elias’ story on page 38, and answer the following questions: 1. When did Elias lose his job? 2. Does Elias like his present work?
Homework 1. Recite the key sentences in the text. 2. Retell the text.
Period 2. (language learning and grammar)
Step 1. Revision Ss try to retell the text, using their own words.
Step 2. Language points 1. The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was …. 2. advise…on 3. be …away 4. Less important than… 5. Only then did we decide to… (倒装句)
Step 3 discovering useful words and expressions 1. Ss read Elias’ story again and try to find words that mean the same in the form on page 35. 2. Ss read the passage on page 36, part 2 and try to complete it with proper words.
Step 4. Grammar: The attributive clause 1. Ss read the following sentences and try to find the rules. The mines where I got a job were 9km from my home. The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work. The time when I joined the ANC Youth League was late at night. The government building where we voted was very grand. The date when I arrived was the 5th August. 2. Practice: Ss finish the sentences on page 36, part 2.
Step 5. Practice 1. Ss do Wb using structures: exercise 1. 2. Ss do the exercise 2 on page 71, join two sentences into an attributive clause.
Period 3. Speaking Step 1. Revision Dictation: The teacher speaks the following sentences in Chinese, the Ss write them down in English. 1. The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life. 2. He offered guidance to poor black people on their legal problems. 3. I worried about whether I would become out of work. 4. We were put into a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the Government. 5. It was very dangerous because if I was caught I could be put in prison. 6. …I knew it would help us achieve our dream of making black and white people equal.
Step 2. Talking 1. Ss answer the question: What are the qualities you should find in a great person? 2. Ss in groups talk about their hero/heroine on page 69. When they discuss, try to use the following words: Good idea! That’s an excellent idea! I agree/ don’t agree. I prefer… In my opinion… I think/don’t think… I’m afraid… Why do you think so? What do you think of …? What’s your opinion?
Step 3. Speaking task Ss in groups and try to finish the speaking task on page 74. 1. Ss read the passage and get to know what they are going to do; 2. Ss in groups and begin to discuss; 3. Ss should take notes while they are talking; 4. Ss should choose one to give a talk to the class. 5. Step 4. Debating Ss divide into two parts and debate. Topic: Mao Zedong is a great person in history. Mao Zedong is not a great person in history.
Period 4. Extensive reading
Step 1. Pre-reading Show some pictures and ask Ss to say something about Bill Gates. T: Do you know who he is? S: Bill Gates. T: Who can say something about him? S: Bill set up his own company “Microsoft”. He makes most people in the world use the computer. He makes us learn about the world at home. T: Do you think Bill Gates a great man? Ss discuss and answer.
Step 2. Reading Ss read the passage on page 73 and fill in the information sheet. Information about Bill Gates Job Achievements What did he give up for his beliefs? Why does he have enemies? Why attacked by the government?
Step 3. Discussion Ss in groups discuss what kind of person Bill Gates is. Suggested answers: I think Bill Gates is a great man because he set up the biggest Internet cooperation “Microsoft” in the world. He made a lot of money with his software and gave his millions of dollars to help the education and health of many children around the world. His cooperation also provides a lot of job chances.
Period 5. Listening
Step 1. Using language- listening Ss are asked to read the questions and multiple answers to find out the listening points first, then listen to the tape three times to choose the best answers and answer the two questions. Ask the Ss pay much attention to these important points while listening. And tell them to take notes like this: Passbook: a book… Underground; Surface: Live:
Step 2. Listening Ss turn to page 69 and listen to the tape three times. Before they listen, ask them to read the questions first.
Step 3. Listening task 1. First listening: Ss turn to page 72 and try to answer the four questions of part 1. 2. Ss listen again and complete the tables of part 2. 3. After listening: if time permits, ask two Ss to answer the question: Who do you think caused the accident?
Period 6. Writing
Step 1. Pre-writing 1. Ask the Ss to say something about Nelson Mandela. 2. Ss read more about his life.
Step 2. While-writing 1. Ss collect their ideas for the letter. Write them down in order. 2. Ss begin the letter with their address and the date. They may begin like this: Dear president, I am writing to ask you to free Nelson Mandela. Here are some reasons why I think he should be free…. 3. Finish the letter like this: Yours sincerely, (Your name) 4. Choose some Ss to read their letters. Suggested answers Jinan No.1 Middle School Shandong, China October 27, 2004 Dear President, I am writing to ask you to free Nelson Mandela. Here are some reasons why I think he should be free. As we all know, people with different colors should be equal. Nelson Mandela devoted all his life to realize this dream. I n1994, he founded the ANC Youth League to call on people to struggle for their rights to vote. In 1952, he opened a law office to help the poor black people in Johannesburg on their problems. The black people loved him. In 1962, Mandela encouraged people to use violence against anti-black laws to get their rights, so he was sentenced to five years hard labor. One year later, as one of the leaders of the ANC, he led them to blow up the government buildings to realize their dream of making black and white people equal, so that he was again sentenced to prison for life on Robben Island until now. I think, what he did was for his people, his country, not for himself. He has an unselfish and brave heart. As he is a great man, you should set him free. Best wishes! Yours truly, Li Hua
Step 3. Writing task Ask the Ss write a great person in their eyes. Give the Ss a possible version after they finish it. Mother Teresa Personal information Was born in Yugoslavia, on August 27, 1910, a nurse, got the Noble Peace Prize Hard work Achievement Help the poor and comforting the dying in the street of the city; her work spread to others parts of India Good qualities Hard-working, kind-hearted, persistent Your opinion A well-known person, worth the prize
Period seven
Teachers can use this period freely. Suggestion: Teachers can use this period to let Ss sum up what they have learned and explain what Ss couldn’t understand very well in this unit. Teachers can also add more practice in this period to consolidate what the Ss have learned. Finally, ask the Ss to finish checking yourself. It is very important to improve their learning.
Part 1 Teaching Design
第一部分 教学设计
Period 1 A sample plan for reading
(ELIAS’ STORY)
Introduction
In this period, after the warming up, students will first be guided to talk about great people. Then they will be helped to read a narration entitled Elias’s story. It’s a story about a Elias helping Mandela working for the freedom of the black people.
Three examples of “Warming Up” designs are presented in this book for teachers’ reference. Computer and overhead projector may be used to aid the teaching and learning.
Objectives
To help students learn to describe people
To help students learn to read a narrative text
To help students better understand “freedom for all”
To help students learn to use some important words and expressions
To help students identify examples of the attributive clause < where, when, why, pre. ＋which/ whom>
Focus
Words
devote, vote, attack, escape, educate, beg, reward
Expressions
out of work, as a matter of fact, in trouble, turn to, lose heart, come to power, set up, be sentenced to
Patterns
The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very different period of my life.
We have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.
As a matter of fact, I do not like violence…
Procedures
1. Warming up
⑴ Warming up by describing yourselves
Hello, boys and girls. This morning we’ll take up Unit 5 in which we’ll learn to describe people. But first what kind of person are you? (shy, outgoing, fun, mean, immature, dramatic or nice, kind, honest, brave, loyal, happy, wise, smart, friendly, warm, cheerful, popular, generous, hard-working, diligent, weak, stupid, lazy, dishonest, mean, tense, cold, unkind, miserable, dull, strong-minded, determined)
⑵ Warming up by describing a great person
We take Unit 5 today which is about a modern hero, a great person named Nelson Mandela. But what is a great person like? (A great person should be determined, hard-working, unselfish, and generous. He should follow his ideas and never lose heart when he is in trouble. He usually gives up something to achieve his goals. He should be willing to do public service work without pay, be active in social activities, gets on well with others, and help others, etc.)
Boys and girls, in Unit 5 we will talk about Nelson Mandela, a great leader who fights for the rights of the black people. When talking about a person, what adjectives can you think of to describe his or her qualities? What are the qualities you should find in a great person?
⑶ Warming up by getting to know Mandela
Before we go to read Elias’s story let’s first try to know about Nelson Mandela by reading the following short passage.
Nelson Mandela is one of the great moral and political leaders of our time: an international hero whose lifelong dedication to the fight against racial oppression in South Africa won him the Nobel Peace Prize and the presidency of his country. Since his triumphant release in 1990 from more than a quarter-century of imprisonment, Mandela has been at the center of the most compelling and inspiring political drama in the world. As president of the African National Congress and head of South Africa's antiapartheid movement, he was instrumental in moving the nation toward multiracial government and majority rule. He is revered everywhere as a vital force in the fight for human rights and racial equality.
2. Pre-reading by looking and saying
Now, look at the six people in the pre-reading part. Can you recognize them? Do you think they are important people?
You may say yes, because they have done something really important to benefit the world or a country. But do you think all of them are great people?
Patterns to be used
I think/ I don’t think…; in my opinion; I’m afraid…; I agree/ don’t agree…; I
prefer…; What’s your opinion? Why do you think so? What do you think of…?
A sample dialogue
A: Do you think William Tidal is a great person?
B: Yes. I think so. He had a strong belief that all people should be able to read the Bible for themselves. So he translated and printed it into English although he was not allowed to do so. And later he died for his work.
A: Yes. I agree. William Tyndale went through a lot of struggles and difficulties and even sacrificed his life to realize his dream. He is a great person that everybody who picks up the Bible must think of. Now, let’s come to Norman Bethune. What do you think of him?
B: …
3. Skimming for main idea of each paragraph
Now open your books to page 34 and read the title of the text. What kind of writing is the text, can you guess? … Yes. It is a piece of narrative writing. Now skim the text to get the general idea: What does Elias tell about in his story?
Type of writing and summary of the idea
Type of writing
This is a piece of narrative writing.
Main idea of the passage
Elias describes how Nelson Mandela helped the black people through his own experience
Topic sentence of 1st paragraph
The time when I fist met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
Topic sentence of 2nd paragraph
Sadly I did not have this passbook because I was not born there and I was worried about whether I would be out of work.
Topic sentence of 3rd paragraph
The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest day of my life.
Topic sentence of 4th paragraph
The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
Topic sentence of 5thparagraph
We first broke the law in a way which was peaceful; when this was not allowed … only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.
4. Scanning for specific information
Scan the test specific information to finish Comprehending Ex. 3.
Suggested answers
1940—Elias was born.
1942—Elias was two years old.
1944—Elias was four years old.
1946—Elias began school.
1948—Elias left school.
1950—Nelson Mandela opened his law firm.
1952—Elias was 12 and met Nelson Mandela.
1954—Elias was 14 and encouraged by Mandela.
5. Discussing questions in groups of four
How did the white people stop the black people from being treated fairly?
Why did Elias support Mandela?
Why did he support violence when he did not agree with it?
Suggested answers:
Through unfair laws.
There are three reasons for this.
Firstly, Mandela once helped him and he thought Mandela kind and generous. Secondly, he agreed with Mandela’s political ideas. For example, he agreed with his explanation of how the black people were not treated fairly. He also sided with him on his view of peaceful fighting.
Thirdly, he knew that what Mandela fought for was to make black and white people equal.
Because their attempt to attack the law in a peaceful way failed. They had to answer violence with violence.
6. Reading to make a diagram
Let’s go over the text once more to make a diagram of it with key words of each paragraph placed in the box.
7. Retelling the text in your own words
With the help of the diagram try to retell the story in your own words.
A retold passage of the text
Elias is a black worker in South Africa. His family was so poor that he had to drop out of school at the age of eight. Later on, he was able to work as a gold miner in Johannesburg. But as he hadn’t got a passbook which was required if one wanted to live in Johannesburg. He was worried about being dismissed. However, he was lucky enough to get some help from Nelson Mandela and managed to get the correct papers. After that, he began to know more Mandela and his political ideas. He agreed with Mandela’s views on the unfair laws against the black people and his idea about peaceful fighting. He also knew that all Mandela wanted to do was to fight for equal rights for the black people. So he supported him heart and soul.
8. Closing down by taking a quiz
Fill in the blank with one word to complete the summary of the text.
Nelson Rolihlahla Mandela 1_____ born in Transkei, South Africa 2 _____ July 18, 1918. Mandela himself was educated 3 _____ University College of Fort Hare and the University 4 _____ Witwatersrand and qualified in law in 1942. He 5 _____ the African National Congress in 1944 6 _____ was engaged in resistance 7 _____ the ruling National Party's apartheid policies 8 _____ 1948. He went on trial for treason in 1956-1961 9 _____ was acquitted in 1961. Nelson Mandela 10 _____ released on February 11, 1990. After 11 _____ release, he plunged himself wholeheartedly into 12 _____ life's work, striving to attain the goals 13 _____ and others had set out almost four decades earlier. 14 _____ 1991, at the first national conference 15 _____ the ANC held inside South Africa 16 _____ the organization had been banned in 1960, Mandela 17 _____ elected President of the ANC while his lifelong friend 18 _____ colleague, Oliver Tambo, became the organization’s National Chairperson.
(Keys: 1 was 2 on 3 at 4 of 5 joined 6 and 7 against 8 after 9 and 10 was 11 his 12 his 13 he 14 In 15 of 16 after 17 was 18 and)
Choose the best answer to complete the sentence.
1. A law firm was opened to advise the poor farmers _____ their problems.
A: at B: about C: with D: on
2. The factory _____ I studied law was far away from _____ I lived.
A: where, that B: that, where C: where, where D: which, which
3. 2007 has _____ the greatest number of coal miners killed in various accidents.
A: watched B: seen C: experienced D: looked
I was put in a position_____ I had either to give up my job or accept less pay.
A: in which B: in that C: at which D: about that
(Keys: 1. D, 2. C, 3. B, 4. A)
Period 2 A sample plan for Learning about Language
(The attributive clause < where, when, why, pre. ＋which/ whom>)
Introduction
In this period students will be helped by the teacher first to discover useful words and expressions, and then to discover and use useful structures: The attributive clause < II> < where, when, why, pre.＋which/ whom>
Objectives
To help students learn to use attributive clauses introduced by where, when, why, and prep.+ which/ whom
To help students discover and learn to use some useful words and expressions
To help students discover and learn to use some useful structures
Procedures
Warming up by describing yourself with three words
Use three positive words that describe you. Don't use short, tall, fat, skinny, etc. Don't describe how you look. Use friendly, energetic, positive, something like that. But make sure you can back it up. If you aren't a friendly person, don't put friendly. Don't tell them you are not, but don't put it if you aren't.
Others’ answers:
ethical, empathetic and diligent; flexible, self-motivated, reliable; hardworking, ambitious and optimistic; honest, Confident, Team player
Now turn to page 36 and do exercises No. 1 and 2. Check your answers against your classmates’.
2. Reading to finding
Turn back to page 34. Read the text of ELIAS’ STORY and find out all the attributive clauses. Think over this question: On what circumstance do we use when/ where/ why to introduce an attributive clause?
For reference:
The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
The school where I studied only tow years was three kilometers away.
This was a time when you had got to live in Beijing.
The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest days of my life.
We have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people.
The places where they were sent to live were the poorest areas in South Africa.
3. Doing exercises and find out why
Turn to page 36. Do Ex.3. Then compare the following sentences and find out why we use different words to introduce the attributive clauses while the antecedents are the same.
The government building where we voted was very grand.
The government building which/ that we paid a visit to yesterday was very grand.
The government building in which we voted was very grand.
In sentence a), a relative adverb “where” is used because it refers to “in the government building” which serves as the adverbial in the attributive clause. “in which” can also be used as in sentence c) because it also means “in the government building” in the attributive clause. While in sentence b), a relative pronoun “which” is used as it refers to “the government building” which serves as the object of the predicate “visited” in the attributive clause.
Compare another three sentences:
The date when I arrived was the 5th August.
The date which/ that he told me was the 5th August.
The date on which I arrived was the 5th August.
In sentence a), a relative adverb “when” is used because it refers to “on that date” which serves as the adverbial in the attributive clause. “in which” can also be used as in sentence c) because it also means “on that date” in the attributive clause. While in sentence b), a relative pronoun “which” is used as it refers to “the date” serving as the object of the predicate “told” in the attributive clause.
Read the following sentences.
The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work.
The reason that/ which he gave for getting the job was because of his hard work.
The reason for which I got a job was because of my hard work.
In sentence a), a relative adverb “why” is used because it refers to “for this reason” which serves as the adverbial in the attributive clause. “for which” can also be used as in sentence c) because it also means “for this reason” in the attributive clause. While in sentence b), a relative pronoun “which/that” is used as it refers to “the reason” serving as the object of the predicate “gave” in the attributive clause.
4. Choosing the best answer
1. Alec asked the policeman __________ he worked to contact him whenever there was an accident. （2004上海秋季）
A. with him B. who C. with whom D. whom
2. American women usually identify their best friend as someone __________ they can talk frequently. (2004全国秋季)
A. who B. as C. about which D. with whom
3. The English play __________ my students acted at the New Year’s party was a great success.
A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which
4. A fast food restaurant is the place __________, just as the name suggests, eating is performed quickly. （2004上海春季）
A. which B. where C. there D. what
5. If a shop has chairs __________ women can park their men, women will spend more time in the shop. （2005上海秋季）
A. that B. which C. when D. where
6. He’s got himself into a dangerous situation _________ he is likely to lose control over the plane.（2001上海秋季）
A. where B. which C. while D. why
7. I can think of many cases __________ students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn’t write a good essay. （2003上海秋季）
A. why B. which C. as D. where
答案和解析:
1、2两题的答案分别是C、D。第一句根据句子意思需选择介词with，从而构成work with the policeman；第二句根据句子意思需选择介词with，从而构成talk with someone。这两句句子中的关系代词作定语从句中的介词with的宾语，指人，而介词with又位于它的前面，这时就只能用whom。3题答案是C。根据句子意思需选择介词in，从而构成act in the play。关系代词在此是指play，指物，因此选择in which。注意：如果定语从句谓语动词为介词动词，那么介词必须后置，不能与动词拆开置于关系代词前面。如：It is not necessary to look up in a dictionary every word (that) we come across in our reading. The boy won’t tell us the thing (which) he is afraid of. 4题答案是B。这是一句限制性定语从句，关系副词指代in a fast food restaurant，指地点，因此选择where。5题答案是D。这里的关系副词指代on chairs，指地点，因此选择where。6题答案是A。根据句意“他使得自己处于非常危险的境况中，（在这个境况中）他可能失去对飞机的控制”，所选择的关联词应该在定语从句中作地点状语，表示in the situation。7题答案是D。定语从句的先行词cases在此意为“实例，情况”，根据从句的意思“在这些例子中（情境中）……”，先行词在从句中应该担当状语成分，表示in many cases。注意：where这个词不仅仅可以表地点，某人/物的情况、某事发展的阶段、某事的某个方面都可以用where这个关系副词来表达。如：I work in a business where almost everyone is waiting for a great success. The accident had reached to a point where both their parents were to be called in.
5. Summing up when/where/why attributive clauses
when， where， why属于关系副词，都在其引导的定语从句中充当状语，其具体用法如下：1. 关系副词 when引导定语从句（包括限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句）修饰表示时间的先行词，在定语从句中充当时间状语。例如：I still remember the day when I first met Jennifer.我仍然记得第一次见到詹妮弗的那一天。Next month, when you’ll spend your summer holidays in your hometown, is approaching. 下个月即将来临， 届时你们将在家乡度暑假。
2. 关系副词where引导定语从句（包括限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句）修饰表示地点的先行词，在定语从句中充当地点状语。例如：This is the office where he worked. 这就是他工作过的办公室。She is going to live in Macao, where she has some close friends. 她要到澳门去定居，在那里她有几个密友。3. 关系副词why引导限定性定语从句修饰先行词reason，在定语从句中充当原因状语。例如：I don’t know the reason why he came so late. 我不知道他来得那么晚的原因。That is the reason why I don’t want to go. 那就是我不想去的理由。He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.他没有告诉我他为什么那样心烦意乱。注意： 关系代词与关系副词之间并非毫无关联， 两者之间存在密切的联系。在备考中尤其要注意以下几点：1. 很多情况下关系副词用“介词＋which/whom”来代替，其中的介词由先行词或定语从句中谓语动词的形式来决定，例如：The day when I met the famous pop star was the greatest day of my life. = The day on which I met the famous pop star was the greatest day of my life.见到这位著名歌星的那天是我一生中最重要的日子。I shall never forget those years when I lived with her. = I shall never forget those years during which I lived with her. 我将永远不会忘记我跟她生活的那些岁月。This is a hall where the medical conference will be held. = This is a hall in which the medical conference will be held. 这是礼堂，医学会议将在此召开。2. 并非先行词表示时间或地点时都分别用when或where来引导相应的定语从句，若关系词在修饰表示时间或地点的先行词的定语从句中充当主语、宾语等而不是状语时，需用which或that引导相应的定语从句。例如：Do you still remember the days which/that we spent together in school? 你还记得我们一起在学校度过的那些日子吗？先行词the days表时间，但是其定语从句的引导词在定语从句中作宾语而不是状语，因此不能用when而应该用which或that。3. that有时可以代替定语从句中的关系副词when， where， why，且that常可以省略，例如：This is the time （when/that） he arrived. 这是他到达的时间。
6. Closing down by summing up
To end this period let sum up what we learned about the attributive Clause < where, when,
why, pre.＋which/ whom>
Antecedent
Relative
Sentence element
people
who that
subject object
whom
object
things
which that
subject object
time
which that
Subject object
when prep.+ which
adverbial
place
which that
Subject object
where prep.+ which
adverbial
reason
why prep.+ which
adverbial
Note: relatives can be omitted if they serve as the objects in the attributive clauses.
Period 3 A sample lesson plan for Using Language
(THE REST OF ELIAS’ STORY)
Introduction
Language is learned to be used in and for communication. So in this period we shall have the students not only listen but also read and write in English. The most attention goes to reading and writing.
Objectives
To help the students listen about the same topic as is read in the first period
To help students read another passage about the same person covered in the first period
To help students write an imaginary letter making use of the learned words and structures
Procedures
1. Warming up by listening
We have read a story about Elias. Do you remember why it was difficult for him to get a job? Yes, you are right. He didn’t have a passbook. But what is a passbook? Why is it important?
Let’s listen to a short passage and find out. Now turn to page 38. Listen to the tape for the text.
2. Reading and copying
On page 38 you see a passage entitle THE REST OF ELIAS’ STORY. Go over it to find the sentences you can’t understand. And copy down all the useful expressions at the same time.
Useful expressions
make…afraid, escape from…, spend the hardest time, help…in one way, begin a school for…, study very little, during the lunch break, under one’s blanket, make candles, study for one’s degree, allow…to join…,stop…from…, pass the exam, get a degree, feel good about…, finish four years in prison, find a job, work in…, blow up…, lose one’s job, come to power, beg for…, take …round…, feel bad, work for…, show…over…, make …free in one’s own land
3. Acting a text dialogue
Next we are going to do a group activity. We will do it in groups of four. Suppose one of you is Elias and works as a tour guide. The other three of you are tourists who are very interested in the prison and Mandela’s life.
Tourist: How did you get to know Nelson Mandela?
Elias: It was in 1950. I was working as a miner in Johannesburg but I hadn’t a passbook to live there. So I went to Mandela’s law firm to ask for advice.
Tourist: Can you explain to me some of Nelson Mandela’s political ideas or beliefs?
Elias: Yes. He found that we black people were not treated as equally as the white people and he would fight for our rights. However, he said that we should fight in a peaceful way. Only when this was not allowed did we decide to answer violence with violence.
Tourist: How did he help you through your life?
Elias: First, he helped me to get the correct papers to stay in Johannesburg and keep my job as I mentioned above. Then he taught me to read and write when I was in prison. This is very important to me because it enables me to get more job opportunities. Later he gave me my present job.
Tourist: What was life like on Robben Island?
Elias: Miserable and cruel. The guards and soldiers treated us badly, beat us violently for no reasons and insulted us in different ways.
Tourist: How did you manage to study on Robben Island?
Elias: We studied during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have asleep. We read books under our blankets and used anything we could find to make candles to see the words.
Tourist: What kinds of job have you ever done?
Elias: A miner, an office worker and now a tour guide.
Tourist: What do you think of your present job?
Elias: I like it very much. And I am proud to show visitors over the prison, for I helped to make our people free in our own land.
4. Doing a guided writing task
⑴Preparing for writing
Imagine now Mr Mandela is in prison. If you are going to write a letter to the President of South Africa asking him to free Nelson Mandela, what would be included? Do you remember the format of a letter? What should be the main content of this letter? How would you try to persuade the president?
Now go over Life of Nelson Mandela on page 39 for any useful information.
⑵ Writing the letter
Doctor 26, 2007
The Honorable President of South Africa
Dear Mr. President:
We are writing you because we think South Africa’s policy toward Mr Mandela is not right, and that we may soon face a threat in our country more serious than any we have known since the end of last century.
Mr Mandela is a great person. He works for the equal rights of the black people. The blacks are human beings. They have the same right as the whites’ to live in this land. In your upcoming New Year’s Speech, you have an opportunity to plan a clear and determined course for meeting this threat. We ask you to seize that opportunity, and to work out a new policy that would protect the interests of the people. That policy should aim, above all, at the freedom of Mr Mandela. We stand ready to offer our full support in this difficult but necessary effort.
We ask you to act decisively. If you act now to end Mandela’s imprisonment, you will be acting in the most fundamental national interests of the country. If you keep him still in prison, you put our interests and our future at risk.
Sincerely,
Elliott Abrams, Richard L. Armitage, William J. Bennett
5. Closing down by sharing
To end this period share your letter with your partners and make necessary changes.
Part 3 Teaching Assessment
I. Structure and vocabulary
1. The weather turned out to be very good, ____ was more than we could expect.
A. what B. which C. that D. it
2. After living in Pairs for fifty years he returned to the small town ____ he grew up as a child.
A. which B . that C. where D. when
3. The house ______ we live is not large.
A. in which B. which C. on which D. at which
4. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, _____ was very reasonable.
A. which price B. its price C. the price of whose D. the price of which
5. He lived in London for 3 months, during ____ time he learned some English.
A. this B. which C. at which D. some
6. I will never forget the day _____ he came to see me.
A. that B. which C. at which D. when
7. The visitor asked the guide to take his picture _____ stands the famous tower.
A. where B. that C. which D. there
8. The tallest building ______ I like most is the one ______ windows face the lake.
A./ ;which B./; that C. that; whose D. which; whose
9. I don’t like _____ you speak to her.
A. the way B. the way in that C. the way which D. the way of which
10. What impressed me most was that they never ______.
A. lost hearts B. lost their heart C. lost heart D. lost their hearts
II. A cloze test
Nelson Mandela, b______ on July 18,1918, is the first black president of South Africa. He studied l______ after he entered university. In 1944 he f______ the ANC Youth League. Then in 1952 he set up a law o______ to help poor black people. Because of his fight a______ the government and anti-black laws, he was s______ to five years hard labor. Fighters from ANC began to b______ up buildings in 1963 and he was sentenced to life imprisonment on Robben Island. Twenty-seven years later, he was f______ by the white government,. In 1993 he was m______ president of South Africa and the government by and for black people was finally set up. Nelson Mandela is a g______ man.
Ⅲ. Translation
1.他总是乐于帮助那些处于困境中的人。(be willing to do in trouble)
2. 我建议立即采取措施。（advise）
IV. A multiple-choice test（高考试卷中关系副词when，where， why引导的定语从句专练）
1．We are living in an age ____ many things are done on computer. （2003北京春）
A. which B. that C. whose D. when
2. The film brought the hours back to me ____ I was taken good care of in that far away village. （2001）
A. until B. that C. when D. where
3. It was an exciting moment for these football fans this year, ____ for the first time in years their team won the World Cup. （2000北京、 安徽春）
A. that B. while C. which D. when
4. After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town ____ he grew up as a child. （1996）
A. which B. where C. that D. when
5. We will be shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places, ____ other visitors seldom go. （2002北京）
A. what B. which C. where D. when
6. I walked in our garden, ____ Tom and Jim were tying a big sign onto one of the trees.
（2005辽宁）
A. which B. when C. where D. that
7. We’re just trying to reach a point ____ both sides will sit down together and talk. （2006山东）
A. where B. that C. when D. which
Keys:
Ⅰ. 1-5BCADB 6-10DACCC
Ⅱ. born; law; formed; office; against; sentenced; blow; frees; made; great
Ⅲ. He is always willing to help those (who are) in trouble. I advise that steps (should ) be taken at once.
IV. 1. D 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. A
A selected English passage for recitation英文精选背诵短文
Become a hero
You may believe that you are not a hero. You may believe that your life is so mean, so low, so hopeless and full of drudgery, that you can never rise above it. But I, the Famous Adventurer of Silmaria, know differently.
This is a special web site. It can only be accessed by the few, the proud, the True Heroes. If you were not a hero, you would not be here. No matter what your station, no matter how humble your life may be, now that you have found this web site you have only to bookmark it and follow the instructions contained herein, and you will soon be showered with unimaginable glory.
But first, you must pay the price. Glory cannot be borrowed, and heroism cannot be stolen. Before you can be free to pursue that which you most secretly and passionately desire, you must be tested.
Gather your courage. And when you are ready, brave adventurer... (162 words)
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela—a modern hero
第一部分
About the topic and the structures
单元话题和结构
本单元的话题是Nelson Mandela—a modern hero, 这位南非自由斗士说过：“对我们来说, 最可怕的不是看不到自己的不足, 而是看不到自己的潜力。不要等到别人把手伸给你,你要主动把手伸给别人。未来属于那些相信自己梦想的人们。与改变自己相比, 改变世界的困难是微不足道的。不管你做什么,不要失去战斗精神。”学习本单元就是要学习曼得拉的这种不屈不饶的奋斗精神。
本单元句法项目是：定语从句（II）：where, when, why, prep.+ which/ whom
单元课时划分上与课本保持一致，即“阅读课、知识课、运用课三课时/三课型划分”。但在实际教学过程中，我们建议教师依据学生基础、教学条件、学校安排等因素，对课本、对教学设计重新划分课时，裁剪、拼接使用教案提供的材料，以便“物尽所用”，达到最佳教学效果。教师也可以参照教案提出的“实际教学过程课时划分建议”进行教学。
Period 1
Reading
阅读课
Warming Up “热身”的目的是为阅读在一定程度上作好话题、词汇和结构的准备，激发学生相关的背景知识和学习兴趣。对此教案提供了“描述自己”、“谈论伟人”和“走近曼德拉”三种不同的“热身”设计供教师选用。实际操作中还需要教师动用诸如板书、投影等辅助手段，以达到最佳教学效果。
Pre-reading 部分要求学生“听图说话”，以挖掘和呈现自己对“伟人”的了解，为其后的阅读做心理的铺垫和准备。教师可以补充：伟人的品质概括一下就是优秀、善良、坚强、勇敢。
Reading是篇记叙文，记叙了Elias在蔓得拉领导下开展人权工作的历程。阅读中要抓住记叙文的五要素展开，即时间、地点、人物、事件、因果。如果把因果分开，则可称六要素。它也称"五W"，即与它相对的英文词汇是时间when、地点where、人物who、事件what、因果why。它们打头的字母均为"W"。教师可以使用教案提供的篇章总结、课文图解、短语搭配罗列、复述材料等引导学生从语言形式入手，读懂文章、识记文章、活用文章。
Period 2
Learning about language
知识课
Learning about language 首先要求用三个英文单词描述自己，强化学生对本单元人物个性描述词汇的掌握；然后要求学生完成课本提供的“词法”练习。接下来我们详尽讲解了“The attributive Clause < where, when, why, pre. ＋which/ whom>”，教师可以酌情使用这些材料。
Period 3
Using language
运用课
Using language 首先完成课本38页的听力教学内容。 然后引导学生阅读短文。可以要求学生摘录“有用搭配/短语”。在控制性写作活动中，我们建议教师也动笔写。提供的写作答案仅供参考。
实际教学过程课时划分建议
Period 1
将Warming Up、 Pre-reading、Reading和Comprehending整合在一起上一节“阅读课”。
Period 2
将Learning about language 和Workbook中的 USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS、USING STRUCTURES 整合在一起上一节“语言知识课”。
Period 3
将Using language 设计为一节包括听说读写单项技能或组合技能训练的“综合技能课（一）”。
Period 4
将Workbook 的READING AND LISTENING和TALKING整合在一起上一节“听说课”。
Period 5
将Workbook 的LISTENING TASK、READING AND WRITING TASK和 SPEAKING TASK整合为一节“综合技能课（二）”。
第二部分
教学资源说明
Section 1
Background
背景
围绕单元话题“当代英雄”，教案提供了几则语言规范、短小精干的背景材料。这些材料既可以作为教师教学参考材料为教师所用，也可以直接或改写、重组后作为课堂内外的拓展性阅读材料呈现给学生。
Section 2
Explanation
解析
重点针对“阅读课型”中的课文难句，教案不仅提供了详尽的，就句论句的解析和翻译，而且还以解析的焦点话题为线索，进行了一定的归纳、辨析和总结，以帮助教师更好地实施“语言形式”的教学。
Section 3
Vocabulary
词汇
按照课本单元词汇表顺序，教案重点提供动词、短语搭配的讲解。所提供的例句，经典、地道、实用、易懂，完全可以直接用于教学。
第三部分
教学测评说明
围绕单元词法、句法项目，教案提供了长短不一的“单元教学测评”，并备有参考答案供教师使用。有些测评题目直接源于历年高考试卷，更具有说服力和实用性。
Section 2 Notes to difficult sentences from Unit 5
Nelson Mandela—a modern hero
The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.我初次
遇到纳尔逊·曼德拉是在我一生的一个非常困难的时期。
when在句子中引导的是时间定语从句。when指时间，在定语从句中做时间状语：
(1) I still remember the day when I first came to the school.
(2) The time when we got together finally came.
2. …my family could not continue to pay the school fees and the bus fare. 我的家人不能继续为我支付学费和公交费用。
[词义辨析] fee and fare
fee (职业性的咨询或服务所收)费用，报名费，会费。如：doctor’s fees/a membership fee
fare (车、船等)费用，购票所需费用。如：
＊Train fares are going up again.
＊Urban crowdedness would be greatly relieved if only the charges_____ on public transport were more reasonable. A) fees B) fares C) payments D) costs
译文：只要公共交通的收费更合理一些，城市的拥塞情况就可大大缓解。答案是B。
3. …we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.我们到达了一个完全没有权利的地步。
关系副词where在本句中引导的是地点定语从句。关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如：
There are occasions when (on which) one must yield.任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。
Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。
Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？
…only then did we decide to answer violence with violence. 只是在那时我才决定以暴制暴。
句首出现only then，谓语部分要部分倒装。
句首为否定或半否定的词语，如no, not, never, seldom, little, hardly, at no time, in no way, not until… 等。Never have I seen such a performance. Nowhere will you find the answer to this question. Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room.
当Not until引出主从复合句，主句倒装，从句不倒装。
注意： 如否定词不在句首不倒装。I have never seen such a performance. The mother didn't leave the room until the child fell asleep.
Section 3 Words and expressions from Unit 5
Nelson Mandela—a modern hero
devote
v. 投入于,献身
1. He devoted himself entirely to music. 他将一生奉献给了音乐。
2. Please devote more time to your work. 请把更多的时间用于工作。
3. He started to study ecology and decided to devote his whole life to the science.
他开始研究生态学，并决心将他的一生献身于这门科学。
4. The noblest ideal to which one can devote oneself is Communism.
能为之献身的最崇高的理想是共产主义。
out of work
失业
1. He's been out of work for six months. 他已失业六个月了。
2. He must square up to the reality of being out of work. 他必须正视失业这一现实。
3. He was out of work for three years and did not qualify for state aid, so that he was practically on the bread line. 他失业3年了，没资格享受州政府用于地方公共事业的补助费，所以他实际上已在领取救济食品的行列之中。
4. Hundreds were thrown out of work. 数以百计的人失去了工作。
vote
n. 投票,表决
v. 投票,选举,投票拥护
1. At the end of the meeting, a vote was taken on the motion.
会议结束前对该项提议进行了表决。
2. Parliament voted the bill through without a debate. 国会未经辩论就投票通过了这项法案。
3. The show was voted a success. 大家一致认为表演很成功。
4. UK nationals get the vote at 18. 英国国民18岁始有选举权。
5. I vote (that) we stay here. 我建议我们留在这里。
6. I suggested putting the matter to a vote, but the chairman demurred to it.
我建议对此事投票表决，但主席表示反对。
7. A large vote was polled. 投票踊跃。
8. He became a citizen, thereby gaining the right to vote. 他成为公民，并因此获得了选举权。
attack
n. 攻击,评击
v. 攻击,动手,疾病发作
1. The enemy attacked us at night. 敌人在夜里向我们进攻。
2. It is reported that this disease attacks the central nervous system.
据报道说这种疾病破坏中枢神经系统。
3. The police are launching a major attack on drug dealers. 警方对毒品贩子发动大规模的攻击。
4. We must move more players into the attack. 我们要多调配运动员到攻球区。
5. They attacked their meal with gusto. 他们大吃大喝。
6. This piece of music needs to be played with more attack.
这段乐曲的开始部分要演奏得更加雄壮有力。
7. England's attack has been weakened by the injury of certain key players.
英格兰队某些主力运动员受伤而使攻球削弱。
8. Shall we attack the washing-up? 咱们动手洗碗碟好吗?
in trouble
处于困境
1. You are always getting yourself in trouble. 你总是给自己找麻烦。
2. His upset looking gave rise to rumors that he had got in trouble with police.
他不安的神色引发了谣传说他与警方发生了某些纠葛。
3. Nothing gives him more pleasure than helping someone in trouble.
没有一件事要比帮助陷入困境的人带给他更大的快乐。
4. Do as you're told, otherwise you'll be in trouble. 叫你怎么做就怎么做, 否则有麻烦。
5. They stole the car for a lark, but now they're in trouble.
他们偷了汽车原以为好玩, 现在可惹祸了。
6. If I cop you cheating again you'll be in trouble. 我要再发现你骗人, 决不轻饶。
7. You'll be in trouble if you don't watch your step. 你要是不谨慎从事就要倒霉了。
8. I'm in trouble with the police over drugs. 我因毒品事落入警方手中。
turn to
求助于,转向
1. The child turned to its mother for comfort. 那孩子向母亲寻求安慰。
2. We turned to and got the whole house cleaned in an afternoon.
我们起劲地干了起来, 一个下午就把整所房子打扫干净了。
3. The parish priest is someone to whom people can turn in difficult times.
牧区牧师是人们在困难时可以求助的人。
4. She has nobody she can turn to. 她求助无门。
5. The more depressed he got, the more he turned to drink. 他情绪越低落越是借酒浇愁。
6. I tried to stand on my own two feet rather than turned to my parents.
我设法自立而不求助于我的父母。
7. Turn to the left and you will find the post. 向左转，你会找到邮局的。
8. Follow the main road until it branches, and then turn to the right.
顺着这条大路走，在路的分岔口向右拐。
lose heart
丧失勇气,失去信心
1. He fail many times, but he do not lose heart. 他失败了许多次，但他并没有失去信心。
2. Difficulties were increasing. Even then we did not lose heart.
尽管困难在增加，但我们毫不灰心。
3. He failed many times, but he did not lost heart. 他失败了许多次，但他并没有失去信心。
4. No matter what you do, never lose heart. 不管你做什么千万不可泄气。
escape
n. 逃亡,避难设备
v. 逃脱,避开,溜走
[计算机] 换码
1. The thief jumped into a car and made his escape. 小偷跳上汽车逃走了。
2. The prisoner has escaped. 犯人逃走了。
3. Where can we go to escape the crowds? 我们到哪里才能躲开这些人群?
4. The fire-escape is at the back of the building. 太平门在建筑物的后面。
5. It won't have escaped your notice that I've been unusually busy recently.
你一定注意到了我最近一直忙得不得了。
6. There's gas escaping somewhere can you smell it? 有什么地方漏煤气了，你闻到了吗?
7. There have been few successful escapes from this prison. 没有什么人能从这座监狱逃走.
8. A lion has escaped from its cage. 有一头狮子从笼中逃走了.
educate
v. 教育,培养
vt. 教育
1. He had paid out good money to educate his daughter at a boarding school.
他花了很多钱让他的女儿在寄宿学校受教育。
2. She educated her younger daughter at home. 她在自己家里教育她的小女儿。
3. Where were you educated? ie Which school(s), etc did you go to? 你在哪（些）所学校学习过?
4. The public should be educated in how to use energy more effectively.
公众应受到合理地利用能源的教育。
5. Parents should educate their children to behave well. 父母应当教育子女守规矩。
6. It is not easy to educate teenagers. 教育青少年不是件容易的事。
7. It is not the way to educate a child by making him do things against his will.
勉强他做事不是教育孩子的办法。
beg
v. 请求,乞求
1. I beg your pardon? 对不起,你说什么？(正式场合用语)
2. The boy begged me not to tell his parents. 这个男孩请求我不要告诉他的父母。
3. He lives by begging. 他以行乞为生。
4. I beg leave to address the Council. 我请求允许向议会发表演说。
5. He knew he had hurt her and begged her to forgive him. 他自知伤了她的心而央求她原谅。
6. There are hundreds begging in the streets. 街上有数以百计的乞丐。
7. May I beg a favour (of you)? 可以（请你）帮个忙吗?
8. He begged (her) for forgiveness. 他请求（她）原谅。
reward
n. 报酬,酬谢,赏金
v. 奖赏,酬谢
1. They rewarded the winners with gifts of fruits and flowers.他们奖给优胜者水果和鲜花。
2. He got a reward for helping them. 他因帮助他们而拿到一笔酬金。
3. A 1000 reward has been offered for the return of the stolen painting.
悬赏1000英镑寻找失窃的画。
4. He grudges you your reward. 他很吝啬，不愿给你报酬。
5. She deserves a reward for her efforts. 她积极努力, 应得到奖赏.
6. You have received a just reward. 你已得到了应有的报酬。
7. By rights, half the reward should be mine. 按理说, 有一半奖赏应该是我的。
8. They promised to make it worth her while (ie pay or reward her) if she would take part.
他们许诺说她要是参加就一定给她报酬。
[词义辨析] award，reward
这两个词都可以用作名词和动词，作名词时，意义相近，但不是同义词。
作名词时，award的意思是“奖品”、“奖金”，其义与prize近似，两者都指因为作出杰出成就而受奖。例：
The Olympic winner received a gold medal as an award．
He won the second award of $ 2，000．
而reward作名词时，其意为“赏金”、“酬金”或一些非金钱的报酬。例：
We will offer a reward of ten thousand dollars for information about the case．如果有人提供有关案件的情报，我们愿意出一万元赏金。
We don't expect substantial rewards．我们并不期望得到优厚的报酬。
用作动词时，award的意思是“授与”、“颁发”、“判给”；reward则表示“报答”、“酬谢”之意。例：
He was awarded the first prize for Outstanding Industrial Design．他获杰出工业设计一等奖。
set up
vi. 建立
1. The slump on Wall Street set up a chain reaction in stock markets around the world.
华尔街金融滑坡引起世界股票市场的连锁反应。
2. A hot drink will soon set you up. 你喝杯热饮料马上就精神了。
3. A fund will be set up for the dead men's families.
抚恤死难工人家属的基金会即将建立起来。
4. A week in the country will set her up nicely after her operation.
她手术后在郊外住上一个星期一定能复原。
5. He likes to set himself up as an intellectual. 他喜欢自命为知识分子。
6. How long will it take to set up the projector? 把这个放映机安放好需要多长时间?
7. Her father set her up in business. 她父亲出钱帮她创业。
8. His father set him up as a bookseller. 他父亲资助他做了书商。
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela
– a modern hero
Contents 目录
一、单元教学目标和要求(Teaching aims and demands)
二、教材内容分析（Analysis of the teaching materials）
三、教学安排(Teaching arrangements)
四、单元预习任务(Pre-unit Activities: Preview Task)
五、教学步骤 (Teaching procedures)
六、背景参考资料(Background knowledge)
七、评价与反思(Assessment and reflection)
临海市回浦中学 李珊珊 陈晓平 余晶晶
一、教学目标和要求(Teaching aims and demands)
根据课程标准实验教材（英语 必修）关于总目标的具体描述，结合高一学生实际和教材内容，我们将教学目标分为语言知识、语言技能、学习策略、情感态度和价值观四个方面。
语言知识 （Knowledge）
词汇（Vocabulary）：
能理解、内化、运用以下生词---- hero, quality, willing, active, republic, fight, peaceful, prison, prisoner, period, law, advise, continue, fee, gold，youth，league，stage，vote，position，accept，violence，equal，blanket，degree，guard，educated，terror，fear，cruelty，reward，right（n.），criminal，leader，president，sentence（v.），sincerely
短语(Phrases and expressions)：lose heart, in trouble ,worry about, out of work, Youth League, as a matter of fact, blow up, put ... in prison, come to power , set up , be sentenced to
功能(Functions)：学习掌握一些用于发表意见与评论的结构句式，如：
发表意见 （Giving opinions）
Why do you think so? What do you think of ...? What's you opinion?
agree / don't agree．I think / don't think .... I prefer .... In my opinion .... I'm afraid ....
评论 （Making comments）
Good idea! That's an excellent idea．
语法(Grammar)：定语从句（II）（由where, when, why, 介词+ which, 介词+ whom引导的定语从句）
The school where I studied only two years was three kilometres away．
This was a time when you had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg
The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work．
…we were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the Government．
The person to whom you should be grateful for a peaceful South Africa is Nelson Mandela.
扩展词汇：
negative(消极的), heroine(女主角，女主人公), unwilling(不情愿的), nation(国家，民族), sacrifice(牺牲)，realize（认识到）, give up（放弃）, riches（财富）, Bible（圣经）, revolution（革命）, career（职业）, equality（平等）, fairness（公平）, conflict（冲突）, biography（自传）, beliefs（信仰）, Christianity（基督教）, religion（宗教）, priests（牧师）, version（翻译）, readable（易读的）, adventure（冒险）, scholar（学者）, sympathy（同情）, ,campaign（从事活动）, communist（共产主义者）, injustice（不公平）, oppose（反对）, pilot（飞行员）, boycott（联合抵制）。
2. 语言技能 (Skills)
听：在本单元的课文及练习册听力教学中， 能听懂人物和事件以及它们的关系，能抓住所听语段中的关键词，正确理解话语间的逻辑关系。
说：在本单元的课文及练习讨论时， 能恰当使用I think/ I don’t think/ in my opinion/That’s an excellent idea等对英雄、伟人的品质恰当地发表意见，进行讨论。
读：能在阅读中使用不同的阅读策略，迅速地从阅读材料中获取主要信息，根据上下文线索预测故事发展，根据上下文猜测词义并通过不同渠道如报刊、音像、网络等了解更多伟人的情况。
写：能用恰当的语言简单地描述人物，并简单地表达自己的意见。
学习策略(Strategy)：
在听和读的训练中，学会借助情景和上下文猜测词义或推测段落大意，借助图表等非语言信息进行理解和表达。
主动制定本单元学习计划，客观评价自己的学习效果，在课内外活动中积极用英语交流，有效地使用词典、图书馆、网络等媒体资源来获得更多的有关伟人的英语信息。
情感态度和价值观（Affect and Values）
了解Nelson Mandela的生平事迹，认识伟人所应具备的优秀品质，并向他们学习，以提高自身素质，树立正确的人生观，学习他们在艰苦的环境下为人类做贡献、不追求享乐的高尚精神。同时也学会一分为二的态度客观看待事物。
二、教材内容分析（Analysis of the teaching materials）
本单元的中心话题是当代英雄纳尔逊·曼德拉。故事的主题内容分成三个部分，由穷苦的黑人工人伊莱亚斯叙述他眼中的曼德拉。这样的写法虽然只能反映出曼德拉的一个侧面，但读起来却更为客观可信，使学生对曼德拉有初步的了解。第一篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯向我们介绍1952-1963年期间的曼德拉。第二篇听力短文伊莱亚斯讲述了他为了争取与白人有平等的权利而参加了曼德拉的非洲国民大会青年联盟。第三篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯说到他在罗本岛监狱得到了曼德拉的帮助，非国大（ANC）掌权后，伊莱亚斯又回到罗本岛监狱担任导游。这有别于惯常采用的直叙手法，尽可能剔除作者的主观看法，留给学生更多的思考空间，启发学生自己去思考，主动地表述对自己心目中英雄人物的看法。为了让学生完成写作任务，教科书又提供了曼德拉的生平履历表，让学生对曼德拉有了一个更完整的认识。“热身”（Warming Up）部分要求小组讨论伟人应具有的品质，并通过一组问题让学生了解彼此的特点与看法。“读前”（Pre-reading）部分提供了一些重要的历史人物，要求学生读懂每个人的基本情况，并判断他们中谁能称得上是伟大的人。“语言学习”（Learning about Language）部分突出了词汇和语法的学习与训练。本单元的语法是when, where, why, 介词+ which，介词+ whom引导的定语从句。“语言运用”（Using Language）部分中包括了听、读、写三个部分的内容，是本单元主要阅读篇章故事的延续。学生可从中了解南非黑人当时的生活状况以及他们不平等的社会地位，发现曼德拉的伟大之处。该部分提出的一些问题有利于培养学生独立思考的能力和人文精神。其中“写作”（Writing）部分是训练学生选取和组织材料，写出具有说服力的书信。练习册的写作要求学生学写有关伟人或名人的生平。“学习建议”（Learning Tip）指导学生收集、选择和分析有关名人的材料，了解人们对这些名人的评论，以学会正确地评价人物。
三、教学安排(Teaching arrangements)
Period 1: Reading I (Elias’ story +the rest of Elias’ story)
Period 2: Reading II (review +listening (sb)+language points)
Period 3: More language input (reading task (wb) + listening (wb))
Period 4: Language Practicing (grammar)
Period 5: Writing
本教学安排根据“LARA教学原则”，对教材进行大胆的删除（L – leave out）、 修补（A – Amending）、替换（R – Replace）、增添（A – Add），灵活的将教材为我所用。新教材在选材和教学活动的设计上充分考虑到学生年龄特征和他们生理和心理发展的需要；在采用话题、功能、结构相结合的教学方法的基础上，设计了“任务型”的活动；对英语语言知识和技能训练作了系统的安排，循序渐进，循环反复，有利于学生构建知识系统；注意培养创新精神，提高实践能力。但新教材也应与学生的实际相结合，我们不能全盘照搬。同时在教学过程中，为了对教学有及时的反馈和有效的改进，我们还进行了“形成性评价”,体现了学生的主体地位。
本单元的语言技能和语言知识几乎都围绕“当代英雄”这一中心话题设计的。我们根据本单元实际情况对教材的课时安排作了一些调整，尤其是学生用书(Student’s Book)和作业本(Workbook)有机结合。
根据本单元的教材的特点，按照任务型教学与大容量输入与输出的教学理念，整个单元的设计思路如下：输入“英雄”的概念，先是学生的自由讨论，更通过曼德拉的事迹向学生展示何为当代伟人，以及伟人所要具备的一些品质。在这基础上，第二步要学生辨别伟人与名人的不同，以及体会一分为二的辩证唯物主义。最后我们回到生活中，生活中也有不少平凡但是为了集体崇高的理想，放弃个人利益而不断努力克服困难的普通民众，他们也是我们心目中的英雄，伟人。由此我们从书本回归到生活，也成功升华，延伸了英雄的概念。通过学习语言点、语法还有写作，学生在内化吸收了知识后，进行了输出。
第一课时是人物传记式的阅读课，但是文章的写作角度比较特别，由穷苦的黑人工人伊莱亚斯叙述他眼中的曼德拉，这样的写法比较客观可信。伊莱亚斯的故事与遭遇同时也成为本文与本课的一条贯穿总线。课文有关中心话题的有三个部分，第一篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯向我们介绍1952-1963年期间的曼德拉。第二篇听力短文伊莱亚斯讲述了他为了争取与白人有平等的权利而参加了曼德拉的非洲国民大会青年联盟。第三篇阅读短文伊莱亚斯说到他在罗本岛监狱得到了曼德拉的帮助，非国大（ANC）掌权后，伊莱亚斯又回到罗本岛监狱担任导游。考虑到故事发展与情节展开的连续性与关联性以及课堂时间，在这个课时，把第一篇阅读短文与第三篇阅读短文整合起来完成，听力则放在第二课时。首先我们以一首英文经典歌曲 “hero”作为课前的英语氛围的营造与课内的导入，以老师问学生答的有效互动形式自由谈论他们所喜爱的hero并说明理由，提高了“说”的能力。然后是Workbook “talking”部分的四幅人物图像的呈现，以图片展示的形式激励学生用英语进行语言实践活动，然后归纳出英雄的一个模糊标准，为课文学习做好铺垫。之后正式人物曼德拉的登场，进入主题伊莱亚斯眼中的曼德拉。快速阅读部分训练学生的快速阅读能力并让学生对文章的梗概有所了解，对中心人物与背景有一定的印象。在细读过程中，根据课文的内容，问题设计以伊莱亚斯的人生发展为贯穿总线，同时以曼德拉给予他的影响为副线，环环相扣，层层递进，检查学生对文章的理解程度。在学生掌握课文内容并有了一定量的信息输入之后，给学生创造情境，让学生将所学的知识真实地运用到情境交际中，达到巩固知识与信息输出的目的。在此，依据学生的认知水平，我们设计两个不同难度系数的任务。任务1：Suppose you were Nelson Mandela or Nelson Mandela’s wife, would you like to tell us something impressive? 这里我们希望学生从伊莱亚斯外的角度来述说事情的发展过程，与文章的写作手法呼应，并巩固所学知识。任务2：四人小组活动，一个导游与三个游客之间的交流活动。相对任务1，任务2情境更加生动，更加开拓思维，能够把交际实践与阅读有机结合起来并培养了学生的合作精神。作业的布置一个是让学生在复习课文的同时找出好词好句，另一个是让他们以四人为一个小组，课外用各种媒体工具去找有关曼德拉更多的资料，也是为下节课做准备。
第二课时是第一课时阅读的巩固，延伸，升华。先通过对错问答检测对课文内容的熟悉程度，然后通过寻找好词好句来呈现词汇与表达，并通过短文填空对词汇进行运用与内化。
巩固了上一堂课的内容，进入延伸部分——一篇听力短文：伊莱亚斯讲述了他为了争取与白人有平等的权利而参加了曼德拉的非洲国民大会青年联盟。为了让学生进入听的状态，先为学生营造语境，由熟悉的passbook引出话题，通过问题的形式先让学生预测当时的情景，这样能激发学生用英语进行实践活动并为听力作好准备，然后再自然过渡到听力部分。这样学生在听的时候就有个心理准备，作好了铺垫。到此关于曼德拉的故事基本接近尾声，那么我们可以从中学习到什么呢？学生在这个环节进一步熟悉并巩固了课文。开放式讨论后，我们把目光从曼德拉身上投到其他伟人那里，在这里我们有选择的利用了课文pre-reading部分的四位伟人的图片，讨论四个不同领域的伟人后，思考“What qualities do you think are needed to make a great person?”至此我们总结了伟人应具备的一些品质和所拥有的共同点。那么，这些优秀品质里，你最欣赏哪些？你身边有拥有这样品质的人吗？又是怎么体现的呢？这个讨论把书本与我们的生活又结合起来，让学生明白拥有这些品质并不是伟人所特有的，通过树立正确的人生观，提高自我素质，我们也可以做的到。作业的布置是让学生收集更多伟人的事迹，复习的同时并预习好练习册里的阅读。构建知识框架，形成完整的知识系统性。
第三课时的安排是作为整个单元阅读的一个升华。在上一堂课里应用了课文Pre-reading的一部分，明白了伟人应具备的一些品质，但是我们还遗留了一个问题：是不是名人就是伟人呢？综观这个单元的素材，发现练习册中的阅读部分非常适合这个环节，因此这里我们用比尔.盖茨这个同样具有争议的人代替Pre-reading中的阿姆斯特朗，至此对Pre-reading进行了拆分，并与阅读有机组合在一起。首先老师以问题“As we know, most of the great people are also important and famous, but are important people the great ones?”进行过渡与引起注意。然后导入比尔.盖茨的图片，先在没有任何输入的状态下，让学生用已学的表达方式来表达他们对这个人物的看法，操练巩固 “Expressing ideas”的语言功能，其实这也是大脑风暴的热身过程。之后，依次呈现两篇基于不同立场与角度的有关比尔.盖茨文章，利用阅读技巧搜索有用信息后，形成表格进行对比，再让学生debate whether he is a great man, 这里让学生能有条理地表达个人的见解，培养他们独到的见解。老师最后总结出成为伟人的必备条件，而显然比尔.盖茨并不具备。第二环节是练习册中的 “Listening task”, 从上一环节学生对比尔.盖茨的不同看法上升到人们从不同角度看问题会产生不同的看法的理论高度。在训练听的能力的同时也锻炼辩证的思维能力。最后的环节也是本课时的高潮部分，首先以一段“感动中国”中洪战辉的事迹的影音视频进行导入，讨论他是不是感动大家，为什么？是不是符合了“great man”的定义？那么我们身边有没有类似的人呢？在这里，“great man” 的定义得到了延伸与扩展，生活中那些平凡但是为了集体崇高的理想，放弃个人利益而不断努力克服困难的普通民众，他们也是我们心目中的“great man”。作业是让学生写一个计划，考虑怎样才能进一步向心目中的“great man”的标准靠拢。这个作业的布置是人性化的，具有弹性的，开拓了学生的发散性思维，同时也是对学生自身品质的一次自我审查。
第四课时本课时的重点是语法定语从句的关系副词（when, where, why）和介词+关系代词。因为在第四单元已经对定语从句有了基本的了解，所以在这里我们要做的是遵循学生的认知规律，难度适中，循序渐进的进行语法的教学，加深理解，提高实际运用能力。首先以基于阅读课文的问答式引出课文中出现的四句很具有代表性的定语从句，复习了课文也引出了本单元的重点语言现象——定语从句。然后展示一个有关定语从句的Flash动画，形象生动，活跃气氛。接下来通过一组练习来同时复习一下上个单元的语法项——关系代词，起到承上启下的作用。再导入两个例句1. We were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the government．2. The person to whom you should be grateful for a peaceful South Africa is Nelson Mandela.让学生观察这两个句子与其他句子的不同，并通过一组练习，让学生知道介词是怎么产生的和怎么挑选合适的介词。那么怎么解决这三个关系副词呢？根据学生的认知规律，我们设计了三个句子为一组，分别体现which----at/ in /on which----when; which----in which----where; which----for which----why 的演变过程。接下来进行有针对性的练习操练，练习的设计也是从易到难循序渐进，先是连线题，再是补充定语从句部分，最后的练习是用定语从句把两个单句组成一句话，让学生的学习能力阶梯式的加强。学习的最终目的是输出，也是应用于交际中，所以本课时的最后给学生设计了一个输出的任务——四人一组活动，应用定语从句，谈谈你生活中的五件印象最深刻的事情，人物，地点，时间等。这个活动贴近学生的生活实际，内容丰富，让学生有话可讲。作业布置：1.把最后一个活动再继续深化，编为一篇短文。2. 完成课本里大量丰富的相关练习，此时是学生巩固的最好机会。
第五课时是写作课，响应新课程对写作的重视，我们特别在本学期强调了写作的教学。在本课时中，首先通过对上一堂课作业——定语从句短文的展示，既检查了作业，又巩固了语法，也过渡到人物写作这个中心话题。整堂课是按照作文的组成部分为线索展开的，先是关注写作里词汇的处理，注重选词对文章的印象，在这里我们充分利用了练习册第70页的这篇文章填空，在两个相似词汇之间的选择，让学生明白了措辞的重要性。之后，让学生回答在本单元习得的有用词汇，通过71页的翻译句子运用这些刚学的新词汇。如果说词汇是文章的血肉，那么结构与提纲就是骨架。回到70页的这篇数学家的介绍，通过师生问答，让学生归纳出这篇文章的提纲，然后给学生机会尝试写一个介绍曼德拉的提纲。因本单元中出现信的写作，为了把书本与练习册两个写作结合起来，我们设计了如下的任务：Suppose the magazine “Global People” begins its annual activity of choosing the top ten great men in 20th century, will you write a letter to support Nelson Mandela? 这样学生既实际练习了写信，也学会怎么介绍与描述一个人。最终我们期望学生能把新学的词汇、句型与语法运用到作文里面，把整个单元的学习很好地加以输出。
补充：考虑到每个学校每个班级教学与学生的差异，我们没有对语言点进行单独备课，但是给大家准备了 “Language supermarket”，里面资料详尽，供各位老师根据教学实际情况自由选择。
四、单元预习任务（Pre-unit Activities: Preview Task）
1、根据本单元教学目标和要求，了解本单元话题和任务，充分做好课前预习工作。
2、预习语言知识，包括词汇表里的词汇和扩展词汇，掌握词义、发音、词性以及其基本用法。鼓励学生勤查字典。
3、多渠道（如报刊、杂志、网络等等）查阅并了解与本单元话题有关的背景知识和材料。
推荐网址：
4、做好每课时的课前具体预习任务。
第一课时前：
根据教学目标和要求，了解本课时的话题和任务，预习课文的语言知识，包括词汇表里的词汇和短语，以及课外提供的扩展词汇，掌握词义、发音、词性以及基本用法。鼓励学生勤查字典。
预习阅读材料，掌握文章的中心思想和基本脉络。
通过报刊、杂志、网络等途径，多渠道查阅并了解与阅读材料相关的信息资料和背景知识，做好充分的课前预习工作。
推荐网址：http://www.anc.org.za/people/mandela.html
http://www.microsoft.com/billgates/bio.asp
（学生可以通过以下问题来自我检查预习情况）
Questionnaire:
Q1: What qualities do you think you should have? And how can we improve ourselves?
Q2: Can you name some famous people? But are they great men?
Q3: How much do you know about South Africa and Nelson Mandela?
Q4: What’s the relationship between Nelson Mandela and Elias?
Q5: What can we learn from those great ones?
第二课时前：
复习阅读课文，预习所给的词汇、相关背景知识等材料。
预习课文Listening。
第三课时前：
预习所给的词汇，和相关知识。
预习练习册里的阅读与听力。
第四课时前：
1、预习语言点和语法点。
第五课时前：
1.、复习上一课时所学的语言点和语法。
2.、搜索有关曼德拉详细信息与写信的格式。
五、教学步骤 (Teaching procedures)
Period 1：Reading I
Teaching goals
To talk about people’s qualities and inspire the students to discover the value of the great man’s work.
To read on capable people’s life stories and know more information about Nelson Mandela.
Enable the students to express their ideas logically.
Procedures
Step 1. Warming up
(Before class, get the Ss to enjoy a beautiful song Hero for 3-5 minutes. After enjoying, ask the Ss some questions in a moving atmosphere.)
T: Well, for a beautiful song, do you know what it is about?
S :Hero
Q: Who is your hero/heroine?/ Who do you admire in your heart?
Ss: …
Q: Why?
S: …
Q: Do you think he is a great man?
S: …
Q: Does he do anything for others? / What contributions does he make to society?
S: …
(Show 4 pictures in talking part one by one)
Q: How about this person? Do you admire him? Is he another hero in your heart? What do you know about him?
(Give background knowledge)
Conclusion: Let Ss say: so a great man is a man_______________________________________.
(Show a picture of. Nelson Mandela)
Q: What do you know about him? Is he a great man? Why?
(Get into Brainstorming)
T: It seems you know Nelson Mandela a little. Do you want to know more about him? Let’s read the following story and see what Elias thinks of Nelson Mandela.
Step 2.Fast Reading
Q: What does he think of Nelson Mandela?
Why?
What happened between Elias and Nelson Mandela?
Ss: In his opinion, Nelson Mandela is… . /He thinks Nelson Mandela is… .
Step 3 Careful reading
T: Here is your first impression about NM according to the Elias’ story. If you look through the story carefully, you’ ll find more. Ok, why not read these two passages and finish the following chart by answering these questions?
Q1: When and where was Elias born? What was he?
( 1940, born, black worker )
Q2: Was he educated? When? How long?
( 1946( six), educated, two years )
Q3: Why did he leave school so early?
( not continue the fee )
Q4: So what was the result? Could he get a job? What job? Was he happy then? Why?
( get, worried about, out of work, no passbook )
Q5.Who helped him? What did Nelson Mandela do at that time?
( Nelson Mandela, opened, advise )
Q6. Why was the day Nelson Mandela told him what to do and helped him the happiest day of his life?
( get …)
Q7. What did Nelson Mandela organize? Why did he organize it? / What was the situation at that time?
( ANC, no vote, not choose )
Q8: Where did they live?
( poorest )
Q9: What did Nelson Mandela say?
( accept, fight )
Q10: How to attack the law?
( broke, peacefully )
Q11: But did they answer violence with violence? Why?
( answer with violence, not allowed )
Q12: Did Elias like violence? Did he join the ANC Youth League? Why?
( realize his dream, make equal )
Q13: So how did they do?
(blow up )
Q14: What would be the result if they were caught?
( be put in prison )
Q15: Later, he was put in prison. What is the prison? Why were they so afraid of hearing of its name?
( Robben island, not escaped )
Q16: It was the hardest time of his life, right? But at this moment who appeared? Did he help him? How?
( began, taught )
Q17: Did Elias study hard? How?
( under…make candles..)
Q18: As a result, he became a good student. Did he want to study further? Was he allowed to do that? What idea did Nelson Mandela think of?
( allowed… not stopped…)
Q19: Could Elias get the degree? Why did he feel good about himself?
（ not cleverer ）
Q20: Was Elias always staying in the prison? How long did he stay? Can he get a job? What job? Why?
( four, educated )
Q21: Could he do this job long? Why? So he lost the job. How long was he out of work? When did he find a job again? How?
(found out, twenty years, came to power, helped again )
Q22: Was Elias happy to accept this job? Did he give up this job? Why?
( bad, came back to , encourage, said,)
Q23: What did he think of this job now,? Why?
( am proud to…)
Q24: What’s the purpose of writing this story? How does the writer tell? How many parts was the whole story divided? / How many times did Nelson Mandela offer help to Elias?
Ss: The purpose of writing this story is to … . The writer tells…by….
Step4 Retelling
T: We have known what happened between Elias and Nelson Mandela. Suppose you were Nelson Mandela/ Elias’ wife, would you like to tell us something impressive?
Retelling (Choose one of them to retell )
Suppose you were Nelson Mandela, retell the story.
Suppose you were Elias’ wife, retell the story.
Step5. Role play (an interview )
T: All of you did a good job. Next, after Nelson Mandela and Elias’ wife, it is Elias’ turn to tell us some stories. One of you act as Elias, who is the tour guide on Robben Island. And the other three, you are tourists and you can ask questions that you want to know. Maybe these tips will help you!
How did you get to know Nelson Mandela?
What did he do to help you keep your job in a gold mine?
Can you explain to me some of Nelson Mandela’s political ideas or beliefs?
What was Nelson Mandela’s way of fighting? Why did he change to violence?
What was life like on Robben Island?
We know you couldn’t read or write, for you left school early, but now you can.
Where did you learn to read and write?
Why did you become a tour guide? What do you think of your present job?
(Let students come to the front to show their interview. Students can start the interview like this:
Tourist: How did you get to know Nelson Mandela? What did he do to help you keep your job in a gold mine?)
Step6. Homework
Try to find out some useful expressions and phrases.
Work in four to find more information about Nelson Mandela.
附板书设计: （Blackboard Design）
The relationship between Elias and Nelson Mandela
Elias Mandela
black worker opened
educated, two years advise
out of work happiest get
no vote organize
not choose accept/fight
poorest join broke peaceful
blow up help
put in prison began
hardest taught
not allowed allowed…to
get a degree degree not stopped
feel good
Period 2：Reading II
Step 1.Lead-in
T: Do you still remember some details about what we learned yesterday? Now let me have a check.
Step 2. Review two readings
1. ( T or F )
1. Elias met Nelson Mandela at school. ( F )
2. Nelson Mandela was a black lawyer. ( T )
3. Nelson Mandela believed that black people were being treated as well as white people in South Africa. ( F )
4. Nelson Mandela thought violence was a good way to help black people. ( F )
5. Nelson Mandela helped Elias keep his job. ( T )
6. The government were happy with Nelson Mandela and the ANC. ( F )
2. Listening and learning about language points
(Discover useful words and expressions, and then complete the passage with some of the words above)
(go on, some time, feel hopeless, lose one’s job, brave man, in fact, be ready to, agree to take, go against a law, quiet and calm, be taken to prison, tell somebody what to do, what people do in a war, always doing new things, have some difficult problems, money paid for going to school, a yellow metal for making a ring, group of people organized for a special purpose)
T: Let’s listen to the whole story. Would you please find out the similar expressions in the text to the ones on the screen? Then complete the passage with some of the words.
When Elias lost his job and was__________, his wife was very unhappy. She knew this meant he was_________ when all she wanted was a _______ life with enough money every month. She tried to ______him not to fight the government as she thought it was better to _______ that in South Africa black people were not as important as white people. But he was willing to ________ the fight and help Nelson Mandela win equal rights for black people. For a ______ of time she felt helpless and_________, but Elias encouraged her with stories of how good life would be when white and black people worked and played together.
Step 3. Listening
T: We know, at that time, Elias was in a difficult situation and the background was very different from today’s. With what you have known, can you predict some?
What is a passbook?
Is it important?
Is it easy to get for Elias?
What job did Elias want to do?
Who worked underground?
Who worked on the surface?
Where did Elias live?
T: Will your answers be all right? Now listen to one statement of Elias.
1 What is a passbook? ( B )
A. A book to help you pass exams B. A book to show your identity
C. A book to tell you where to live D. A book to tell you how to live
2. Why is it important? ( C )
A. For traveling outside South Africa B. For showing where you were born
C. For traveling inside South Africa D. For getting a job
3. What job did Elias want to do? ( D )
A. To work with other black workers B. To work as a cleaner
C. To teach in a primary school D. To work in the mines
4. Who worked underground? (C )
A The white workers B. The black and white workers
C. The black workers D. Foreign workers
5. Who worked on the surface? ( C )
A. The black workers B. The black and white workers
C. The white workers D. Foreign workers
6. Where did Elias live? ( C )
A. In a classroom B. In a home of his own
C. In a large room with beds D. With his family
Q: Why did Elias join the ANC Youth League?
( He wanted to be the same and equal to the white people in their own land.)
Q: Why did he support violence when he did not agree with it ?
( Because it was only with violence that they could get the equal right. )
Step4. Further Discussion
T: So to Elias, Nelson Mandela is a great man and he is important in Elias’ life, and he changed his life.
And what have you learned from Nelson Mandela? For what quality do you admire him most?
(Show 4 pictures in Pre-reading: William Tyndale, Norman Bethune, Sun Yat-sen, and Gandhi )
T: Are they great people too? What qualities do they have? What qualities do you think are needed to make a great person?
Conclusion: A great person is one who has followed his/ her ideas and sacrificed something so that they could be realized. He/ She has qualities as follows: intelligent, determined, generous, kind, unselfish, brave, hard-working, confident, persistent, modest, one who has an idea, helps others, unselfishly gives up something to achieve his/her goal).
Look at the list of the qualities that are set out above. You are going to choose four that you consider are the most important for a great person. While you are choosing each one, think of someone you know or have heard of that has that quality. Then when you have finished choosing, prepare to give a talk to the class. You should explain why you chose each one and who shows it.
Step5. Homework
Review two readings
Recite good sentences from the readings
Preview the next reading in WB.
附板书设计: （Blackboard Design）
Review two readings ( T or F )
Listening
1. prediction
2. listen to the passage
Further Discussion
1.What is a great man?
2.What about we ordinary ones?
Language points :
1. Do you ask for help when you think it necessary?
ask for 要求得到
Every time he gets home, he asks for money.
ask for sb. 找某人，要求见某人
A Mr. Simpson form Sydney is asking for the manager.
2. Are you willing to do public service work without pay?
be willing to 愿意做某事
willing adj. 乐意的，自愿的
I’m willing to help you.
I’m quite willing for your brother to join us.
3. Do you easily lose heart when you are in trouble? lose heart 灰心，丧失信心
Please don’t lose heart; you still have more chances.
lose one’s heart 爱上，喜欢上
She lost her heart to him as soon as she saw the handsome soldier.
in trouble 有麻烦，处于不幸中
He never came except when he was in trouble.4. He died for his ideas but his work was later used in the Bible. 他为了自己的思想而献身，但他的成果后来应用于《圣经》。
die for 为……而死
They died for the people. Their death is weightier than Mount Taishan.
I am dying for a cup of water.
die for 也意为“渴望，切望”（只用于进行时态）
5. He fought against the German Nazis and Japanese invaders during World War II. 二战时期他抵抗德国纳粹和日本侵略者。
fight (fought, fought)
fight for 为……而战
fight against 与……作斗争
We will have to fight against difficulties.
They told the workers to fight for their rights.6. He founded the first Republic in China in 1911 after many years’ fighting. 经过多年斗争他于1911在中国创建了第一个共和国。
found (founded, founded) 建立，创建
find (found, found)
The hospital was founded in 1920.
Have you found your missing pen?
7. He strongly believed in the three principles: nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood. 他坚信三条原则：民族，民权，民生。
believe in 信任，信仰
Do you believe in God?
We believe in our government.
believe sb. = believe what sb. says 相信某人的话
believe in sb. 信任某人
I believe what he said because I believe in him.8. He gave up a rich life for his ideas and fought for his country to be free from the UK in a peaceful way. 他为了他的思想而放弃了富裕生活，并且用和平方式为他的国家摆脱英国而进行了战斗。 give up 表示主动放弃或屈服
He has decided to give up smoking.
give in 表示被动屈服或认输， 后面不带宾语
You can’t win the game, so you may as well give in.
free from 摆脱（不好的东西）的，无……的
Keep the children free from harm.
You should try to write sentences free from mistakes.
9. He fought for the black people and was in prison for thirty years. 他为黑人而战且坐过三十年监狱。
be in prison 在狱中，被监禁
He has been in prison for five years.
put…in prison = send…to prison = throw …into prison 把……投入监狱
The car thieves have been put in prison.
He was sent to prison for ten years10. The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
period 期间，时期，学校的一节课，周期
Let’s finish this period and have a break.
a period of rotation 自转周期 the time when 其中when 引起定语从句
This was a time when you had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg.
Do you still remember the time when we first met?
the time 可用于引起时间状语从句，这时一般不加when。
I recognized him the time I saw him.
11. It was in 1952 and he had opened a black law firm to advise poor black people on their problems.
1) advise ab. on sth. 就……给某人出主意
I have advised you on that subject.
2) advise sb. to do sth. 建议某人干…… Our monitor advises me to practice more spoken English.
3) advise that +(should) do
I advise that you (should) not eat fruit that isn’t ripe.12. Sadly I did not have this passbook because I was not born there and I was worried about whether I would be out of work.
be worried about = worry about 担心
She worries about her health.
= She is worried about her health.
out of work 失业
Jim has been out of work for months.
13. The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all. 过去三十年里出现了最多的法律来剥夺我们的权利, 阻挡我们的进步,直到今天我们已经到了几乎没有任何权力的地步.
see 在此句意为“见证，目睹 ”；(在某段时期)发生(某情况),经历,经受; 为某事发生之时，主语为时间
The last few months have seen more and more traffic accidents.
The city has seen many changes.
14. …only then did we decide to answer violence with violence. 只是在那时我们才决定以暴力对暴力。
only then 此处引起倒装句，当only修饰状语位于句首时，句子采用部分倒装的结构。
Only by practicing a few hours every day will you be able to master English.
only 修饰主语时，句子不倒装。
Only he knew how to solve the problem.
15. As a matter of fact, I do not like violence…but in 1936 I helped him blow up some government buildings. 事实上我不喜欢暴力……但在1963年我帮他炸了一些政府大楼.
as a matter of fact = in fact
As a matter of fact, I don’t know the truth.
16.But I was happy to help because I knew it was to realize our dream of making black and white people equal.
be equal to 等于，相当于
I’m not equal to the position.
Women demand equal pay for equal work.
17.You cannot imagine how the sound of the name of Robben Island made us afraid. 你想象不到听到罗本岛这个名字令我们多么害怕。
imagine n./doing sth./sb.+doing/that… Can you imagine life without electricity?
I didn’t imagine becoming a writer in my childhood.
I can’t imagine her marrying him.
Imagine that you are a bird.
18. He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evening when we should have been asleep. 在午餐的休息时间和晚上我们本应该睡觉的时候他教授我们。
should do & should have done
He should have come earlier.
You should come earlier tomorrow.
You should have written to your mother.
My teacher said I should study harder.
I should have studied harder when I was young.
should do 表示应该做，一般指现在或将来的动作，指过去的动作时应站在过去的角度。
should have done 表示本应该做而没有做的。站在现在的角度上评说过去的事情。
19.asleep, sleep & sleepy--Is he still sleeping?
--Yes, he is fast asleep.
I was too sleepy to hear the end of her talk.
I usually sleep seven hours a day.
asleep 是表语形容词，意为“睡着的”。
sleep 是动词或名词，意为“睡觉”。
sleepy 是形容词，意为“打盹的”。20. As they were not cleverer than me, but did pass their exam, I knew I could get a degree too. 由于他们不如我聪明而又确实通过了考试，我知道我也能获得学位。
did pass 为强调结构，强调谓语动词时，在动词原行前加do, does, did.
Do be careful!
I do hope you have a merry Christmas!
He does speak English well!
21. I did not work for twenty years until Mr. Mandela and the ANC came to power in 1993.
come to power = come into power 执政
in power 当权，执政
Things have changed a lot since he came to power.
How long has he been in power?
22. All the terror and fear of that time came back to me.
terror n. 恐怖，可怕的人或事
The murder was a terror to the people in the town.
fear n. 恐惧，可怕
vt. 恐惧，害怕 + n./to do /that… Do you fear death?
She fears to speak in our presence.
I fear that we can’t protect ourselves.
for fear of …& for fear that… 担心 He left an hour earlier for fear of missing the train.
She worried for fear that the child would be hurt23. I remembered the beatings and the cruelty of the guards and my friends who had died and I felt I would not be able to do it.
beating n. 打、输
They gave him a good beating.
They gave our team quite a beating.
beat n. 敲击，跳动
We heard the beat of a drum.
Can you hear the beat of my heart?
24. They said that the job and the pay from the new South African government was my reward after working all my life for equal rights for the Blacks.
reward n. 报酬，奖金
He worked hard but without much reward.
in reward 作为报酬
She got nothing in reward for her kindness.
vt. 酬谢，给以报答
He rewarded me with a prize.
1．period （n．）
1）length or portion of time一段时间；时期。
There were long periods when we had no news of him．好长一段时间我们都没有他的消息。
Tomorrow's weather will be cloudy with sunny periods．明天阴天间晴。
His son is going through a difficult period now．他的儿子正处于困难时期。
2）（time allowed for a）lesson in school课时；一节课。
three periods of chemistry a week 一个星期三节化学课。
2．advise
advise sb.to do sth.劝告/建议某人做某事 advise sb not to do sth= advise sb. against doing sth劝告/建议某人不要做某事
1) They advised her not to act in haste. = They advised her against acting in haste。他们劝她不要匆忙行事。
2) He will advise you what to do 他会建议你（们）怎么办。
3) 可以说advise doing,但不可以说advise to do，如：
She advised holding an English party at the weekend.（正）
She advised to hold an English party at the weekend.（误）
4) advise后可以引导一个宾语从句，从句的谓语动词用虚拟语气，即，should+ 动词原形，should可以省略。如：
I advised that he (should) come at once.
5) advise sb. of sth 把某事通知某人，如：
We advised them of the arrival of goods
6) advise with sb on/about sth.与某人商量某事，如：
She advised with me on the travel to Europe.
3．see （v.）
see除了用来表示“看见”以外，还可表示“遇见”、“会晤”、“理解”、“发觉”、“经历”等意义。在本句中，它的意思是to be the time when （an event）happens。
witness 为（某事）发生之时；目睹。
This year sees the hundredth anniversary of the composer's death．今年是那位作曲家逝世一百
4．position
1.表示“位置，姿势，职位，立场”时，是可数名词，前常加介词“in”如：
1). The house has a good position.
2). He is lying in a very uncomfortable position.
3). My sister has got a position as a nurse.
4). Both sides made their positions clear.
2.表示“地位”时，是不可数名词，有时可加不定冠词，如：
She is a woman of high position
3. in a position to do sth.处于能够做某事的地位，如：
I’m sorry, I am not in a position to help you now.
4. in/ out of position在/（不在）适当的位置，如：
This chair is out of position. Put it back in position.]
5. Take up the position that…主张…如：
He took up the position that the meeting should be postponed until /to next week.
6. accept
1. 表示“接受，同意” 后面可接名词，代词或that引导的宾语从句，如：
1) Did you accept the invitation?
2) It is generally accepted that smoking causes bad health
2.区别accept 和receive
accept指乐意接受或考虑后同意接受，强调其主观意愿。如：
1) We must accept the criticism.
2) I accepted this plan in principle
receive表示“接到，收到 ”， 指“接，收”这一动作或事实。
1).He received several baskets full of cards, letters and telegrams of congratulations.
2).He received the present, but he didn’t accepted it.
accept后不可接不定式。
1). She accepted to go with me.（误）
2). She agreed to go with me.（正）
7. reward.
1) 作动词，表示“报酬，酬金，报答，奖赏”，接介词for表示“缘故”，接介词with表示“奖赏的东西”。如：
1) I rewarded you for your help.
2) She rewarded him with a smile.
2. 作名词，表示“报酬，奖赏，报答，酬谢”如：
1) She was given a reward for passing the examination.
2) She worked hard all her life but without much reward.
3. as a reward for,作为……奖赏，为……酬谢 in reward of（以……）酬谢，如：
1). He was rewarded with a gold watch as a reward for his services.
2) He was presented with a gold watch in reward of his services.
4.in reward 作为。。。报答。如：
1) We got nothing in reward for our kindness.
5．表示“好处，回报”时，常用名词的复数形式，如：
1) The rewards of arts are not to be measured in money.
2) The financial rewards of teaching are not among its attractions.
8. We first broke the law in a way which was peaceful; when this was not allowed ... only then did we decide to answer violence with violence．首先我们用和平的方式来破坏法律；而当这种方式也得不到允许时，……只有到这个时候我们才决定用暴力反抗暴力。
in a way which was peaceful = in a peaceful way。
Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence．注意did we decide的局部倒装结构，当only 修饰副词或状语置于句首时，句子要局部倒装。如：
Only after the lesson did she discover that she had lost her handbag．下了课她才发现自己丢了手提包。
Only recently have I thought of them．直到最近我才想起他们。
如果置于句首的由only引导的词语不是状语就不用倒装。试比较：
Only some of the children seemed to have understood it．似乎只有一部分孩子明白。
Period 3: more language input
Teaching goals
Help the students learn to get information by listening, and cultivate the listening ability.
Get the students to talk about their various opinions freely in English.
Step1. Reading (WB)
T: As we know, most of the great people are also important and famous, but are important people the great ones?
S:
(Show some pictures of Bill Gates, his software and his company).
T: Do you know who he is?
S:
T: What else do you know about him?
S: CEO of software
T: Great, so many of you know him. He is really so famous. But is he a great man?
S1: I think Bill Gates is / is not _____________, because ________________________________.
S2:
T: You see, so you have different ideas. Let’s have a look at him in the two passages. Let’s read the passage quickly and fill in the information sheet.
INFORMATION ON BILL GATES
Job
Chief Executive Officer of a computer company
Achievements
Produced software that is used all over the world
What did he give up for his beliefs?
None
Generosity
Gave money to causes for children’s education and health
Why does he have enemies?
Other people are jealous of his success
Why attacked by the government?
They thought he was too big and too powerful and that is unfair to his competitors
T: What does the follower of Bill Gates think of him?
Why does he think Bill is great?
What about Bill’s competitor?
Why?
Please read the passage again more carefully and find out the evidence to support each point. Lets’ have a debate. The following chart may help you.
Great Man
Not a Great Man
He has his own company and software.
No one can compete with his software.
He fits his software free in every computer.
His software is not the best but used most widely.
He gives money to causes for children’s education and health.
He tries hard to stop others making better software so that he may be a computer bully.
(T can ask Ss to finish the chart first, and then ask them to give a short report to tell us the reason why Bill Gates is a great man or why not.)
T: Thank you for your excellent report. In a word, a great man should be the one who has followed his/her ideas and sacrificed something so that they could be realized. If he/she has not gone through struggles and difficulties for their noble cause, they can’t be called a great person. From your report, we find that different people have different ideas, not only on this affair, but also on some common things in our daily life. Here is the same example which happened in our listening text.
Step 2. Listening (WB)
(Show Ss a picture of an accident)
T: What happened in the picture? If you witness the accident, what will you do?
Ss: Call 120. / Tell policeman the truth. / …
T: If the policeman asks you to describe what you have witnessed, what will you say?
S1: …
T: What’s your point of view?
S2: …
T: You see, on this accident, you two have different views. Usually, after an accident, the police will not just ask one person. Can you guess why? What about listening to the tape to find out the reason?
(Ask the Ss to listen to the tape.)
T: So why will the police not just ask one person?
S: …
T: Instead, what will the police do?
S: He will ask everyone present.
T: But sometimes, people will tell different stories after an accident, just as what you did just now. Do you know why? So listen to the tape again and find out the answers to these two questions:
Q1: Why will people tell different stories after an accident?
Q2: What does “a point of view” mean?
(Check the answers.)
T: You see, when you look at people or things, you may have a different point of view from others. On this accident, two people have different points of views. Please listen to the tape once again, and take some notes of the information on the accident by person A and person B.
(Check the answers of exercise 2.)
T: So why did the two speakers have different ideas about the cause of the accident?
S: …
T: After you get the information, who do you think caused the accident? Why?
S: …
T: What conclusion can you draw after the reading and the listening?
S:
T: So next time when you look at one event, will you just look on one side?
Standing on different fields will give you totally different views. So please don’t just judge an event from one side. Just like the topic we talked in this unit – great men. In this unit, we talked a lot about great men, and most of them are famous people. What about ordinary people? Are they just ordinary? Can they become great men?
Step 3. Further discussion
(Show a short video of “Move China”)
T: Do you know him? Is he as ordinary as us? But is he a great man? Why?
(T can ask Ss to discuss some detailed questions and then show their ideas.)
1) Who is he? What happened to him?
2) Do you think he is a great man? Why do you think so?
(Ss may give a conclusion: he is really a great person. T can get Ss into a heated discussion, and let
them have a free talk.)
1) Can you list any other ordinary people who you think they are great?
2) Are there any teachers you admire a lot? Why?
3) And what about your friends? Your schoolmates?
T: Important people may be great. But when we think about a person or a situation in different respects, maybe we can open another window. We can describe a person we think is a great person because of what this person does for the community and others. Judging from these flashing qualities, they are loved and admired by the people around them. They are the great people in our heart.
Step 4. Homework
If we ordinary people can become great ones, will you want to be a great one? If so, how to be a
great person? Can you write your plan to reach the great goal?
附板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
I think Bill Gates is / is not _____________, because ________________________________.
Great man?
Great ordinary
Period 4: Language Practicing
Teaching goals
To discover and learn to use some useful words and expressions.
To learn Attributive Clauses part2 (where, when, why, prep. +which /whom)
Step 1 Lead-in
(By asking Ss some Qs about Elias, then lead in some attributive clauses in the reading text. Get Ss to learn the grammar from their book.)
T: In Elias’s story, Nelson Mandela acted an important role in his life, and a lot of things greatly changed because of him. So there are many unforgettable experiences in Elias’s mind. Suppose you are /were Elias, can you tell us some of your impressive experiences?
Ss: Yes/Ok
T:
Q1: When did you first meet Nelson Mandela?
S1: I met Nelson Mandela in a very difficult period of my life.
T: So you mean the time when you first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of your life. (Copy the sentence on the blackboard)
Q2: Where was the school you studied?
S2:The school where I studied only two years was three kilometers away.
Q3: When was the day Nelson Mandela told you what to do and helped you?
S3: The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest days of my life.
Q4: Where were the parts you blacks lived?
S4: The parts of town where we lived were the places decided by white people.
The time when you first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of your life.
The school where i studied only two years was three kilometers away.
The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest days of my life.
The parts of town where we lived were the places decided by white people.
Step 2 Grammar review
T: Now please look at these sentences. The words underlined are all modified by sentences. Do you still remember what we call these kinds of clauses?
Ss: Attributive clause.
T: Yeah, the attributive clauses are very useful in our expression.
(Show a short flash of the dialogue between a couple)
Now let’s review some together. Will you fill in the proper words?
Ex1:
Is he the man who/that wants to see you?
He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday.
They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down.
The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped.
T: What do we call the words which you filled in just now?。
S: Relative pronoun. T: What are they?
Relative pronoun ：who, whom, whose, that, which等。
Step 3 Grammar learning
T: Besides these words and sentences, we find another language using in our text.
We were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the government．
The person to whom you should be grateful for a peaceful South Africa is Nelson Mandela
T: What’s the differences between these two and others?
S: We have a preposition before the relative pronoun.
T: But where is the preposition from?
Let’s observe the following sentences!
Ex2:
1. The speed at which light travels is 300000km per second.(由先行词的习惯搭配决定)
at the speed of
2. This is the teacher from whom I borrow the book. (borrow from)（动词词组）
3. Don’t bring the children to see the animals of which they are afraid. (be afraid of)
关系代词whom, which前介词的选择由先行词的习惯搭配或后半句动词的搭配而决定。
Ex3
关系副词：when, where, why.
关系副词可代替的先行词是时间，地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语，相当于“介词+which”结构，经常交替使用。
Step 4 Grammar practice
Ex1: Elias has had some problems with his messages for his friends. Can you help him form sentences with the following words and phrases. Match them please.
Ex2: Now will you complete these sentences using an attributive clause with when, where or why？
That was the reason why I had to go hospital for so long and I could not go on my holiday to Britain.
Mary Brown moved to a place where she was close to the sea, so she could go swimming every day.
This was the time when the harvest failed three years in a row, and everyone was cold and hungry.
It was the year when the electricity failed and everybody had to cook their dinner by candlelight.
I went back to the town which I left when I was five years old, so I could see the house where I used to live.
He will never forget the park where he first met his wife.
EX3: Join two simple sentences to make a complex sentence with an attributive clause.
T: Just now, we used the words when, why, where, which, who to fill in the blankets. Now would you combine the two sentences by using the attributive clause?
Eg: Wang An moved to the US from Shanghai in 1945. He was born in Shanghai.
Wang An moved from Shanghai, where he was born, to the US in 1945.
Harvard is a world-famous university where/from which Wang An got his doctor’s degree.
He arrived in America in 1945 as a young man who had lost most of his family during the Anti-Japanese war.
3 Wang An spent 3years in Harvard University where/ in which he studied applied physics.
4. In 1951 Dr Wang founded his own company where/ in which computers were made.
5. He became a very successful entrepreneur in the US in 1985, when he made $3 billion.
6. Dr Wang died in 1990 when IT was developing rapidly all over the world.
7. This is Dr Wang to whom the computer belonged.
Step 5 Language production
T: Dr Wang made great achievements during his life. Some time, places and events mean a lot to him. They are his unforgettable experiences. And what about you? Do you have some great moments and places to remember? Now think about the most five important things in your life. and share them with your partners. Let’s work in four.
Top five in your life
Eg: Linhai is a beautiful city where I was born.
I was born in 1985 when my sisster was five years old.
I will never forget the day when….
Step 6 Homework
1. Make what you discussed into a short passage by using the attributive clause.
2. Finish the exercises in the workbook.
附板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
Attributive clause
relative pronoun ：who, whom, whose, that, which等。
关系代词whom, which前介词的选择由先行词的习惯搭配或后半句动词的搭配而决定。
关系副词：when, where, why.
关系副词可代替的先行词是时间，地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语，相当于“介词+which”结构，经常交替使用。
Period 5: Writing
Teaching goals
Deal with the knowledge learned and the writing part
Teach the students how to write a persuading letter.
Step 1. Lead in
T: Hello, everyone. Now I am very eager to know the top five things in your life. Would you like to share them with me? Others please pay attention to the attributive clauses in his report.
Ss: …
T: Well done, how many attributive clauses are used in the report?
Ss:
T: Just as you see, with this structure, the sentences you made will become more vivid and beautiful. And from what he told you just now, class, what kind person our speaker is?
Ss: Brave, honest…
T: But is it enough to describe one person in this way? What else is needed?
Ss: (Get into a discussion)
Step 2. Using words and expressions
T: Good ideas. Would you like to know more? Now here’s a good example. Let’s turn to Page 70. First go through the text quickly. Who can tell me what the passage talks about?
S: It’s about a mathematician named Charles Babbage.
T: Now choose the words or expressions from the brackets to complete the passage.
(Leave Ss 2minutes to finish the passage.)
T: You can find the words are similar to each other. So as a good writer, he may vary words to express something better. So picking of proper words is very important. And have you stored some good words or phrases from our text?
Ss: ...
T: But can you use them out in your writing? Let’s have a try.Here we’ve got some, and please choose some of them to translate my sentences. ( Page 71)
(as a matter of fact; in trouble; out of work; come to power; advise; lose heart; be sentenced to; willing; set up; continue).
T: Please always remember: words and phrases are the bricks of the house or the muscles and blood of the body. So collecting more words is a way to write a beautiful passage. Besides the muscles and blood, but what about the bones of the article?
Step3. Make an outline for structure
T: Let’s go back to the passage. Can you give me more information about the mathematician? Like when and where was he born? What happened in his childhood? And what happened later? …
Ss: …
T: Yes, in paragraph one, it writes about his personal information. And what happened in paragraph two? What other information does it mention?
Ss: …
T: In paragraph two, it tells us his hard work and achievements. Why do we say he worked hard? What were his achievements? Did he suffer a lot or meet with some problems? What do people think of him? Why?
Ss: …
T: So in conclusion, this passage can be divided into two parts. They are:
Paragraph 1: Personal information
Paragraph 2: His / Her hard work and achievements
T: That’s the brief outline of this passage, and can we add something more about it?
S: (Get into a discussion and report their ideas)
T: Generally speaking, when we write a passage about a person, maybe we’d better write about his qualities in the passage and we can also show our opinion of the hero. So can you write an outline of a passage about a great person?
(Leave several minutes to the Ss to make an outline, and let them exchange their ideas freely)
T: According to your arrangement, your outline may be like this:
Paragraph 1: Personal information
Paragraph 2: His / Her hard work and achievements
Paragraph 3: His / Her good qualities
Paragraph 4: Your opinion
T: Here you have a chance to practice how to write a passage about a person. Would you write a passage about Nelson Mandela according to what we have discussed?
(Leave 5minutes for Ss to draw an outline and collect more information in the whole unit)
Step4. Writing
T: Have you finished? Suppose the magazine “Global People” begins its annual activity of choosing the top ten great men in 20th century. Will you write a letter to support Nelson Mandela?
Before we begin, here are two questions:
Do you still remember the format of a letter?
How can you persuade people or judges to follow your advice?
(Get the Ss into discussion)
T: Here some proper tips for you:
Step1. Collect your ideas for the letters. Write them down in any order. Then sort them out into an order which seems good to you. For example: time order, we can have a reference on Page39.
Step2. Begin the letter with your address and the date.
Dear editor,
I’m writing to …
.
…
Yours sincerely,
Sarah
T :Ok ,now let’s have a try!
Step 5. Homework:
1.Finifsh the letter.
2.Review the whole unit.
附板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
Writing
Paragraph 1: Personal information
Paragraph 2: His / Her hard work and achievements
Paragraph 3: His / Her good qualities
Paragraph 4: Your opinion
Huipu High School, Linhai Zhejiang province
July 24, 2006
Dear…,
I’m writing to …
…
Yours,
六、背景参考资料(Background knowledge)
Lyrics of Hero
There's a hero If you look inside your heart You don't have to be afraid Of what you are There's an answer If you reach into your soul And the sorrow that you know Will melt away And then a hero comes along With the strength to carry on And you cast your fears aside And you know you can survive So when you feel like hope is gone Look inside you and be strong And you'll finally see the truth That a hero lies in you It's a long road When you face the world alone No one reaches out a hand For you to hold You can find love If you search within yourself And the emptiness you felt will disappear And then a hero comes along With the strength to carry on And you cast your fears aside And you know you can survive So when you feel like hope is gone Look inside you and be strong And you'll finally see the truth That a hero lies in you Lord knows... Dreams are hard to follow But don't let anyone Tear them away Hold on There will be tomorrow In time you'll find the away And then a hero comes along With the strength to carry on And you cast your fears aside And you know you can survive So when you feel like hope is gone Look inside you and be strong And you'll finally see the truth That a hero lies in you That a hero lies in you... That a hero lies in you...
1.Nelson Mandela
Nelson Mandela's biography is set out in the Student's Book up to the date he went to prison on Robben Island．The rest of his biography is included below:
1990 freed by white government．
1991 leader of ANC．
1993 first black President of South Africa．
1999 retired as President and returned to live in his hometown in the Transkei, South Africa．
2.Elias
Elias, who tells Nelson Mandela's story, had a life that was very common to many who helped Nelson Mandela and fought for the cause．Everything that is mentioned in the story is true．The facts of Mandela's life and Elias’ life are accurate．Elias' story is based on the life of a man who supported the ANC and was sent to Robben Island for 4 years．He then spent 20 years trying to get another job．He now takes tourists round his former prison and he tells them how he suffered for his beliefs．After he left Robben Island he tried many times to make a career for himself．Each time he successfully got a job the secret police would tell his employers about his time in prison and he would lose his job．Elias’ time in prison was also true．The political prisoners were allowed no privileges but prisoners that had not done illegal political acts were allowed to study degree courses from South African universities．You can visit Robben Island, as it is now a museum and open to visitors．There are no prisoners there any more．
3.William Tyndale
William Tyndale believed that the Bible should be able to be read by everyone．At that time Christianity was the religion of England but the Bible was only read and understood by priests and religious people．It was written in several different ancient languages and there was no version in English．William Tyndale made it his life's work to translate the Bible into easily readable English for the people of his time．He had to learn to read ancient Greek and Hebrew to be able to do this．But there were many people who did not like the idea that just anybody should be able to read the Bible．The priests and some religious people thought it meant they would have less power so they tried to stop him．He had many adventures and once even lost all his translations．He had taken a ship to England and there was such a bad storm that the books had to be thrown into the sea．So he had to start all over again．But he did not give up．He was a generous scholar and gave his work to others who were also trying to translate the Bible．He hoped that in this way the project could be finished earlier．At last he was caught and put to death for his beliefs．After his death the Bible was published in English and more than 80% of it was the work of William Tyndale．The language is very beautiful and many sayings and expressions that are used in England today come from it．It is a very important text．There are some phrases from it at the end of the guidance for this unit．
4.Mahatma Gandhi
His ideas were used by Nelson Mandela and Martin Luther King, Jr as a way of drawing attention to their cause and getting sympathy from people around the world．His importance comes from the moral force of his ideas because he does not suggest that people should return violence with violence．His campaigns against the passbooks for Indians in South Africa, the salt tax, the import of cotton clothes from England and the continuation of British rule in India were all based on the principle of non-violence．They were very successful and the Indians have been independent from Britain since 1947.
5.Norman Bethune
Norman Bethune was a Canadian and also a Communist．He had a very strong feeling against injustice．He was also a very important doctor in his own country who made many important changes to the way surgery was carried out．He supported the Chinese and went to help their army as a doctor and to train other doctors．He invented mobile field hospital units which could be moved quickly to the places where the war was being fought．Unfortunately he got blood poisoning while working in China and died there．
6.Sun Zhongshan （Sun Yatsen）
He was born in a peasant family in 1866．He studied medicine in China and Hong Kong and practised as a doctor in Macao．He opposed the Qing government and when his criticisms were rejected he moved to Honolulu．In 1905 he united all the other political parties which were against the Qing government．In 1911 there was an uprising in Wuchang which spread to other parts of the country．The Qing government fell and Sun Zhongshan became the first President of the Chinese Republic．He gave up being President in 1912 to work on his three principles: the principle of people's rights, people's livelihood and nationalism．The people's rights were not for individual liberty but what was good for the revolution and national development．The people's livelihood had two parts: to make the owning of land equal and to restrict capitalism．The principle of nationalism was to build a strong and united country where all nationalities could live in harmony．He led another revolution in 1913 against Yuan Shikai and in 1917 set up the Kuomintang．He died in 1925 after many years of struggle for the revolution．
7.Neil Armstrong
Neil Armstrong was the first man to walk on the moon．He was a pilot in the American Air Force and later joined the astronaut program．He was chosen to be the first man to walk on the moon
8.Bill Gates
Family and Early Childhood
On October 28, 1955, shortly after 9:00 p.m., William Henry Gates III was born. He was born into a family with a rich history in business, politics, and community service. His great-grandfather had been a state legislator and mayor, his grandfather was the vice president of a national bank, and his father was a prominent lawyer. [Wallace, 1992, p. 8-9] Early on in life, it was apparent that Bill Gates inherited the ambition, intelligence, and competitive spirit that had helped his progenitors rise to the top in their chosen professions. In elementary school he quickly surpassed all of his peer's abilities in nearly all subjects, especially math and science. His parents recognized his intelligence and decided to enroll him in Lakeside, a private school known for its intense academic environment. This decision had far reaching effects on Bill Gates's life. For at Lakeside, Bill Gates was first introduced to computers.
The Birth of Microsoft
In December of 1974, Allen was on his way to visit Gates when along the way he stopped to browse the current magazines. What he saw changed his and Bill Gates's lives forever. On the cover of Popular Electronics was a picture of the Altair 8080 and the headline "World's First Microcomputer Kit to Rival Commercial Models." He bought the issue and rushed over to Gates's dorm room. They both recognized this as their big opportunity. The two knew that the home computer market was about to explode and that someone would need to make software for the new machines. Within a few days, Gates had called MITS (Micro Book 1 Units 3-5综合能力测试
Ⅱ. 语言知识及应用（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 完形填空(共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从21-30各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
You may have noticed some changes in your grandparents. As they get old, they start 21 things. And the older they get, the more things they will forget. For example, they may not be able to 22 where they left their glasses, or they may forget the names of your close friends. If you don’t want to 23 memories very early, put down your sandwiches. A new study published in a science magazine shows that cutting calories can 24 people’s (especially the old people’s) memory.
Calorie restriction (热量限制) let lab animals live longer. And these 25 animals seemed to be healthier. But it wasn’t clear whether it was the same with people.
In the latest 26 , scientists asked 50 elderly women to cut the number of calories they consumed (吃，喝) by a third. After three months, the 27 found that the women were not only 28 , but they were better than they had been at 29 words — they remembered more words than ever, which suggested that keeping calories under control could help keep the brain 30 .
In a word, the less you eat, the more you will remember.
21. A. missing B. understanding C. forgetting D. loving
22. A. remember B. leave C. find D. believe
23. A. get B. close C. practice D. lose
24. A. reduce B. improve C. test D. damage
25. A. little B. happy C. dangerous D. hungry
26. A. magazine B. match C. study D. exercise
27. A. researchers B. famers C. teachers D. postmen
28. A. fatter B. higher C. shorter D. thinner
29. A. writing B. memorizing C. recognizing D. drawing
30. A. weak B. tired C. fit D. hard
第二节 语法填空 (共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
After the tsunami(海啸) hit India, many people who lived near the sea were greatly influenced. A lot of people lost their homes and unfortunately some even lost their lives. College girls [31]________ (ask) to collect money from their neighborhood. So we formed a group and devoted [32]________ to collecting money for the tsunami relief fund (救济金). In our area, we showed a sign board, [33]________ read, “Please help the sufferers,” to the people in the neighborhood and asked for [34]________ help. They donated money, dress, rice, medicine [35]________ anything else useful.
A small boy who was on the way to his school came running to us and asked us [36]________ (wait) there for some time. After 5 minutes he ran to us with [37]________ small savings box. It was a plastic box [38]________ there were many coins inside. He said he got the little box from his granny as a birthday gift [39]________ saving coins. And he wanted it to be donated for the fund. It was the real greatest offering of [40]________ (kind) collected by us. What a lovely boy and what a big heart!
Ⅲ. 阅读 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 阅读理解 （共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
A
难度：★
Every night before going to bed, Jasmine would take a bath. That was a good habit, but the problem was that Jasmine liked to take really long baths. So one day Jasmine’s mom said to her, “We won’t have stories anymore because you spend too much time bathing. We have no time to read the stories.” This made Jasmine a little sad, because she enjoyed the stories her mother read to her before she slept, but she enjoyed bath time more, so she gave up her story time. She still get out of the bathroom until her mom ordered her to.
A few days later, Jasmine’s mom told her, “If you stay in the bathtub (浴缸) too long you’re going to turn into a fish.” That didn’t sound bad to Jasmine. She thought that turning into a fish would be great because being a fish could stay in the water all the time.
One night Jasmine dreamed that she really became a fish. In her dream, she was playing in the bathtub like she always did when she suddenly became smaller and smaller until she turned into a little fish. Then Jasmine’s mom came in to tell her that it was time to go to bed, but she didn’t see Jasmine. Jasmine’s mom was happy. So she began to drain (使流走，放掉) the water from the bathtub, and then began to clean the bathroom. As the water started going down, Jasmine got scared. She shouted, but her mom couldn’t hear her. Then Jasmine started jumping out of the water trying to catch her mom’s attention. But her mom had already walked out the bathroom. Jasmine cried and she woke up. She was so happy when finding herself still a girl. Never did Jasmine waste time in the bathroom again.
41. From the first paragraph we know that ____.
A. Jasmine thought listening to stories was a terrible
thing
B. Jasmine preferred taking long baths to listening to stories
C. Jasmine’s mother was happy that Jasmine bathed every day
D. Jasmine’s mother often read stories to her when she was bathing
42. Jasmine’s mother said “you are going to turn into a fish” to her in order to ____.
A. stop her from eating fish
B. teach her how to swim well
C. make her spend less time bathing
D. keep her away from the bathroom
43. In Jasmine’s dream, her mother was happy when she didn’t see her in the bathroom because ____.
A. Jasmine had cleaned the bathroom
B. Jasmine had become a little fish
C. she thought Jasmine had finished her bath
D. she thought Jasmine had gone to school
44. What made Jasmine have a change at last?
A. Her mother’s story. B. Her mother’s warning.
C. Her terrible dream. D. Her bath experience.
45. Which of the following happened according to the order of time?
a. Jasmine changed her bad habit.
b. Jasmine’s mother gave her a warning.
c. Jasmine was used to taking long-time baths. d. Jasmine was told they would have no stories.
e. Jasmine became a fish in her dream.
A. cdbea B. cbdea C. ebcad D. bacde
B
难度：★★
People often joke that when a person has bad handwriting he must be a doctor. Handwriting is still an important part of our everyday life. We may spend a lot of time typing on a computer for work and less time writing things down, but it doesn’t mean we should forget the basic skills. The following may be useful for you to help a child develop great handwriting skills.
Writing paper is very important. Since children are discovering which way the letters shape and bend (弯曲) you need to give them enough room to experiment. Constricting their writing space will cause them to develop skills that won’t be helpful.
Spacing between letters is a must. Before they learn to read words they see how letters of the alphabet (字母表) are placed. There is a space between each letter, not a large space but enough to show that it’s being reserved (保留). When they begin to write you can suggest that they lay their finger between the letter they have written and the letter they are going to write.
Express praise for any effort and correct with loving kindness. When children are trying things for the first time they want to succeed. They see their parents skillfully cooking and driving and to them, you are the master, and they want to be masters, too. Help them correct their own writing as well; don’t do it for them or they will expect it each time. Pretty soon you will have little hand written notes with backwards letters covering your refrigerator.
Find some handwriting worksheets (活页练习题) so it becomes more fun to learn how to write. School can offer that kind of lesson. Give them something interesting to do with their handwriting skills. It will help them develop more confidence. And remember that learning takes time. Try to make them learn something while they are learning to write, and you will get unexpected results sometime later.
46. According to the first paragraph, the author believes that ____.
A. handwriting should be replaced by typing
B. handwriting should be taken seriously
C. people spend too much time practicing handwriting
D. most jobs require that people have good handwriting skills
47. What does the underlined word “constricting” in Paragraph 2 mean?
A. Teaching sth carefully.
B. Showing sth more clearly.
C. Throwing sth secretly.
D. Making sth narrower.
48. According to the passage, spacing between letters ____.
A. is useless for writing well
B. should be as large as possible
C. should be kept in a certain size
D. is difficult for children to know
49. It can be inferred from Paragraph 4 that when learning to write children ____.
A. need to be encouraged by their parents
B. need their parents to write for them
C. shouldn’t be corrected often
D. should often experience failure
50. We can learn from the passage that while learning handwriting, children ____.
A. could also develop other helpful skills
B. often lose their confidence easily
C. dislike learning it at school
D. should be given as much praise as possible
C
难度：★★★★
As the environment and green topics are at the forefront of many business concerns today, more businesses are looking for ways they can reduce their negative effect on the environment and increase environmental awareness (意识). Some businesses cut down on the amount of paper they use and wastage they create, but there are more ways in which a business can be green. Many businesses do this by using web conferencing.
Web conferencing is an easy and effective way of hosting and attending conferences without having to leave the office. With web conferencing all participants (与会者) attend the conference from the comfort of their own desk. When the conference is ready to begin all participants can sit in front of their computers and they will be connected to the Internet.
Clearly, in doing this no fuel (燃料) is used in traveling to and from a conference, and less work time is taken up in attending a conference.
Any material to be used during the web conferencing is simply e-mailed to all the participants before the conference. Participants can then either choose to print out the material or read it on the screen. This not only saves paper but also greatly reduces mailing costs for the business.
As a conference hall or business centre isn’t being used, it means that the only power that is used is the power that is used by the participants’ personal computers. Similarly conference organizers don’t have to arrange food or overnight accommodation (住宿) for participants of their conferences. All these mean that less energy is used.
Often in business some companies actively choose to do business with other companies that do many things to reduce their negative effect on the environment. And web conferencing helps you show other businesses that you’re willing to work hard for the green cause.
So any business that is going to improve its green initiatives (新方案) and is proactive in reducing its negative effect on the environment should consider that web conferencing is a highly positive and beneficial step towards achieving this.
51. According to the passage, many companies use web conferencing because they ____.
A. are interested in using the new technology
B. think web conferencing is more convenient
C. want to do something to protect the environment
D. don’t have enough money to hold a traditional
conference
52. The participants of a web conference ____.
A. will be e-mailed an invitation before the conference
B. are required to sit in an office together
C. will receive a great many paper materials
D. have to own computers connected to the Internet
53. Using web conferencing has the following advantages EXCEPT ____.
A. saving paper
B. increasing working time
C. cutting down on fuel
D. using less energy
54. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. It is important for a company to take the green cause into consideration.
B. Web conferencing is a popular way all over the world.
C. A company will lose friends in its business without web conferencing.
D. A company must learn to protect the environment before doing business.
55. What is the text mainly about?
A. Ways for businesses to be greener.
B. How to be greener with web conferencing.
C. Advantages of protecting the environment.
D. Ways to reduce wastage in businesses.
第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
阅读下列应用文及相关信息，并按照要求匹配信息。首先请阅读下列书籍的封面及基本信息：
A. The Art of Public Speaking, 8th Edition
Stephen Lucas
$53.00
B. 400 Must Have Words for the TOEFL
Lynn Stafford-Yilmaz, Lawrence Zwier
$9.95
C. 501 Spanish Verbs
Christopher Kendris, Theodore Kendris
$11.55
D. Easy French Reader
R. de Roussy de Sales
$7.88
E. Spanish for Dummies
Susana Wald
$17.88
F. Easy Italian Step-by-Step
Paola Nanni-Tate
$10.36
下面是这些书的简介。请把相关的内容与它们的书名匹配起来。
56. This guide helps you start speaking Spanish quickly and easily! Whether you’re a student, a traveler, or you just want to pick up basic Spanish, you’ll find it’s packed with practical lessons, cultural facts, and handy references (参考书目) — including a Spanish-English mini-dictionary, common verb lists, and more!
57. For students whose first language is not English and who wish to study at a university with an English-based curriculum, no admittance test is more important than the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). This book helps you score well by arming you with the most important English words commonly found on this crucial exam.
58. It is designed to help students get over their fear of speaking English in public by becoming more knowledgeable about and comfortable with the process of preparing and delivering a speech.
59. The Easy Reader Series books prove to be special, easy-to-follow guides. The best way to learn the language is to start reading it immediately! Whether you’re a completely new beginner or an advanced (高级的) learner of French, these popular titles give you ways to dive into （钻研） the language with pleasant readings that progress in difficulty to match your growing reading skills. This process will allow you to rapidly build comprehension and confidence as you enjoy the stories.
60. Learning Spanish is twice as easy with this helpful reference book. It gives you the most common Spanish verbs, common idioms and example sentences showing verb usage with often-used Spanish phrases and expressions.
Ⅳ. 写作 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 基础写作（共1小题；满分15分）
随着人们生活水平的提升，不难发现同学们的生活发生了巨大的变化。 下面请根据表格所提供的内容，并结合亲身经历，写一篇英语短文，描述并评论生活中的巨大变化。
【写作内容】
[写作要求]
1. 必须使用5个句子介绍所给出的全部内容；
2. 文章的开头已经为你写出，不计入必写句子中；
3. 可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：
private 私人的
[评分标准]
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
As everybody knows, we are living a more wonderful life than thirty years ago, which we couldn’t imagine then.___________________________________________
_______________________________________________.
第二节 选做题一 读写任务 （共1小题；满分25分）
阅读下面的短文，然后按照要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。
I felt upset the other day. The weather was cloudy and rainy, and I just didn’t feel good.
As I was sitting at my desk, I remembered it was the birthday of a friend — a single and middle-aged woman who has devoted herself to nursing for 30 years.
Knowing that she doesn’t have any family in town, I decided to give her a call. Sure enough, she was busy and didn’t have time. She was happy that I called.
After I hung up, I couldn’t shake the feeling that she would really appreciate a little attention on her special day. Still feeling a little upset, I tried to put it out of my mind, but as the day passed I couldn’t shake the thought. I finally gave in, and set off to the hospital with a card, a cake, and a flower that evening. My friend’s grateful smile and joyful face showed me that I’d done the right thing.
When I got home, I realized that not only had I cheered up a lonely friend on her birthday, but my own upset feelings had also disappeared.
[写作内容]
1. 概括短文的内容，大约30个词左右；
2. 以约120个词就文中作者的行为发表你的看法，内容包括：
(1) 关爱不仅使被关爱的人受益，也使关爱者受益；
(2) 发表一下你对关爱的看法，在生活中我们应怎样做？
[写作要求]
可以使用实例或其他论述方法支持你的论点，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不要照搬阅读材料中的句子。
[评分标准]
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
参考答案及解析
21-25 CADBD 26-30 CADBC
31. were asked 32. ourselves
33. which 34. their
35. or 36. to wait
37. a 38. where
39. for 40. kindness
41-45 BCCCA 46-50 BDCAA
51-55 CDBAB 56-60 EBADC
基础写作
As everybody knows, we are living a more wonderful life than thirty years ago, which we couldn’t imagine then. In the past, we went to school by bike or by bus, but at present some families even own private cars in which parents can take their children to school every day. Few people had cell- phones before; however, most people today, including some children in primary schools, have cellphones, which is convenient for people to keep in touch with each other. Thirty years ago, we even didn’t hear about the Internet, but now thanks to the Internet, we can know nearly everything happening in the world. Though thousands of kilometers away, we can see our friends and talk with them through MSN or QQ. Without the development of our great country, we couldn’t live such a happy life.
读写任务
It was a rainy day. The author cheered up her close friend, a single woman alone in town on her birthday, which in turn made herself cheerful and spend a happy evening.
In fact, cheering up people on their birthdays isn’t the only thing we can do to make them happy. Life presents us with opportunities to take a step or do a kind deed that will make a difference to someone. And the wonderful thing is that when we help others, it can also make us happy. It’s really true that kindness not only blesses those who receive it, but also those who give it.
In my opinion, we should make showing kindness a habit and spread kindness in our daily lives. No matter how small an act of kindness is, it has good results, which are kind not only to others but also to ourselves.
Writing Bar
Dear Li Lei,
I am writing to you because I think I have something really serious to communicate with you. I noticed that recently you often went to the Internet Bar and the Game Center together with several friends. In order to play with your friends, sometimes you even didn’t have classes. Being one of your best friends, I’m very worried about you. Friends play an important part in one’s life, so we have to choose our friends carefully, and real friends will never ask us to do things which will not be good for us. I don’t think the friends around you are your real friends.
It’s time for you to think about the problem I mentioned above. And I hope you will make a wise decision soon.
Yours,
Wang Wei
21. C。根据第一段“And the older they get, the more things they will forget.”可知，人老了就开始忘事情。
22. A。根据上文“And the older they get, the more things they will forget. For example, ...”可知，此处是举的例子，“忘记了”即“想不起来”。
23. D。“忘记了一些事情”相当于说“失去了一些记忆”。
24. B。根据第三段可知，研究者发现，这些研究对象记住了比以前多的单词，也就是说，她们的记忆力提高了，即，限制热量的摄取有助于改善人们的记忆力。
25. D。根据第二段第一句可知，研究者限制了这些动物的热量摄取，这会使它们产生饥饿感。
26. C。根据第三段的叙述可知，科学家们在进行研究。
27. A。根据上下文逻辑可知，此处应该填进行研究的人，即，研究者。
28. D。根据上文“... scientists asked 50 elderly women to cut the number of calories they consumed by a third. After three months, ...”可推知，减少热量的摄入，三个月后必然会变瘦。
29. B。根据下文“... they remembered more words than ever.”可知，她们更擅长记单词了。
30. C。根据上下文可知，全文都在讲控制热量摄入量可以帮助提高记忆力，也就是说控制热量摄取可以帮助保持大脑健康。
31. were asked。考查被动语态。主语college girls与谓语动词ask之间存在着被动关系，且动作发生在过去，故使用were asked。
32. ourselves。考查反身代词。固定短语devote oneself to意为“致力于做某事”。
33. which。考查定语从句引导词。根据句子结构可知 [33]_________ read, “Please help the sufferers,” 是非限制性定语从句，根据先行词sign board可知，此处应使用which。
34. their。考查代词。根据句意可知此处应填入their指代the people’s。
35. or。考查连词。根据句意可知，此处说的是他们捐赠了钱、衣物、大米、药品或者是任何其他有用的东西。故应填or。
36. to wait。考查动词不定式。本句是表达请求的间接引语，应使用ask sb to do sth结构，故使用动词不定式。
37. a。考查冠词。savings box是首次出现，因此使用表泛指的不定冠词。
38. where。考查定语从句引导词。本句是定语从句，且从句缺少地点状语，故使用where。
39. for。考查介词。祖母给小男孩盒子的目的是为了让他存钱，故应使用介词for。
40. kindness。考查词形变化。介词of后面应使用kind的名词形式kindness。
【文章大意】本文讲述了一个梦使一个喜欢长时间洗澡的孩子改变习惯的故事。
41. B。细节理解题。根据第一段“... because she enjoyed the stories her mother read to her before she slept, but she enjoyed bath time more, so she gave up her story time.”可知答案。
42. C。推理判断题。从文章第一、二段可知，Jasmine的妈妈希望她能洗澡时间短一点，但是她宁可放弃晚上听故事的时间也不愿意缩短洗澡的时间，所以她妈妈吓唬她说如果她继续这样做，她就会变成一条鱼，这样说的目的是希望她能缩短洗澡时间。
43. C。细节理解题。根据第三段“Then Jasmine’s mom came in to tell her that it was time to go to bed, but she didn’t see Jasmine. Jasmine’s mom was happy. So she began to drain the water from the bathtub, and then began to clean the bathroom.”可知，Jasmine的妈妈以为她已经洗完澡了，所以很高兴，于是开始放水、打扫浴室。
44. C。细节理解题。根据第三段最后“Jasmine cried and she woke up. She was so happy when finding herself still a girl. Never did Jasmine waste time in the bathroom again.”可知，是这个梦让Jasmine改变了长时间洗澡的习惯。
45. A。细节理解题。故事发生的顺序是：Jasmine喜欢长时间洗澡- Jasmine的妈妈告诉Jasmine由于她洗澡时间太长，所以没时间讲故事了-（但是Jasmine还是没改变习惯）- Jasmine的妈妈警告她说如果她继续这样洗澡，她就会变成一条鱼- Jasmine在梦中真的变成了一条鱼-噩梦让Jasmine彻底改掉了长时间洗澡的习惯。
【文章大意】 在现代社会，人们经常使用电脑打字，但传统的书写更应该引起人们的重视，本文针对如何教孩子书写给出了一些建议。
46. B。细节理解题。根据第一段“Handwriting is still an important part of our everyday life. We may spend a lot of time typing on a computer for work and less time writing things down, but it doesn’t mean we should forget the basic skills.”可知，作者认为尽管打字在现代社会被广泛认可和利用，但是书写仍然应该得到充分重视。
47. D。词义猜测题。根据画线词所在语境可知，缩小他们的书写空间将会使得他们形成一些不良的能力。故画线词意思应为“缩窄、紧缩”。
48. C。细节理解题。根据第三段“Spacing between letters is a must. ... There is a space between each letter, not a large space but enough to show that it’s being reserved.”可知，字母之间的间距是很有必要的，这个间距不必很大，但要有一定的间隔。
49. A。推理判断题。根据第四段“Express praise for any effort and correct with loving kindness.”可推知，孩子们在学习书写时需要家长们的鼓励。
50. A。细节理解题。根据最后一段“And remember that learning takes time. Try to make them learn something while they are learning to write, and you will get unexpected results sometime later.”可知，在孩子学习书写的时候，可以同时培养其他的一些能力。
【文章大意】文章主要介绍了网络会议的绿色效益。
51. C。推理判断题。根据第一段内容可推知，随着人们越来越关注环境和绿色问题，更多的公司选择网络会议的形式，希望对保护环境尽一点义务。
52. D。细节理解题。根据第二段“When the conference is ready to begin all participants can sit in front of their computers and they will be connected to the Internet.”可知答案。
53. B。细节理解题。根据第三段“... less work time is taken up in attending a conference.”可知，只有“增加工作时间”不属于网络会议的优点。
54. A。推理判断题。根据第六段“Often in business some companies actively choose to do business with other companies that do many things to reduce their negative effect on the environment.”可知，一些公司经常选择与注意环保的公司进行合作，故可推知，公司要把“环保”考虑在内是非常重要的，这样才会有更多的合作伙伴。
55. B。主旨大意题。文章主要从网络会议节省费用，节约能源，有效利用时间等方面介绍了网络会议的绿色效益。
56. E。根据“This guide helps you start speaking Spanish quickly and easily!”可知这本书的简介与E匹配。
57. B。根据“TOEFL ... helps you score well by arming you with the most important English words commonly found on this crucial exam.”可知，这本书的简介中提到，它可以帮助学生在TOEFL考试中取得好成绩，故与B匹配。
58. A。根据“It is designed to help students get over their fear of speaking English in public”可知，这本书旨在帮学生克服在公众场合说英语的恐惧心理，这与A相匹配。
59. D。根据“Whether you’re a completely new beginner or an advanced learner of French, these popular titles give you ways to dive into the language with pleasant readings that progress in difficulty to match your growing reading skills.”可知这本书的简介与D匹配。
60. C。根据“It gives you the most common Spanish verbs”可知这本书的简介与C匹配。
Book 1 Units 3-5综合能力测试
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. — All right, you can have a rest now. I’ll pick you up at 7 pm to have dinner and go to see a movie this evening.
— ____.
A. You needn’t do that
B. I don’t want to trouble you
C. I would rather not
D. That sounds a great idea
22. Tom’s words reminded me, and I’ve got ____ idea of ____ saving plan of mine.
A. the; a B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. an; the
23. The bridge was ____ by the storm, so they had to cross the river by boat.
A. attacked B. buried C. ignored D. damaged
24. The young man was so ____ that he put all the food in his bag, and left nothing to others.
A. reliable B. stubborn C. selfish D. generous
25. Paul helped me to finish the work, so I want to invite him to KTV ____ for his help.
A. in reward B. in turn C. in fact D. in charge
26. — ____ for Qingdao for your holiday?
— Yes, and I’ll come back in two months.
A. Have you left B. Are you leaving
C. Do you leave D. Did you leave
27. — Are you ready for the competition?
— Yes. We ____ to beat all the other teams and win the championship.
A. are determined B. had determined
C. are determining D. determined
28. ____ students went out of examination rooms after the bell rang.
A. A number of B. The number of
C. A large amount of D. A bit of
29. He is a man with rich experience from ____ much can be learned.
A. who B. whom C. where D. what
30. When we think of travelling, we ____ think of visiting places of interest, going to other countries and so on.
A. shortly B. gradually C. sincerely D. normally
31. As a young man, you should take an active ____ to your life, and never give up your dream.
A. quality B. expression C. attitude D. principle
32. The two children don’t know how to save the injured bird, but they do know who to ____.
A. turn on B. turn to
C. turn off D. turn down
33. All the soldiers should be ____ to the nation and not give away secrets to the enemy.
A. forced B. lost C. devoted D. surprised
34. Tom wasn’t in the school at the time, so he doesn’t know exactly how it ____.
A. was finishing B. finished
C. finishes D. has finished
35. Our company will become stronger in the future, _____ makes some other companies feel stressed.
A. that B. why C. when D. which
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30分）
I was on the bus going home. Being very tired, I didn’t want to be 36 by anyone, so I was listening to my iPod. To my left, there was a couple talking. To my right was a girl who was reading and didn’t 37 what was happening around her.
We were all 38 ourselves when a blind gentleman entered. He tapped (轻拍) people
39 his stick while complaining, “Move out of the way!” As he tried to find his 40 to an open seat, I gently 41 him to a seat close to me. He had a headset with which he contacted (联系) the bus service to 42 necessary information. He shouted at the headset, “That’s not what I want!” 43 , he was disappointed with it. Since he was shouting, I could hear
44 he needed to go. The people I mentioned above took 45 of him and each had an expression of 46 on their faces.
I asked the gentleman if I could be of 47 to him. “We’re going to the 48 place. I can help you.” He then said, “This silly thing doesn’t pay attention to what I’m telling it to do!!” I replied, “Yeah, it can be very 49 to deal with sometimes.” By this time, the fear on people’s faces had turned to a look of 50 as if to say, “Why is he talking to the crazy guy?! He must be equally as 51 !”
During our 52 , he gradually calmed down. I noticed that people’s eyes became bigger. The girl who was reading 53 and smiled. The couple looked in amazement. And what happened next 54 me. The couple joined me in guiding him down the bus at our stop!
To this day, I 55 don’t know what caused everyone to go from fear to confusion to amazement. Whatever it was, it was truly powerful!
36. A. invited B. bothered C. touched D. watched
37. A. care B. like C. hate D. feel
38. A. helping B. enjoying C. living D. dressing
39. A. on B. by C. with D. at
40. A. stick B. headset C. money D. way
41. A. welcomed B. called C. sent D. directed
42. A. receive B. bring C. collect D. provide
43. A. Strangely B. Suddenly C. Clearly D. Often
44. A. when B. how C. where D. why
45. A. care B. notice C. advantage D. control
46. A. gladness B. fear C. love D. surprise
47. A. necessity B. importance C. interest D. service
48. A. same B. different C. final D. next
49. A. annoying B. common C. impossible D. unusual
50. A. horror B. excitement C. confusion D. happiness
51. A. blind B. crazy C. dirty D. silly
52. A. dialogue B. fight C. work D. time
53. A. calmed down B. turned up C. looked up D. ran away
54. A. hurt B. greeted C. reminded D. shocked
55. A. still B. always C. normally D. truly
A 难度：★
After we moved into our new house, my wife and I did a lot with what we had to work with and called our yard “rock garden”. We planted some flowers, just to bring some color to the area.
Last summer I found a tiny little plant that I could not immediately recognize. I didn’t plant it and Denise said that she didn’t either. We decided to let it continue growing until we could recognize what it was.
Weeks passed and as I made my way back to the plant, it appeared to be a sunflower. It had a tall stalk (茎) with only one head on it. I decided to baby it and weed (除杂草) around it. As I pulled rocks from the area to get to the weeds, I noticed something unusual. The sunflower didn’t start where I saw the stalk began. It actually began under a big rock and grew under and around it to receive sunlight.
That’s when I realized that if a tiny little sunflower didn’t let a big rock stand in its way of developing, we have the ability (能力) to do the same thing too. Once we try our best to fight against difficulties in the way, we get closer to our goals. So fight against difficulties bravely!
We need to believe in ourselves, knowing we have the ability. Like the sunflower, it knew it had the ability to get rid of the obstacle (障碍) because it believed it would succeed. Stand tall and straight like the sunflower, and you will find a way to reach your goal!
56. The writer couldn’t recognize the plant he found because ____.
A. he had never seen sunflowers before
B. it was too small to be recognized
C. he had little knowledge of plants
D. his wife planted it in the garden
57. Which of the following pictures can describe how the sunflower grew?
58. The lesson we learn from the sunflower is that we should ____.
A. fight against difficulties
B. have our own goals in life
C. grow flowers in good places
D. plant sunflowers in the garden
59. In the last paragraph, the writer mainly advises us to ____.
A. keep trying hard B. believe in ourselves
C. stand tall and straight D. fight against obstacles
B 难度：★★
San Francisco, California
For those seeking a city experience with a touch of hometown wonder, San Francisco is the place to see! Situated with the Pacific Coast to the left and the San Francisco Bay to the east, this well-known city is famous for its rolling hills and welcoming nature. The Golden Gate Bridge is an outstanding landmark, as well as Market Street, a downtown hotspot featuring the famous carts and street vendors (小贩).
Washington, D.C., District of Columbia
Situated between Virginia, Maryland and the Potomac River is the capital city, Washington, D.C.. Considered one of the most traveled cities, especially in the spring when cherry blossoms (樱花) line the streets, Washington, D.C. offers you a chance to visit The White House, The Library of Congress, and the Smithsonian Art Museum. You can also appreciate the Jefferson Memorial, the Lincoln Memorial, and the Washington Monument.
Los Angeles, California
Much of California is famous for its beautiful beaches and warm weather; however its largest city, Los Angeles, offers all that and more. Los Angeles is considered a crossroads of international culture, cuisine (烹调), entertainment, and fashions. Landmarks are all over the city, some of which are the famous Hollywood sign, Kodak Theatre, and Walt Disney Concert Hall.
Boston, Massachusetts
Although typically known as a college town, Boston is the largest city in New England and brings you a deep sense of history and beauty. Situated with its skyline set along the Boston Harbor, the city offers a great many shopping districts, coffee shops, and bars. Be sure to stop by the famous Faneuil Hall first for a day of sightseeing. Other great spots to visit include the Boston Opera House, the Charles River, and the Cutler Majestic Theatre.
60. If you want to enjoy cherry blossoms in the spring, you could visit ____.
A. San Francisco B. Washington, D.C.
C. Los Angeles D. Boston
61. Which of the following is TRUE about Los Angeles?
A. It is the largest city in the United States.
B. It is cool all through the year in the city.
C. You can enjoy all kinds of delicious foods there.
D. It is far away from any ocean and sea.
62. According to the passage, the first spot you are advised to visit in Boston is ____.
A. the Charles River
B. the Boston Opera House
C. Faneuil Hall
D. the Cutler Majestic Theatre
63. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
A. Weather Conditions in America
B. Famous Historical Sites
C. Top US Cities for Tourism
D. Best Cities for Living
C 难度：★★★
I just realized that children are dogs — loyal and docile (易控制的). When your child is little, you feed it, train it, and it will be happy when you walk it. When you call it, it runs to you quickly and happily.
Then around age 13, your puppy turns into a cat. When you tell it to get inside, it looks amazed, as if wondering why it must listen to you. So, instead of getting in, it stays outside. When you reach out to feel its head, it twists (转动) away from you, and then gives you a blank stare, as if trying to remember where it has seen you before. It seems so far from you. It won’t go on family outings. Call it, and it runs away. Tell it to sit, and it jumps away. The more you go toward it, the farther it moves away. You, not realizing that the dog is now a cat, think something must be wrong with it. Everything that worked before now produces the opposite (对立面) of the desired result.
Instead of continuing to play the part of a dog owner, you must learn to behave like a cat owner. Put a dish of food there, and let it be. Never keep asking “what’s wrong with you?”
Your cat needs time to think about things itself. Leave it some space for its own. But remember that it needs your help and your love too. It will turn to you when it is in trouble. Be there to open the door for it.
One day your grown-up child will walk into the kitchen, give you a big kiss and say, “You’ve been on your feet all day. Let me get the dishes for you.” Then you’ll realize that your cat becomes a dog again.
64. The text is mainly written for ____.
A. teachers B. students
C. children D. parents
65. In the second paragraph, the writer tells us that ____.
A. teenagers don’t understand their parents
B. dogs become cats at the age of thirteen
C. parents should give children enough love
D. raising cats is different from raising dogs
66. From this text we know that ____.
A. children are not so smart as before
B. parents are not kind enough to children
C. parents have their own ways in teaching their children
D. teenagers act differently from what their parents expect
67. The author suggests that ____.
A. cats and dogs be treated differently
B. parents understand children more
C. children listen to their parents more
D. old people keep some pets at home
D 难度：★★★★
One of my longest-running battles (战役) with my kids is about manners specifically about whether it’s necessary to send hand-written thank-you notes for gifts. I say yes. I told my children it was a must so they have continued throughout their teens to write the notes, but they always grumble (发牢骚) that I’m out of step with the times.
If a BabyCenter’s survey is a guide, I’m not alone. A surprisingly large number of parents still insist (坚持) that their children practice some old-fashioned manners such as putting pen to paper to say thank you, addressing adults as “Mr, Mrs or Miss” and treating adults with respect.
Among the reasons, the one provided most often by parents, according to BabyCenter’s report, is that they see so many badly-behaved kids around them that they’re determined to raise their children differently, and meanwhile, many parents agree that “the world is a more free-wheeling place, and they want to give their kids a stronger moral compass (道德的罗盘) to guide them”.
This creates a particular challenge for parents who work outside home for the reason that they have to find a sitter, nanny or other child-care providers who will insist on the manners they consider most important but the fact is that it is very difficult to find the right person.
Perri Klass wrote recently in the New York Times about her annoyance at a rude, demanding boy. Perri Klass wrote, “I do pass judgment” on kids with bad manners “and so do other pediatricians (儿科医生) who do the same work as me” since rude kids make them wonder whether the kids’ families are moral. The whole “manners” concept (观念) might seem a bit old-fashioned, she says, until you accept it as a hot-button child-development problem.
68. What do the author’s children think of writing thank-you notes?
A. Interesting. B. Old-fashioned.
C. Necessary. D. Tiring.
69. From the second paragraph we know that ____.
A. sending thank-you notes for gifts is unnecessary
B. BabyCenter is an organization which sells books
C. many parents hold the same opinion as the author
D. it is the author that did the survey on the Internet
70. What made the parents pay attention to their children’s manners?
A. The latest fashion.
B. The author’s suggestion.
C. BabyCenter’s new survey.
D. Some children’s bad behavior.
71. It can be inferred from the text that ____.
A. Dr Klass is impressed badly by some parents
B. Dr Klass cares little about children’s manners
C. Dr Klass is a doctor who treats child patients
D. Dr Klass often writes articles for newspapers
E 难度：★★
People often joke that when a person has bad handwriting he must be a doctor. Handwriting is still an important part of our everyday life. We may spend a lot of time typing on a computer for work and less time writing things down, but it doesn’t mean we should forget the basic skills. The following may be useful for you to help a child develop great handwriting skills.
Writing paper is very important. Since children are discovering which way the letters shape and bend (弯曲) you need to give them enough room to experiment. Constricting their writing space will cause them to develop skills that won’t be helpful.
Spacing between letters is a must. Before they learn to read words they see how letters of the alphabet (字母表) are placed. There is a space between each letter, not a large space but enough to show that it’s being reserved (保留). When they begin to write you can suggest that they lay their finger between the letter they have written and the letter they are going to write.
Express praise for any effort and correct with loving kindness. When children are trying things for the first time they want to succeed. They see their parents skillfully cooking and driving and to them, you are the master, and they want to be masters, too. Help them correct their own writing as well; don’t do it for them or they will expect it each time.
Find some handwriting worksheets (活页练习题) so it becomes more fun to learn how to write. School can offer that kind of lesson. Give them something interesting to do with their handwriting skills. It will help them develop more confidence. And remember that learning takes time. Try to make them learn something while they are learning to write, and you will get unexpected results sometime later.
72. According to the first paragraph, the author believes that ____.
A. handwriting should be replaced by typing
B. handwriting should be taken seriously
C. people spend too much time practicing handwriting
D. most jobs require that people have good handwriting skills
73. What does the underlined word “constricting” in
Paragraph 2 mean?
A. Teaching sth carefully.
B. Showing sth more clearly.
C. Throwing sth secretly.
D. Making sth narrower.
74. According to the passage, spacing between letters ____.
A. is useless for writing well
B. should be as large as possible
C. should be kept in a certain size
D. is difficult for children to know
75. We can learn from the passage that while learning handwriting, children ____.
A. could also develop other helpful skills
B. often lose their confidence easily
C. dislike learning it at school
D. should be given as much praise as possible
第II卷·第四部分 · 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文填词（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
You may have noticed that the older your grandparents get, the more
things they will forget. If you don’t want to lose memories early, put ______ 76.______
your sandwiches. A new study ______ (出版) in a science magazine 77.______
shows that cutting calories can ______(改善) people’s memory. 78.______
In the latest study, s _______ asked 50 elderly women 79.______
to cut the n______ of calories they consumed (吃，喝) by a third. 80.______
______ three months, the researchers found that the women were 81.______
not only t______, but they were better than they had been at 82.______
memorizing words, ______ suggested that keeping calories under 83.______
control could help keep the ______(大脑) fit. 84.______
The number of the calories you take i______ your memory. 85.______
第二节 书面表达 （满分25分）
根据表格内提供的内容，并结合亲身经历，以“Great Changes in Our Lifestyle”为题，写一篇文章，描述并评论生活方式的巨大变化。
参考词汇：private 私人的
词数：120左右。
参考答案及解析
21-25 DDDCA 26-30 BAABD
31-35 CBCBD 36-40 BABCD
41-45 DACCB 46-50 BDAAC
51-55 BACDA 56-60 BDABB
61-65 CCCDA 66-70 DBBCD
71-75 CBDCA 76.down
77. published 78. improve
79. scientists 80. number
81.After 82. thinner
83. which 84. brain
85. influences
书面表达
Great Changes in Our Lifestyle
As everybody knows, we are living a more wonderful life than ten years ago, which we couldn’t imagine then.
In my childhood, we could go to school by bike or by bus, but at present some families even own private cars which can take their children to school every day. Few people had cell phones before; however, most people today, including some children in primary schools have cell phones, which is convenient for people to keep in touch with each other. Ten years ago, we even didn’t hear about the Internet, but now thanks to the Internet, we can know nearly everything happening in the world. Though thousands of kilometers away, I can see my friends and talk with them through MSN or QQ.
In short, there are great changes in our lifestyle. Without the development of our great country, we couldn’t live such a happy life.
21. D。考查情景交际。当对方安排好一切，回答时要用表示感谢或赞同的话。故选D项。
22. D。考查冠词。idea此处为泛指，且以元音音素开头，因此此处填an；saving plan 为特指，故此处填the。综上所述，可知正确答案为D。
23. D。考查动词辨析。attack意为“进攻”；bury意为“埋葬”；ignore意为“忽视”；damage意为“损害；损坏”。根据句意“桥被暴风雨损坏了，所以他们不得不乘船过河。”可知正确答案为D。
24. C。考查形容词辨析。从“年轻人把所有的食物都装进他的包，没留任何东西给其他人”可知他是“自私的”。故要用selfish。reliable意为“可靠的”；stubborn意为“固执的”；generous意为“慷慨的”均不符合题意。
25. A。考查短语辨析。in reward 意为“作为报答”；in turn意为“轮流”；in fact意为“实际上”；in charge意为“主管”，本句为“Paul帮助我完成了这个工作，所以我想请他去KTV作为报答。”
26. B。考查现在进行时表将来。从第二句中的“I’ll come back in two months.”可知说话者现在还没有去，因此“去青岛”这一动作发生在将来。只有用“are you leaving”进行时态表将来。故该题的正确答案为B。
27. A。考查determine 的用法。determine表示“决定或已决定”是一时性的动作，分别用其一般式或完成式。若表示决定后而具有决心，即处于下了决心的状态，就要用be determined。本题句意为：——你们准备好比赛了吗？——是的，我们决心击败其他队并赢得冠军。故正确答案为A。
28. A。考查短语辩析。 a number of 许多，大量后接可数名词；the number of ... 的数量；C、D均只可修饰不可数名词，故答案为A。
29. B。考查定语从句。先行词是a man，且空格前面有介词from，因此只能用whom来引导定语从句。故该题的正确答案为B。
30. D。考查副词辨析。normally意为“正常情况下；通常”，该句的意思为“当我们想到旅游时，通常我们会想到参观名胜、去其他国家等。”故该题的正确答案为D。
31. C。考查名词辨析。从后面的“从不放弃梦想”可知要采取积极的态度。所以此处要用attitude。quality意为“品质”；expression意为“表达”；principle意为“原则”均不符合题意。
32. B。考查短语辨析。根据句意“这两个孩子不知道如何救这只受伤的鸟，不过他们知道应该向谁求助。”选择turn to“转向；求助”；turn on“打开（电器）”；turn off“关掉”；turn down“拒绝”。
33. C。考查“be+形容词化的过去分词”。be devoted to sb意为“对某人忠诚”。
34. B。考查时态。后一句隐藏的时间状语是at the time，指过去发生的动作。
35. D。考查非限制性定语从句。我们公司在将来会变得更加强大，这使一些其他的公司感觉有压力。which指代前面整个句子的内容。故正确答案为D。
【文章大意】“我”在坐公交车回家的途中偶遇一位脾气暴躁的盲人乘客。“我”本来很累，但还是热心地主动帮助那位盲人，使他渐渐地平静下来。这时，车上其他乘客的态度也悄悄地发生了一系列的变化。
36. B。根据上文“Being very tired”可知，因为“我”特别累，所以不想被任何人打扰。
37. A。此处是说：“我”右边在读书的女孩对周围发生的一切都不关心。
38. B。根据上文可知，“我”们当时都在自得其乐。
39. C。根据上文“He tapped people”可知，盲人用拐杖轻拍车上的人。
40. D。根据下文“... to an open seat ...”可知，这位盲人摸索着前进要找一个空座。
41. D。此处是说：“我”领着他就座。
42. A。根据上文“He had a headset with which he contacted the bus service ...”可知，这位盲人的耳机是用来联系公交服务系统，接收必要的信息用的。
43. C。根据上文“He shouted at the headset, ‘That’s not what I want!’”可知，很显然，这位盲人因为对这个耳机不满意才发了很大的火。
44. C。根据上文“Since he was shouting, I could hear ...”可知，他在大叫，“我”就听见了他要去哪里。
45. B。此处是说：“我”在上面提到的那些乘客都注意到了这位盲人。
46. B。根据下文“the fear on people’s faces ...”可知，当时车上的乘客对这位盲人感到害怕，惟恐避之不及。
47. D。根据下文“I can help you.”可知，“我”询问这位盲人是否需要我帮忙。
48. A。根据下文“The couple joined me in guiding him down the bus at our stop!”可知，“我”跟盲人的目的地是同一站。
49. A。根据上文“This silly thing doesn’t pay attention to what I’m telling it to do!!”可知，有时这种公交服务系统使用起来就是很令人生气。
50. C。根据下文“... don’t know what caused everyone to go from fear to confusion ...”可知，这时车上的乘客都开始纳闷。
51. B。此处是说：人们觉得“我”干嘛跟那个疯子(盲人)说话？“我”一定也疯了！
52. A。此处是说：在“我”们的谈话过程中……。
53. C。那位在专心读书的女孩抬起头微笑地看着我们。
54. D。根据下文“The couple joined me in guiding him down the bus at our stop!”可知，接下来发生的事情让我都吃惊不小：那对原本对我们侧目而视的夫妇居然帮我扶这位盲人下车！
55. A。根据上文“To this day”可知，到现在“我”还是不知道为什么车上乘客的态度发生了那些变化。
【文章大意】作者在花园里发现了一株向日葵，在除草的过程中，作者发现它是从一块大石头下面长出来的。由此，作者得到了一个启示：我们不应该让生活中的大石头挡住了我们前进的路。
56. B。细节理解题。根据第二段“Last summer I found a tiny little plant that I could not immediately recognize. ... We decided to let it continue growing until we could recognize what it was.”可知，当时是由于植株太小才无法辨认。
57. D。细节理解题。根据第三段“It actually began under a big rock and grew under and around it to receive sunlight.”可知答案。
58. A。细节理解题。根据第四段“That’s when I realized that if a tiny little sunflower didn’t let a big rock stand in its way of developing, we have the ability to do the same thing too.”可知，我们要学习这株向日葵克服困难顽强生长的精神。
59. B。段落大意题。最后一段的主旨句是“We need to believe in ourselves”，故可知答案。
【文章大意】本文向读者介绍了美国的几个著名的旅游城市。
60. B。细节理解题。根据Washington, D.C., District of Columbia部分“... especially in the spring when cherry blossoms line the streets ...”可知，想在春天的时候欣赏樱花可以去华盛顿。
61. C。细节理解题。根据Los Angeles, California部分“Los Angeles is considered a crossroads of international culture, cuisine ...”可知，洛杉矶是各种美食的交汇地，因此你可以在洛杉矶享受到各式各样的美食。
62.C。细节理解题。根据Boston, Massachusetts部分“Be sure to stop by the famous Faneuil Hall first for a day of sightseeing.”可知答案。
63. C。主旨大意题。本文介绍了美国几个著名的旅游城市，故C项最能概括全文。
【文章大意】在本文中，作者站在家长的角度，将年幼的孩子看成是可爱的小狗，当“小狗”长到十几岁就不那么听话、乖巧了，孩子进入青春期会有一些叛逆行为，同时，作者告诉家长们，要爱护孩子，给他们时间去自己思考，孩子总有一天会长大，那时候他们又变成听话懂事的小狗了。
64. D。推理判断题。本文是从家长的角度写的，是写给家长的。
65. A。推理判断题。根据第二段“When you tell it to get inside, it looks amazed, as if wondering why it must listen to you. ... When you reach out to feel its head, it twists away from you, and then gives you a blank stare, as if trying to remember where it has seen you before.”可以看出，十几岁的孩子不理解家长的做法。
66. D。推理判断题。根据作者在第二段中的描述“Call it, and it runs away. Tell it to sit, and it jumps away. The more you go toward it, the farther it moves away.”，我们可以看出，当孩子长到十几岁，他们的行为与父母的期望就大不一样了。
67. B。推理判断题。从第三段的建议可以看出，作者认为家长们应该给孩子充分的时间与空间而不是一味地追问，应该多理解孩子一些。
【文章大意】 教孩子懂礼貌就像一场长期的战斗。好多礼貌行为现在看来似乎已经“过时”了，但是教会孩子懂礼貌还是很必要的。
68. B。细节理解题。根据第一段“... but they always grumble that I’m out of step with the times.”可知，作者的孩子们认为作者对他们的要求已经过时了。
69. C。细节理解题。根据第二段“If a BabyCenter’s survey is a guide, I’m not alone. A surprisingly large number of parents still insist that their children practice some old-fashioned manners such as putting pen-to-paper to say thank you, ...”可知，很多家长与作者的观点一致。
70. D。细节理解题。根据第三段“Among the reasons, the one provided most often by parents, according to BabyCenter’s report, is that they see so many badly-behaved kids around them that they’re determined to raise their children differently, ...”可知，家长们看到周围许多孩子的不良行为后下定决心要把自己的孩子教育好。
71. C。推理判断题。根据第五段“Perri Klass wrote recently in the New York Times about her annoyance at a rude, demanding boy ...”可推知，是孩子（而不是家长）的不良举止给Perri Klass 留下了很不好的印象；Perri Klass很在乎孩子是不是懂礼貌，否则她不会就这件事给《纽约时报》写文章；但仅从她给《纽约时报》写过文章一事无法推知她是否经常给报纸写文章；根据第五段“... and so do other pediatricians who do the same work as me”可推知，Perri Klass是一位儿科医生，她的工作是给儿童看病。
【文章大意】 在现代社会，人们经常使用电脑打字，但传统的书写更应该引起人们的重视，本文针对如何教孩子书写给出了一些建议。
72. B。细节理解题。根据第一段“Handwriting is still an important part of our everyday life. We may spend a lot of time typing on a computer for work and less time writing things down, but it doesn’t mean we should forget the basic skills.”可知，作者认为尽管打字在现代社会被广泛认可和利用，但是书写仍然应该得到充分重视。
73. D。词义猜测题。根据画线词所在语境可知，缩小他们的书写空间将会使得他们形成一些不良的能力。故画线词意思应为“缩窄、紧缩”。
74. C。细节理解题。根据第三段“Spacing between letters is a must. ... There is a space between each letter, not a large space but enough to show that it’s being reserved.”可知，字母之间的间距是很有必要的，这个间距不必很大，但要有一定的间隔。
75. A。细节理解题。根据最后一段“And remember that learning takes time. Try to make them learn something while they are learning to write, and you will get unexpected results sometime later.”可知，在孩子学习书写的时候，可以同时培养其他的一些能力。
Unit 5 单元过关 A卷
Ⅰ. 单项填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）
1. --I’d like a cup of coffee, please.
--How do you like it ?
-- .
A．I like it very much B．I like it black
C．It tastes a bit bitter D．I won’t tell you
2. we first heard of the man referred to as a computer specialist in software.
A．It was Hilary that B．That it was from Hilary
C．It was from Hilary whom D．It was from Hilary that
3. He is a strict but kind teacher , is always trying to make his classes and interesting .
A．one ; living B．one who; lively C．he ; lovely D．he who; live
4. How about all of us _______ for a walk after supper?
A. to do out B. will go out C. going out D. go out
5. Although knocked by down by a car, he managed to ______ to his feet.
A. stand B. rise C. run D. struggle
6. We were lost in the forest; ______, it became dark and began raining.
A. still worse B. worse still C. more worse D. worse more
7. He says he really can’t ______ to wait another day.
A. waste B. afford C. spend D. cost
8. When we think of communication, we _____ think of using things, talking face to face, writing messages and so on.
A. shortly B. probably C. practically D. normally
9. Will you please spare me some ink? I have ______ it.
A. run down of B. run out of C. run out from D. run off
10. When I came in, I saw him ______ in a chair deep in thought.
A. sat B. seated C. seating D. being seated
11. A person’s ____ body temperature is about 37C.
A. ordinary B. normal C. common D. usual
12. – Do you think the Suns will beat Bulls?
--Yes. They have better players, so I _____ them to win.
A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want
13. As the strong winds blew down many tall trees, some of the streets in the city were _______.
A. struck B. caught C. crowded D. blocked
14. Scientists are afraid that some day an even bigger earthquake will _____ the area.
A. strike B. beat C. knock D. push
15. There have been several ______ drowning here this summer.
A. death B. deaths from C. death of D. deaths of
16. I’ve worked with kids before, so I know what ______in my job.
A. expected B. to expect C. to be expecting D. expect
17. The old worker has been fired and now a young man ______.
A. took place B. has taken the place
C. takes place of him D. has taken his place
18. He hesitated for a moment before kicking the ball, otherwise he ____a goal.
A. had scored B. scored C. would score D. would have scored
19. I _______ my son not to walk beside the river, but he wouldn’t listen.
A. suggested B. hoped C. warned D. persuaded
20. _____ in her best skirt, the girl tried to make herself ____ at the party.
A. Dressed; noticed B. Dressing; noticing
C. Dressing; noticed D. Dressed; noticing
Ⅱ. 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
I do a lot of management training each year for the Circle K Company. Among the 21 we discuss in our classes is the 22 of quality employees （雇员）
“What has caused you to stay 23 enough to become a manager?" I asked. After a while a new manager took the 24 and said slowly, "it was a baseball glove.”
Cynthia said she used to 25 a Circle K clerk job as an interim (时临的.) one while she looked for something 26 . On her second day behind the counter, she received a ( an)27 from her nine-year-old son, Jessie. He 28 a baseball glove for the little League. She 29 that as a single mother, money was 30 , and her first check would have to go for paying 31.
When Cynthia arrived for work the next morning, Partircia, the store manager asked her to come to her small office and handed her a box. “I overheard you 32 to your son yesterday,” she said, “and I know that it is 33 to explain things to kids. This is a baseball glove for Jessie. I know you have to pay bills 34 you can buy gloves. You know we can’t 35 good people like you as 36 as we would like to; but we do 37 and I want you to know how 38 you are to us.”
The thoughtfulness, empathy (同情) and love of the store manager show vividly that people 39 more how much a( n) 40 cares than how much he pays.
21. A. topics B. problems C. difficulties D. lessons
22. A. employing B. praising C. keeping D. improving
23. A. soon B. long C. strong D. calm
24. A. position B. decision C. question D. advice
25. A. take B. change C. lose D. consider
26. A. lighter B. easier C. better D. higher
27. A. letter B. call C. answer D. email
28. A. bought B. kept C. needed D. offered
29. A. complained B. explained C. understood D. admitted
30. A. short B. enough C. spare D. tight
31. A. food B. education C. clothes D. bills
32. A. talking B. crying C. arguing D. scolding
33. A. easy B. hard C. simple D. nice
34. A. after B. until C. when D. before
35. A. value B. remain C. pay D. fire
36. A. much B. many C. pleasant D. possible
37. A. regret B. agree C. worry D. care
38. A. excellent B. important C. thankful D. thoughtful
39. A. remember B. refuse C. thank D. realize
40. A. mother B. clerk C. official D. manager
Ⅲ.阅读理解（共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分）
???? 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中选出最佳选项
A
??? Scientists are trying to make the deserts into good land again． They want to bring water to the deserts， so people can live and grow food． They are learning a lot about the deserts． But more and more of the earth is becoming desert all the time． Scientists may not be able to change the desert in time．
??? Why is more and more land becoming desert？ Scientists think that people make deserts． People are doing bad things to the earth．
??? Some places on the earth don’t get much rain． But they still don’t become deserts． This is because some green plants are growing there． Small green plants and grass are very important to dry places． Plants don’t let the sun make the earth even drier． Plants do not let the wind blow the dirt away． When a bit of rain falls， the plants hold the water． Without plants， the land can become desert more easily．
41． Deserts ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ ．
?????A． never have any plants or animals in them
?????B． can all be turned into good land before long
?????C． are becoming smaller and smaller
?????D． get very little rain
42． Small?green?plants?are?very?important?to?dry?places because ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ ．
?????A． they don’t let the sun make the earth even drier
?????B． they don’t let the wind blow the soil away
?????C． they hold water
?????D． All of the above．
43． Land?is?becoming?desert?little?by?little?because ＿＿＿＿＿＿．
?????A． plants can’t grow there
?????B． there is not enough rain
?????C． people haven’t done what scientists wish them to do
?????D． scientists know little about the deserts
44． After reading this passage， we learn that ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ ．
?????A． plants can keep dry land from becoming desert
?????B． it is good to get rid of the grass in the deserts
?????C． all places without much rain will become deserts
?????D． it is better to grow crops on dry land than to cut them
B
??? In Canada you can find dogs， cats， horses， etc． in almost every family． These are their pets． People love these pets and have them as their good friends． Before they keep them in their houses， they take them to animal hospitals to give them injections（注射） so that they won’t carry disease． They have special animal food stores， though they can get animal food in almost every kind of store． Some people spend around two hundred Canadian dollars a month on animal food． When you visit people’s houses， they would be very glad to show you their pets and they are very proud of them． You will also find that almost every family has a bird feeder in their garden． All kinds of birds are welcomed to come and have a good meal． They are free to come and go and nobody is allowed to kill any animal in Canada． They have a law against killing wild animals． If you killed an animal，you would be punished． If an animal happened to get run over by a car， people would be very sad about it．
??? People in Canada have many reasons to like animals． One of them might be：Their family ties are not as close as ours． When children grow up， they leave their parents and start their own life． Then the old will feel lonely． But pets can solve this problem． They can be good friends and never leave them alone．
45． The passage mainly talks about ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ ．
?????A． how to keep disease from pets
?????B． pets in Canada
?????C． how to take good care of pets
?????D． life of the old in Canada
46． In?Canada， children?leave?their?parents?when?they grow up because ＿＿＿＿＿ ．
?????A． they don’t love their parents any more
???? B． they can only find jobs far from their parents
?????C． their parents’ houses are too small
?????D． they wouldn’t depend on their parents any more
47． Which of the following is TRUE？
?????A． People?buy?animal food?only?at?the?animal?food stores．
???? B． Pets eat better than people．
?????C． Almost every family has a birdcage in his house．
???? D． Any bird can come to the bird feeders to eat．
C
???Language is always changing. In a society where life continues year after year with few changes, the language does not change either. The earliest known languages had difficult grammar but a small, limited vocabulary. Over the century, the grammar changed, and the vocabulary grew. For example, the English and Spanish people who came to America during the sixteenth century gave names to all the new plants and animals they found. In this way, hundreds of new words were introduced into English and Spanish vocabularies. Today life is changing very fast, and language is changing fast too.
There are several major(主要) language families in the world. Some scientists say there are nine main families, but other scientists divide them differently. The languages in each family are connected, and scientists think that they came from the same parent language. About 3 percent of the people in the world speak languages that are not in these major families.
48. The early language had ________.
A. a lot of problems B. words and easy grammar
C. words but no grammar D. grammar but not many words
49. In the next few hundred years we can expect language to _____.
A. stay exactly the same B. change a great deal
C. change only a little D. ask more words and drop some grammar
50. What this article shows is that _____.
A. languages change fast
B. languages really don't want to change
C. language really with changes in society
D. Spanish and English change
Ⅳ.短文改错（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上划上一个（(）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一漏字符号（Λ），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下面划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Last Saturday, I wanted very much to see a film
together with my brother after supper. On my way 51. _____
to the cinema, we happen to meet an American 52. _____
named Peter, who had lost his way, looked worried. 53. _____
When he told us that he wasn't able to find 54. _____
the hotel, we decided take him there. When we went 55. _____
to the hotel, we told of Peter the great changes 56. _____
that had taken place in our country in the past few year, 57. _____
and he told us a lot of things about the youths in the U.S.A.
Although my brother and I missed a interesting 58. _____
film, we felt very happily, for we had not only helped 59. _____
Peter out of trouble and also learnt something from him. 60. _____
Ⅴ． 书面表达（满分15分）
??? 以Nature为题写一篇100词左右的英语短文。要点如下：
??? 1． 简述人类对大自然的依赖。
??? 2． 随着人类的发展，生态平衡遭到破坏，人类生存的环境受到严重污染。人类正在受到大自然的惩罚。
??? 3． 我们要善待自然，自然也会关照我们。
??? 注意：内容可适当增减，但不可逐字翻译。
Nature
?单元过关 A卷
Ⅰ. 单项填空 1—10 BDBCD BBDBB 11—20 BCDAB BDDCA
Ⅱ. 完形填空21—40 ACBCA CBCBD DABDC ADBAD
Ⅲ. 阅读理解 41—50 DDCAB DDDBC
Ⅳ.短文改错 51. my→our/the 52. happen→happened 53. looked→looking 54.√ 55. take→to take 56. told of→told 57. year→years 58. a→an 59. happily→happy 60. and→but
Ⅴ． 书面表达
One possible version:
?? Nature is the mother of mankind．We get almost everything from her．We live on natural food．We make clothes from natural materials．And we build our houses of stone and wood．However，with the development of human beings，man has destroyed the balance of nature．Water，air and soil have been badly polluted．Some kinds of animals and plants have died out completely．As a result，man is being punished by nature．Many people suffer a lot from all kinds of diseases caused by pollution．We should treat nature well and she will look after us.
Unit 5 单元过关 B卷
Ⅰ. 单项填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）
1. — It’s getting late. I'm afraid I must be going now.
—OK. _________ ..
A. Take it easy B. Go slowly C. Stay longer D. See you
2. The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, __ __ the sailing time was 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
3. —Having a nice Sunday. ?
— . ?
A. The same to you B. You do too
C. The same as you D. You have it too
4. —How's the young man? ?
— . ?
A. He's twenty B. He's much better
C. He's a doctor D. He's David
5. —I got a rise in salary!?
— ?
A. Yes, I think so. B. You did?
C. Are you? D. My pleasure.
6. Jack has come to China the second time. ?
A. at B. for
C. by D. drying
7. He saw quite a few kites in the air. ?
A. flew B. flown
C. flying D. flight
8. —Don't forget to your textbook here tomorrow. ?
—No. I won't. ?
A. take B. fetch
C. bring D. lift
9. He bought two books for Amy and for Alice. ?
A. two another books B. two books another
C. another two books D. more two books
10. We have no them out. ?
A. difficult in working B. difficulties with working?
C. difficulty working D. difficulty to work
11. People in America speak the same language the British do. ?
A. which B. what
C. as D. like
12. There are some mistakes in your composition. ?
A. spelling B. spell
C. spelled D. spelt
13. How did the accident ? ?
A. come out B. come along
C. come about D. come across
14. Visitors not to touch the exhibits. ?
A. will request B. request
C. are requested D. are requesting
15. The number of the people who speak English large, and a large number of people native speakers. ?
A. are; are B. is;are
C. is; is D. are;is
16. Cleaning women in big cities usually get by the hour. ?
A. pay B. paying
C. paid D. to pay
17. In order to improve English, . ?
A. Jenny's father bought her a lot of tapes?
B. Jenny bought a lot of tapes for herself?
C. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny?
D. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny's father
18. Some of the wheat is from Canada. What about ? ?
A. another B. the other
C. others D. the rest
19. He asked open the window. ?
A. that he could B. if he could
C. if could he D. whether could he
20. Jack when the meeting would be held. ?
A. told B. said
C. spoke D. asked
II. 完形填空(本题共20小题，计20分)?
Once there was an old farmer, with a horse which was almost as old as himself. He__21__one morning with his young son, __22__the horse before it died. Father and son walked, __23__the farmer did not want the horse to be__24__. ?
They met two men on the road__25__said: “Why are you walking, farmer? You have a horse. It's__26__to market.” The farmer knew that this was__27__, so he rode on the horse, __28__his son walked. ?
Then they met two old ladies. “__29__are you doing up there, farmer? Can't you__30__how tired your boy is?” __31__the farmer got down, and his son rode__32__. ?
__33__, three old men stopped them. One said: “Why are you walking, farmer?__34__. It's too hot for an old man like you to walk today.” So the farmer got up 35__his son, and they__36__. ? __37__, a young woman passed them. “Why aren't you walking?” she asked. “It isn't__38__to market. Give your poor old horse a rest.”
So the farmer, and his son, got down__39__. ?
It is a fact that you cannot please__40__the people all the time. ?
21. A. set out B. set up
C. set down D. set?
22. A. selling B. buying
C. to sell D. to buy?
23. A. so B. because
C. that D. when?
24. A. very tired B. too tired
C. quite tired D. tiring?
25. A. which B. who
C. as D. where?
26. A. a short way B. a long way
C. the right way D. the wrong way?
27. A. real B. true
C. truly D. really?
28. A. while B. when
C. as D. during?
29. A. What B. How
C. Why D. When?
30. A. see B. watch
C. look D. notice?
31. A. Because B. As
C. For D. So?
32. A. thus B. yet
C. instead D. either?
33. A. First B. Finally
C. Near D. Next?
34. A. Sit down B. Sit up
C. Get up D. Get down?
35. A. behind B. after
C. beside D. above?
36. A. walked on B. rode on
C. moved on D. drove on?
37. A. Some time later B. A moment ago
C. In no time D. At once?
38. A. near B. long
C. far D. short?
39. A. once again B. on their own
C. the other day D. all the same?
40. A. both B. each of
C. all D. none of?
III．阅读理解：
阅读下面的短文，从每题所给的四个选项中，选出最佳答案。
A
The Great Fire of London started in the very early hours of 2 September 1666 ．In four days it destroyed more than three-quarters of the old city , where most of the houses were wooden and close together ．Over one hundred people became homeless , but only a few lost their lives .
The fire started on Sunday morning in the house of the King’s baker（面包师）in Pudding Lane ．The baker , with his wife and family , was able to get out through a window into the roof ．A strong wind blew the fire from the bakery（面包房）into a small hotel next door ．Then it spread quickly into Thames Street ．That was the beginning.
By eight o’ clock three hundred houses were on fire ．On Monday nearly a kilometer of the city was burning along the River Thames ．Tuesday was the worst day ．The fire destroyed many well-known buildings, old St Paul’s and the Guildhall among them .
Samuel Pepys , the famous writer , writer about the fire , “People threw their things into the river ．Many poor people stayed in their houses until the last moment ．Birds fell out of the air because of the heat .”
The fire stopped only when the King finally ordered people to destroy hundreds of buildings in the path of the fire．With nothing left to burn, the fire became weak and finally died out.
After the fire, Christopher Wren, the architect(建筑师), wanted a city with wider streets and fine new houses of stone．In fact, the streets are still narrow, but he did build more than fifty churches, among them the mew St Paul’s
The fire caused great pain and loss, but after it London was a better place: a city for the future and not just of the past.
41．The fire began in .
A．a hotel B．the palace C．Pudding Lane D．Thames Street
42．The underlined word‘family’in the second paragraph means .
A．home B．children C．wife and husband D．wife and children
43．It seems that the writer of the text was most sorry for the fact that .
A．some people lost their lives
B．the birds in the sky were killed by the fire
C．many famous buildings were destroyed
D．the King’s bakery was burned down
44．Why did the writer cite(引用)Samuel Pepys?
A．Because Pepys was among those putting out the fire.
B．Because Pepys also wrote about the fire.
C．To show that poor people suffered most.
D．To give the reader a clearer picture of the fire.
45．How was the fire put out according to the text?
A．The King and his soldiers came to help.
B．All the wooden houses in the city were destroyed.
C．People managed to get enough water from the river.
D．Houses standing in the direction of the fire were pulled down.
46．Which of the following were reasons for the rapid spread of the big fire?
(a) There was a strong wind. (b) The streets were very narrow．
(c) Many houses were made of wood. (d) There was not enough water in the city.
(e) People did not discover the fire earlier.
A．(a) and (b) B．(a), (b) and (c)
C．(a), (b), (c) and (d) D．(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
B
During the summer holidays there will be a revised(修改过的)schedule(时刻表)of services for the students．Changes for dinning-room and library service hours and for bus schedules will be posted on the wall outside of the dining-hall．Weekly film and concert schedules,which are being arranged(安排), will be posted each Wednesday outside of the student club.
In the summer holidays, buses going to the town center will leave the main hall every hour on the half hour during the day．The dining-room will serve three meals a day from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm during the week and two meals from noon to 7:00 pm on weekends．The library will continue its usual hours during the week, but have shorter hours on Saturdays and Sundays．The weekend hours are from noon to5:00 pm.
All students who want to use the library borrowing services must have a new summer card．This announcement will also appear in the next week’s student newspaper.
47．The main purpose of this announcement is to .
A．tell students of important schedule changes
B．tell students of new bus and library services
C．show the excellent services for students
D．ask students to renew their library cards
48．At which of the following times will the bus leave the main hall?
A．8:00, 9:00, 10:00, 11:00 B．8:30, 9:30, 10:30, 11:30
C．8:30,9:00, 9:30,10:00 D．8:00, 9:30, 11:00, 12:30
49．Times for films and concerts are not listed in this announcement because .
A．they are not to be announced B．they are hard to arrange
C．the full list is not ready D．the full list is too long
50．In the summer holidays,the library will have .
A．no special hours
B．special hours on weekdays
C．special hours on weekends
D．special hours both on weekdays and weekends
Ⅳ.短文改错：
Dear Susan,
Fm very glad to hear you are coming to visit 51. _______
me the next Friday. Unfortunately, I won't be able to 52. _______
meet you at the airport although I have classes in the 53. _______
afternoon. You won't find difficult to get to the city 54. _______
center. The airport bus leaves every 30 minute and 55. _______
will take you rightly to the Friendship Hotel. My class 56. _______
will be over by then or I will pick you up there. I will 57. _______
take you together to a hot-pot restaurant for dinner 58. _______
and we'll talk with our plan for the weekend over 59. _______
dinner. Having a pleasant trip and see you Friday. 60. _______
Yours,
Zhang Ming
Ⅴ书面表达：
请以Smoking cause a lot of troubles nowadays为主题句和以下提示写一个60个词左右的段落。
提示：
1．吸烟人患各种疾病;
2．乱扔烟蒂会使公共场所肮脏,甚至引起火灾;
3．吸烟经常使非吸烟者恼火;
4．早该采取措施来反对吸烟。
单元过关 B卷
Ⅰ单项填空1—20 DAABB BCCCC CACCB CBDBD
Ⅱ完形填空 21—40 ACBBB BBAAA?DCDCA BACAC
III．阅读理解 41---50 CBCDD BABCC
Ⅳ.短文改错
51. √ 52. 去掉the 53. although→since 54. find difficult 之间加it
55. minute→minutes 56.rightly→right 57. or→and 58. 去掉together
59. with→about 60. Having→Have
Ⅴ书面表达
one possible version:
Smoking Causes a lot of troubles nowadays ．Heavy smokers suffer from their smoking habits , such as bad coughing , lung disease and cancer caused directly by smoking ．Most smokers throw their cigarette ends everywhere , making the public areas dirty and even causing fires at times ．Worse still , Smoking often makes non-smokers angry ．So it is time to take some measures to control smoking.
高 一 英 语 第 五 单 元 测 试 题 (Unit 5)
I. 单选题：（15%）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
1. —Your tie goes very well with your shirt．
— _______
A．Oh, I got it on sale． B．I bought it at half price．
C．Does it really look OK? D．No, not so nice．
2． role she played in the film! No wonder she has won an Oscar．
A．How interesting B．How an interesting
C．What interesting D．What an interesting
3．Generally speaking, according to the directions, the drug has no side effect．
A．when taking B．when taken C．when to take D．when to be taken
4．When their first child was born, they _____ for three years．
A．had married B．had been married C．got married D．had got married
5．—How are you getting along with your studies?
—Not very well, ______．
A．of course B．I’m sure C．I’m afraid D．on the other hand
6．When ______ the teacher coming in, the students stopped ______．
A．to see; to talk B．seen; talking C．seeing; to talk D．seeing; talking
7．Mr Zhang is ill, so I’ll ______ till he is well again．
A．take place B．take his place
C．take the place for him D． instead of
8．We are living in an age ?????????????many things are done on computer．
????? A．which??? B．that?????? C．whose??????? D．when
9．—I hear they aren’t pleased with the house you’ve chosen for them．
—Well, could they live in such comfort?
A．where else B．what else C．how D．why
10．There will be a (n) _ __TV programme of the football match between China and Brazil
tonight．
A．live B．living C．lively D．alive
11．The skirt ______ she spent 50 yuan is very beautiful on her．
A．in which B．on which C．for which D．with which
12．—How did the prisoner escape?
—By climbing a fence and ____ someone’s car．
A．steal B．stole C．stealing D．to steal
13．The reason _____ he gave for being late was _____ he overslept this morning．
A．why; that B．why; because C．which; that D．which; because
14．I _____ you my best thanks for what you’ve done to me．
A．owe B．own C．share D．pay
15．—Why do you often listen to the radio?
—To get some information ．
A．by air B．on the air C．in the air D．from the air
II． 完形填空：（30%）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36～55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
Dick was a clever boy, but his parents were poor, so he had to work 16?? his spare time?and during his holidays to 17?? ?his education． 18?? ?this, he 19? ?get to the university, but it was 20??? ?expensive to study there that during the holiday he found 21??? ?necessary to get two jobs 22??? ?the same time 23??? ?make enough money 24???his studies．
One summer he managed to 25??? ?a job in a butcher’s shop（肉店）during 26??? ?, and another in a hospital 27? ?． In the shop, he learnt to cut meat quite nicely, so the butcher often 28??? ?him doing all the serving 29?? ?he went to the back room to do the accounts（账目）． In the hospital, 30??? ?, he was, of course, allowed to do the simplest jobs, 31?? ?helping to lift people and to 32?? ?them from one part of the hospital to another． Both at the butcher’s shop and at the hospital, Dick had to 33?? ?white clothes．
One evening at the hospital, Dick had to help a woman from her bed to the place 34?? ?she was to have an operation． The woman was already feeling frightened at the 35? ?of the operation before he came to get her, but when she saw Dick, she fainted away（晕过去）．
16． A．on B．in C．at D．with
17． A．pay for B．pay off C．pay to D．pay back
18． A．Instead B．Instead of C．In spite of D．In need of
19． A．tried to B．hope to C．wanted to D．was anxious to
20． A．too B．very C．so D．much
21． A．it’s B．this C．that D．it
22． A．at B．on C．by D．for
23． A．in order that B．as to C．as so to D．so as to
24． A．with B．for C．to D．because of
25． A．look for B．find C．reach D．take
26． A．day time B．the night C．the night time D．the daytime
27． A．at night B．at noon C．in the morning D．in the daytime
28． A．let B．left C．made D．had
29． A．while B．as soon as C．after D．until
20． A．on other hand B．on another hand C．on the second hand D．on the other hand
31． A．like B．for C．as D．from
32． A．want B．fetch C．carry D．raise
33． A．on B．wear C．be on D．dress on
34． A．that B．which C．where D．there
35． A．thought B．ime C．end D．beginning
III.阅读理解（20%）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
( A )
When we think of Hollywood, we think of films and famous film stars． They are part of Hollywood’ s history． Today people make films in other places, too． Not all famous film stars live in Hollywood． But Hollywood is still a very special part in Los Angeles, Cali fornia．
You can easily see where Hollywood is in Los Angeles． There is a big sign on the hills． It says “HOLLYWOOD”． The while letters are fifty feet tall． You can see the sign from far away． The Holly wood sign is a famous Hollywood landmark(标记) in Los Angeles． Many post cards show this famous Hollywood land mark．
In the hills of Hollywood, there is also the Hollywood Bowl． This is an open-air theatre． It is one of the biggest open-air theatres in the world． It has seventeen thousand seats and a very dif ferent stage (舞台)． The design (设计) of the stage was by a great American called Fran Lioyd Wright． You can listen to all kinds of concerts at the Hollywood Bowl．
36．The best title for the reading should be __ ．
A．Hollywood B．Famous Films and Film Stars
C．The History of Hollywood D．Famous Hollywood Sign
37．We learn from the reading that _____．
A．“HOLLYWOOD” can just be seen from far away
B．Hollywood is now a place only for travelers
C．all the films are made In Hollywood
D．Hollywood is one part of Los Angeles
38．The word “special” in the last sen tence of the first paragraph (段落) means __ ．
A．new B．old C．famous D．unusual
39．At the Hollywood Bowl ______．
A．all postcards are made
B．only 7000 people can get together
C．people can enjoy music
D．you can hardly listen to different kinds of concerts
( B )
( TV programmes in Beijing Sunday, May 26,2002 CCTV )
40．If an Englishman wants to know about what’s happening in China, but he doesn’t know any
Chinese, he may watch TV at ________．
A．19:00 on CCTV—1 Channel 2
B．20:05 on CCTV—1 Channel 2
C．22:00 on CCTV—2 Channel 8
D．21:30 on CCTV—2 Channel 8
41．If you are interested in football games, which of the following programs will you choose
first？
A．China Sports Report． B．Special Sports．
C．Today’s Focus． D．China Music TV．
42． If you are going to Guangzhou by plane from Chongqing Airport, you’d better pay attention to the programme ________．
A．Weather Report
B．World-famous Cities
C．Economy 30 Minutes
D．The Story of Earth
( C )
Television in the United States is free． To pay for programs, there are many advertisements．
Often these advertisements are short plays with actors． The following television advertisement is like many others that Americans see daily．
We see a man and his wife at the breakfast table. They have been married for a long time. They are not speaking to each other. They haven’t spoken to each other at the breakfast table for years． The husband is reading his newspaper． We can’t see his face． The wife looks very bored as she pours a cup of coffee for him． Today, she is using a new kind of coffee for the first time． The husband picks up his cup． He isn’t very interested． He tastes his coffee． Suddenly he puts down his newspaper． Something is different, Can it be the coffee? He takes another taste． It’s wonderful． He smiles． He looks at his wife and says in amazement, “Doris, when did you cut your hair?” Doris is pleased． She answers, “Two months ago．” Doris asks, “Herbie, when did your hair begin to turn gray?” He replies，“A long time ago．” Doris says, “Oh, very handsome．” Now they aren’t bored anymore． Breakfast is different． Has a new kind of coffee changed their lives?
43．In the TV story, Doris looks bored because______．
A．she doesn’t like the breakfast that morning
B．she has been married to Herbie for a long time
C．Herbie doesn’t care much for her
D．Herbie isn’t interested in the breakfast she cooks
44．The TV story wants to tell the viewers______．
A．to have an immediate try at the new coffee
B．to have a good laugh at the good couple
C．that a nice breakfast must go with nice coffee
D．that advertisement can certainly increase goods production
45．This text is mainly about______．
A．who pays for TV programs in the United States
B．what a TV advertisement is usually like in the USA
C．why long-married couples dislike speaking to each other
D．what made Herbie and Doris not bored any more
III. 单词拼写：(10%)
46. Both animals and plants are c___________.
47. This movies are for a________, not for children.
48. This is the s________ where the famous director always made the films.
49. In the story, the writer wanted to tell people the c__________ of the war.
50. People all over the world love to live a p__________ life.
51. The s_____ was so well-written that the famous actress accepted the role at home.
52. Film companies often make f________ to films that have been very successful, such as
SpeepII, Jurassic park III.
53. While watching Titanic, most people couldn’t help crying when it came to the s_____ in
which Jack saves the life of the girl but dies in icy water himself.
54. From the text, we can learn how to make c___________ on the films.
55. Yesterday I received a gift, but I didn’t a__________ it.
IV. 完成下列句子：（15%）
56. 她是一个十六岁的女孩.
She is ________ ______________ girl.
57. 海明威曾获得诺贝尔文学奖。
Hemingway once _________ the Nobel Prize _________ literature.
58. 她把成功归功于幸运。
He __________ his success ________ good luck.
59. 好象他不敢把此事告诉他们。
It seems that he _________ __________ _______ tell them about it.
60. 这个节目已经播出了25年了。
This program has ________ ______ ______ ________ for 25 years.
V. 短文改错（10%）
此题要求改正所给短文的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上划一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
One afternoon Jack is walking down a river alone． It 61．___________?
was very cold day and on the river few boats could be 62．___________?
seen． When he stopped on a bridge and look down, he 63．___________?
saw a terrible scene． A boy fell of a canoe and was 64．___________?
struggling in the water． Without think about himself, 65．___________?
Jack jumped into the river and to save the boy． He was 66．___________?
about to drag the boy to the river bank then he saw some 67．___________?
people stand in a motor boat under the bridge． One of 68．___________?
them stared a Jack and said angrily, “They are making 69．___________?
a film and you’ve spoiled a whole afternoon’s work!” 70．___________
高 一 英 语 第 五 单 元 测 试 题 参考答案
1-5 CDBBC 6-10 DBDAA 11-15 BCAAB 16-20 BACDC
21-25 DADBB 26-30 DABAD 31-35 ACBCA 36-40 ADDCC
41-45 BACAB
46. creatures 47. adults 48. studio 49. cruelty
50. peaceful 51. script 52. follow-ups 53. scene
54. comments 55. accept 56. a, 16-year-old 57. won, for
58. owed, to 59. is afraid to 60. been on the air
61．is→was 62． very前加a 63 look→looked
64．of→off 65．think→thinking 66．去掉and
67． then→when 68． stand→standing 69．They→We 70．√
必修1 Unit 5单元同步练习
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela---a modern hero
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
1. Though he failed many times in election, he never lost ___ __ heart and at last he was elected _______ president of the USA.
A. /; a B. a; the C. his; the D. /; /
2. —Shall we go out for a walk?
— .
A. Good idea B. Have fun C. Good luck D. Goodbye
3. Don’t worry. There is no entrance to the gallery.
A. fare B. pay C. salary D. fee
4. Soon after Hitler _____ power in Germany, Einstein was ______ in his life.
A. came to the; in the trouble B. came to; in trouble
C. came to the; in trouble D. took; in troubles
5. Although he _____ an invitation to work as chairman of the company, as I knew, he refused to ______ it.
A. received; accept B. accepted; receive
C. received; receive D. accepted; accept
6. Jack coughed day and night, so the doctor _____ him to take the medicine three times a day.
A. hoped B. suggested C. advised D. promised
7. The man was charged for blowing ______ some government buildings in Baghdad.
A. up B. down C. out D. over
8. Is it in this room ___ __ the great writer once lived __ __ he finished his last works?
A. where; that B. that, where C. that; which D. that; that
9. —I suppose you haven’t finished that report yet.
—I finished it yesterday, .
A. in this way B. as far as I know
C. as a matter of fact D. in a word
10. His son was put in prison. He went to prison to see him once a month.
A. /; / B. the; the C. /; the D. the; /
11. They are of height, but I think Robert the job.
A. equally; is equal B. equal; is equal to
C. equal; equals D. equally; is equaled
12. There are altogether thirty students in our class, is a new comer from a faraway mountain village.
A. the most diligent of who B. but the most diligent of whom
C. the most diligent of them D. of whom the most diligent
13. The hotel _______ you are thinking, Kate, is too dirty, I’m afraid
A. that B. which C. in which D. of which
14. He’s got himself into a dangerous situation______ he is likely to lose control over the plane.
A. where B. which C. while D. why
15. —What do you think of that composition?
—__________.
It was written in English
B. It will be corrected by the teacher
C. It was written in ink
D. It still leaves something to be improved
第二节 完形填空（共20小题； 每小题1.5分，满分30分）
Soon it would be the holidays, but before that, there were final 16 . All the kids had been working hard for some time, reviewing their 17 . If they didn’t pass the exams, they would have to 18 them in September. There were usually a few who 19 , but Jane didn’t want to be one of them. She had worked hard all year, but she was working so hard that her mother 20 her. She went to bed too late. The night before the big day, her mother 21 that she should have an early night and take a sleeping pill. She promised to 22 her up in the morning.
Jane was too 23 to fall asleep. Her mind kept jumping from subject to subject. At last, the 24 did work. In no time at all, she was sitting in the examination hall, looking at the paper, but she couldn’t answer 25 of the questions. Everyone 26 her was writing pages and pages. 27 , she couldn’t find anything to write about. From time to time she looked at her 28 .
Time was running 29 . There was only an hour to 30 . She started one question, wrote two sentences, 31 and tried another. With only half an hour left she wrote 32 two sentences. By this time she was so worried that she started 33 . Her whole body shook. It shook so much that she woke up. She was still in bed and it had all been a terrible 34 . A minute later, 35 called her name.
16. A. harvests B. exams C. reports D. papers
17. A. exercises B. jobs C. books D. lessons
18. A. take B. write C. attend D. do
19. A. cheated B. succeeded C. passed D. failed
20. A. cared for B. felt proud of C. worried about D. thought highly of
21. A. insisted B. agreed C. promised D. allowed
22. A. ring B. wake C. bring D. pick
23. A. sad B. tired C. happy D. nervous
24. A. dream B. pill C. suggestion D. music
25. A. all B. none C. any D. some
26. A. ahead of B. behind C. in front of D. around
27. A. Unless B. However C. Though D. As
28. A. watch B. paper C. teacher D. book
29. A. up B. down C. out D. over
30. A. run B. leave C. remain D. go
31. A. gave out B. gave up C. put off D. put out
32. A. another B. more C. other D. the other
33. A. thinking B. dreaming C. crying D. writing
34. A. exam B. dream C. story D. night
35. A. her mother B. her teacher C. a classmate D. a friend
第三节： 阅读理解 (共15小题； 每小题2分, 满分30分)
A
Sixty-year-old grandmother, Fiona McFee, is going to stop working next year and she has decided to realize a childhood dream and sail around the coast of Scotland in a small boat. Although the inside of the boat is very cosy, it has no running water or electricity. Fiona says she can live without these things but she plans to take her small CD player, her hot water bottle and a bag of books to make sure life isn’t too uncomfortable.
We asked her if she was afraid of being at sea for so long a time. She said, “Well, I’m going to take a good compass (指南针). Anyway, I’m not afraid of death because I love the sea—I just hope it loves me.” Fiona certainly has plenty of energy; in her spare time, she enjoys playing the piano, rock-climbing, canoeing and dancing. Although she is sixty, she doesn’t want to have a quiet and peaceful life. “I’m looking forward to having fun in the rest of my life and that’s exactly why I’d like to be a sailor for a while.”
36. The underlined word “cosy” in the first paragraph means “ ”.
A. bright B. dirty C. comfortable D. dark
37. The main reason why she would like to have the sail is that .
A. she thinks it will be very exciting
B. she likes sports and enjoys canoeing
C. she has decided to realize a childhood dream
D. she wants to be still active when she gets old
38. What kind of person is the old woman?
A. A person who does not show what she is feeling.
B. A person who is very proud and sure of her success.
C. A person who doesn’t use her head much.
D. A person who is open, honest and brave.
39. The best title of this passage is “ ”.
A. Life begins at sixty B. A round coast sail
C. An old woman sailor D. An unusual hobby
B
Art exhibition: The 16th Asian International Art exhibition from Dec.18, 2005 to Jan.10, 2006 at the Guangdong Museum of Art.
The exhibition will highlight over 300 works from Japan, Korea, China Mainland, China Hong Kong, China Macau, Malaysia, Singapore, the Philippine, Indonesia and Australlia.
RMB 70, 90, 100
Booking Tel: 88677766
Concert: Christmas Concert performed by German organist Thorsten Macder and the Guangzhou Symphony Orchestra, conducted by Yu Feng.
RMB 80,120,180,230
8pm on Dec 23
Symphony performing Hall. Guangdong Xinghai Concert Hall.
Booking Tel: 87352222
Thailand cuisine festival: In the Greenery Café at Garden Hotel from Dec.20, 2005 to Feb 20,2006.
Booking Tel: 87675443
Performance: At Sun Yatsen Memorial Hall; 8pm on December 6,7,9
RMB 100,160,200,260
Tel: 89785656
40. The group of the advertisements are mainly about in Guangzhou Morning Post.
A. sports B. business trade C. city life D. city guide
41. If you want to go to the concert with your two friends, you will at least carry
yuan with you.
A. 240 B. 160 C. 80 D. 190
42. The countries in the 16th Asian International Art Exhibition are all in Asia except .
A. Korea B. China Macau C. Indonesia D. Australia
43. If you want to enjoy yourself on December 7, you will probably dial the telephone number .
A. 89785656 B. 87675443 C. 87352222 D. 88677766
C
We can make mistakes at any age. Some mistakes we make are about money. But most mistakes are about people. “Did Jerry really care when I broke up with Helen?” “When I got that great job, did Jim, as a friend, really feel good about it?” “And was Paul friendly just because I had a car?” When we look back, these thoughts can make us feel bad. But when we look back, it is too late.
Why do we go wrong with our friends, or our enemies? Sometimes what people say hides their real meanings. And if we do not really listen, we miss the feeling behind the words. When someone tells you, “You’re a lucky dog!” Is he really on your side? If he says, “You’re a lucky guy!” that is being friendly.But “a lucky dog”? There is a bit of envy (嫉妒) in those words. What he may be saying is that he does not think you deserve (应得) your luck.
“Just think of all the things you have to be thankful for” is another phrase that says one thing and means another. It could mean that the speaker is trying to get you to see your problem. But this phrase contains the thought that your problem is not at all important.
How can you tell the real meaning behind someone’s words? One way is to take a good look at the person talking. Do his words fit the way he looks? Is what he says shown by the tone of voice? The look in his eyes? Stop and think. The minute you spend thinking about the real meaning of what people say to you may save your another mistake.
44. When the writer thinks of some of the things that happened between him and his friends, he .
A. feels happy, thinking how nice his friends are to him
B. feels he might not have understood his friend’s true feelings
C. thinks it a mistake to have broken up with his girl friend
D. is sorry that his friends let him down
45. When the writer talks about the saying, “You’re a lucky dog!” he is saying that .
A. the speaker is just friendly
B. this sentence suggests the same as “You’re a lucky guy!”
C. the word “dog” should not be used to apply to people
D. sometimes the words show that the speaker is a bit envious
46. This passage tries to tell you how to .
A. avoid mistakes about money and friends
B. get an idea of friendly people
C. avoid mistakes in understanding what people tell you
D. keep people friendly without trusting them
47. The writer suggests that should be trusted.
A. everybody B. nobody C. all the people D. not all the people
D
9 Lansdowne Road
Chichester PO236PX
Saturday
Dear John,
I got your letter yesterday. Yes, of course you can come and stay next week. I didn’t realize your company was in this area. Actually, it’s lucky that I shall be here, because I have to go away on business myself on Monday — but I shall be back by the time you come. What time will you be arriving? Anyway, I’ll leave a key with my next-door neighbour (at Number 21) just in case you get here before I do.
I’d better give you some directions as to how to get here. When you get to the town, follow the main road as far as the first set of traffic lights and then turn right. Turn left at the next crossing. At the end of this road there’s a roundabout. Go straight across, and Lansdowne Road is the second on the right.
By the way, I hope you won’t mind sleeping on the camp-bed. I’m afraid there isn’t a spare (空闲的) bed, but it’s quite solid, so you should be comfortable enough! I nearly forgot to mention the most important thing — could you bring a sleeping bag?
Well, I must go now — I’ve got to go and collect the car from the garage. I was out in the middle of nowhere yesterday, when it broke down for no clear reason. I had to walk miles before I found a phone-box and finally asked a garage to send someone out to give me a tow（拖走）.
Looking forward to seeing you on Thursday.
Yours,
Mike
48. According to this passage, Mike will most likely be back on .
A. Monday B. Tuesday C. Saturday D. Thursday
49. If John arrives earlier than Mike comes back, .
A. he can make a phone call to Mike
B. he can wait for Mike
C. he can ask Mike’s next-door neighbor for the key
D. he can ask the landlady for the key
50. The underlined phrase “broke down” most probably means “_______”.
A. failed to work B. lost control C. was defeated D. stopped to work
第四节： 阅读表达（共5小题；每小题3分，共15分）
World champion U.S. figure skater Michelle Kwan convinced （使确信/信服） a five-member monitoring committee this weekend that she is well enough to compete in the 2006 Winter Games in Torino, Italy, in February.
This will be Kwan’s third attempt to win an Olympic contest. She has five world and nine U.S. titles. An Olympic medal escaped her in 1998 and 2002.
She was unable to compete in the national championships two weeks earlier when the rest of the U.S. figure skating team was chosen. At the time, she was suffering from a groin（腹股沟） injury. She asked earnestly for a spot on the team. The U.S. figure skating committee said she had to prove herself during a monitoring session.
“I appreciate the faith and confidence that U.S. Figure Skating has shown in me,” Kwan said after a successful monitoring session. “My injury is now completely healed, I’m working hard, and I will do my very best to make all Americans proud in Torino.”
The U.S. Team
Kwan, 25, will join Sasha Cohen, 21, and Kimmie Meissner, 16, as the top three female figure skaters at the Winter Games. Emily Hughes, 17, will go to the games as an alternate（候补人）. Emily’s sister, Sarah Hughes, won gold in 2002 in an upset.
Despite her age and her injuries, Kwan said she is confident about her chances this year.
“I do have a shot,” she said. “I can’t tell you the percentage of winning the gold, but I have a shot and I’ll take advantage of that shot.”
Questions:
51. How many times has Michelle Kwan competed in the Olympics?
52. What does the sentence “I do have a shot” mean?
53. Who will compete in the Winter Games representing the U.S. Team besides Kwan?
54. Despite her age and her injuries, Kwan said she is confident of her chances this year. (将此句改为让步状语从句)
55. An Olympic medal escaped her in 1998 and 2002.（将此句翻译成汉语）
第五节： 书面表达 (满分30分)
下列图画描述李雷关心他的残疾（disabled）同学王平的情况。请据此为一家中学生英文报的好人好事专栏写一篇短文。
答案：
第一节：1-5DADBA 6-10CAACC 11-15BDDAD
第二节：16-20BDADC 21-25ABDBC 26-30DBACD 31-35BACBA
第三节：36-40CDDAD 41-45ADABD 46-50CDDCA
第四节：51. Twice.
52. I really have a chance to win.
53. Sasha Cohen, Kimmie Meissner and Emily Hughes.
54. Although / Though she is old and injured, Kwan is confident of her chances this year. / Old and injured as she is, Kwan is confident of her chances this year.
55. 在1998年和2002年两次奥运会上，奥运奖牌与她擦肩而过。
第五节：One possible version
On Children’s Day, Li Lei saw some children happily buying balloons. Thinking of his disabled classmate Wang Ping, for whom it wasn’t easy to come out to do the shopping, Li Lei choose four coloured balloons, on which he wrote: Celebrating Children’s Day. Then he went to Wang Ping’s home with the balloons and gave them to him as a gift. After that, Li Lei took him to the celebrations in the park. When the celebrations were over, he took Wand Ping back home. Such is Li Lei, a good Young Pioneer. He is always ready to help others, especially those disabled ones.
高一英语必修①Unit 5
一．单项选择
1. We have no them out. ?
A. difficult in working B. difficulties with working?
C. difficulty to work D. difficulty working
2. How did the accident ? ?
A. come out B. come along C. come about D. come across
3. Cleaning women in big cities usually get by ______hour. ?
A. paid; / B. paying; an C. to pay; a D. paid; the
4. A meeting was held ______ those who lost their lives in the fight against SARS.
A. in honor of B. in praise of C. in case of D. in face of
5. His red face suggested he _____ angry and I suggested that he_____ at once.
A. should be, should leave B. was, left C. was, leave D. be, left
6. Don’t _______. Try again, and you will succeed.
A. lose your heart B. lose the heart C. lose heart D. lose hearts
7. The boy looks stupid, but _______ he is smart.
A. in a fact B. as a fact C. in a matter of fact D. as a matter of fact
8. ------Did you call him last night?
-----I _________ him, but he was not at home.
A. was call B. did call C. was called D. did called
9. They are fighting ______ us _______ the enemy.
A. with; against B. for; against C. with; for D. with; at
10. They lived a hard life then, for their father _______ for half a year.
A. had lost his work B. has lost his work
C. had been out of work D. has been out of work
11. Mr. White ______ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn’t show up.
A. should have arrived B. should arrive
C. should have had arrived D. should be arriving
12. I thought her nice and honest _________ I met her.
A. first time B. for the first time C. the first time D. by the first time
13. Jack _____ an invitation from Mike but he didn’t _______ it.
A. received; accept B. accepted; receive C. received; receive D. accepted; accept
14. Now we are in a position _______ we have to accept that we are wrong.
A. on which B. where C. when D. that
二。单词拼写：
1. Nowadays millions of people around the world f ______against cancers
2. He is an a_________ member of this club and takes part in every performance organized by the club.
3.He was sent to p_____ for damaging public property.
4.Mandela said this was the most difficult p______ of his life.
5 There are groups of y______ playing basketball over there.
6. He examined the q_____ of the furniture carefully.
7. Doctor Manette was kept a p________ in Bastil for 18 years . and at last he was set free .
8. The doctor a_________ me to take more exercise.
9. The little boy saved country in the war, so he was regarded as the national h_______.
10. George Bush, p_________ of the USA , visited our country last year.
11. People all over the world love to live a p__________ life, they hate wars.
12. Despite having new owners, the company will c________ to be run by its present
management.
13. Many people say too much v________ is shown on television.
14. T________ have claimed responsibility for the bomb blast (爆炸) which killed 20 people.
15. I received a present at my 16th birthday, but I did not a____________ it.
Compared with men, women can’t still get the e___________ pay though doing the same work as they.
三．词组翻译：
1.丧失勇气和信心________________ 2.处于麻烦当中____________________
3.担心__________________________ 4.失业____________________________
5. 事实上______________________ 6.把……投进监狱 _________________
7.当权上台 ___________________ 8.设立； 建立 _____________________
9.被判处________________________ 10乐意做某事_____________________
11.与…作斗争____________________ 12. 信仰, 信任____________________
13对……平等公正________________ 14 自豪干某事______________________
15 用和平的方式 ________________ 16 违法___________________________
17为争取……而斗争________________
四．短文改错
The Internet is playing a important part in 1. ___________
our daily life. On the net, we can learn about 2. ___________
news both in home and abroad and some other 3. ___________
information as well. We can also made phone calls, 4. ___________
send messages by e-mail, go to net schools, learn 5. ___________
foreign languages by ourselves. Beside, we 6. ___________
can enjoy music, watch sports matches, and play the 7. ___________
chess or cards. The net even help us to do shopping, 8. ___________
have a chat with others and make friend with them. 9. ___________
In a word, the Internet has made our life more easier. 10. ___________
一．单项选择
1-5 DCDAC 6-10 CDBAC 11-14 ACAB
二。单词拼写：
1. fight 2. active 3. prison 4. period 5. youths 6. quality 7. prisoner
8. advised 9. hero 10. president 11.peaceful 12.continue 13. violence 14. Terrorists
15. accept 16. equal
三．词组翻译：
1. lose heart 2. in trouble 3. worry about 4.out of work/lose one’s job
5. in fact/as a matter of fact 6. put …into/to prison 7. come to power 8. set up
9. be sentenced to 10.be willing to do sth. 11. fight against 12.believe in 13.be equal to 14.be proud to do sth. 15.in a peaceful way 16. break the law 17. fight for
四．短文改错
1.a—an 2.正确 3.in—at 4.made-make 5.and ^learn 6.Beside—Besides 7.the去掉8.help—helps 9.friend-friends 10.more—much /去掉
定语从句全掌握
Ⅰ. 概念：
(1) 定语从句：在主从复合句中用作定语的从句叫定语从句。定语从句一般紧接在先行词(antecedent)后面。
(2) 先行词：被定语从句修饰的成份。先行词可以为一个词，短语，或整个主句。
(3) 引导定语从句的词叫关系词，分为关系代词和关系副词。
关系词的作用：
1) 引导定语从句，连接主句和从句，相当于一个连词；
2) 必在从句中作某个句子成份（可以做主语，宾语，表语，定语，状语）
常用的关系代词: that（在从句中作主语，宾语，表语；可指人或物）, which（在从句中作主语，宾语，表语或定语；只可指物）, who（主格，在从句中作主语，在口语或非正式用法中作宾语；只可指人），whom（宾格，在从句中作宾语；只可指人），whose（属格，在从句中作定语，可指人或物）, as (在从句中作主语，宾语，表语; 可指人或物, 通常指代事); but (文语, 置于否定词之后=that/who…not…, "没有……不……", 在从句中作主语，宾语)
常用的关系副词（在从句中只作状语）: when(时间状语), why（原因状语）, where（地点状语）, how（方式状语）
(4) 句子成分：
主语---谓语动词前;
宾语-介宾或及物动词的宾语；
表语-be动词后或系动词后；
状语-时间状语、地点状语、原因状语，etc.
例如:
1.The student who answered the question was John. (Who 做关系代词引导定语从句,修饰先行词student, who在从句中用作主语.)
2.I know the reason why he was so angry. (Why做关系副词, 修饰先行词reason, why在从句中作原因状语.)
3.The boy (whom) you are talking to is my brother. (Whom做关系代词,修饰先行词boy, whom在从句中作宾语.)
4. I'd like a room whose window looks out over the sea. (Whose做关系代词, 修饰先行词room, whose在从句中用作定语,可代之以of which)
定语从句三步：
第一找出先行词；
第二看先行词在定语从句中的语法功能（做主语、宾语或状语）；
第三选择合适的关系词。
Ⅱ. 几个关系代词的基本用法：
一、that: 可指人或物；在定语从句中作主语，宾语，表语。(指人时，相当于who或 whom；指物时，相当于which)(一般不用于非限制性定语从句; 不可置于介词后作宾语) 如：
1. A letter that/which is written in pencil is difficult to read. (主语)
2. Do you know the gentleman that/who spoke just now?
3. You can take anything ( that) you like. （宾语）
4. What is the question (that/which) they are talking about?
5. Here is the man ( who/whom/that ) you want to see.
6. She's no longer the girl ( that) she used to be before.（表语）
7. Our hometown is no longer the one (that) it used to be.= Our hometown is not the same as it used to be.= Our hometown is different from what it used to be.= Our hometown is not what it used to be.
二、which: 指物；在定语从句中作主语，宾语，表语，定语。如：
1. The book which/that was on the desk was bought by my father.（主语）
2. The book (which/that) I bought yesterday is very interesting.（宾语）
3. The factory in which his father works is far from here.
4. He was proud, which his brother never was. （表语）
5. Tom spent four years in college, during which time he learned French.（定语）
6. He may be late, in which case we ought to wait for him.
三、who, whom, whose:
who: 主格, 在从句中作主语，在口语或非正式用法中作宾语; 只可指人
whom: 宾格，在从句中作宾语; 只可指人
whose: 属格，在从句中作定语，可指人也可指物。
1.I like the students who/that work hard. （主语）
2.All who heard the story were amazed. (代词如he, they, any, those, all, one等后多用who.)
3.Chaplin, for whom life had once been very hard, was a success as an actor. （宾语）
4.He's a man from whom we should learn. = He's a man (whom/who/that) we should learn from.
比较：He is the student whom you think to be worthy of your praise.
He is the student who you think is worth praising.
5. A child whose parents are dead is called an orphan.（指人）
I'd like a room whose window faces south. （指物）=I'd like a room of which the window faces south. =I'd like a room the window of which faces south.
There is a teapot shaped like a Chinese duck, out of whose mouth tea is supposed to come
关系代词作介词宾语:
关系代词在定语从句中用作介词宾语时, 介词可放于从句之首, 也可放于从句之末. 但以放于句首较为正式.（介词前置，必须注意不影响动词词组的含义。关系代词who 和 that 用作介词宾语时, 介词必须放在句末.） 如:
1. This is the book for which you asked.
=This is the book (that/which) you asked for.
2.Do you know the person with whom I shook hands？= Do you know the person (whom/who/that) I shook hands with?
3. The beginning of agriculture was a big step in human progress with which nothing could compare until our information age.
4.In the dark street, there wasn't a single person to whom she could turn for help.
Is this the factory to which you paid a visit last week?
Is this factory the one to which you paid a visit last week?
5.This is the girl whom they are looking after. (介词after与look构成固定词组，不可前置。再如：look at, look for, look after, take care of等)
四、as 的用法:(as 引导定语从句, 在定语从句中作主语、宾语、表语)
(1) 如为限制性的，多用于the same …as ; the same as；such …as …; as many/much as；so …as等结构中。如：
1. I have the same book as you (have). 我有一本和你的一样的书。
Her attitude to him was quite the same as it had always been. (关系代词as和指示代词same连用, 在从句中用作表语, 先行词是same.)
2.---Why didn't you mention that in face of the police just now?
--- I thought it was such a minor detail as was hardly worth mentioning.
We will only discuss such problems as have something to do with our own interests.
Don't do such things as you are not sure about.
There is no such place as you dream of in all this world.
比较：I live in the same house that he used to live in.
I'm wearing the same shirt as you wore yesterday.
比较：Here is so big a stone as no one can lift. （定语从句）
Here is so big a stone that no one can lift it.（结果状语从句）
(2) 如为非限制性的，多单独引导一个定语从句，这种定语从句可置于句首，句中或句尾，译为"正如，这一点"。（动词常为know, see, expect, point out, etc.）
1. As we all know, smoking is harmful to one's health . (as 作宾语)
=As is known to all, smoking is harmful to one's health . （as 作主语）
=It's known to all that smoking is harmful to one's health .
或:Smoking is harmful to one's health , as we all know .（as 作宾语）
或: Smoking, as we all know, is harmful to one' health.
2.He was a foreigner, as I knew from his accent. (宾语, 先行词是前面整个句子)
五、but的用法:
but用作关系代词, 其意思相当于who/that…not…, "没有……不……", 如：
1.There is not one of us but wishes to help you.
2.There is no tree but bears some fruit.
3.There are very few but admire his talents.
Ⅲ. 关系副词引导的定语从句:
When 指时间，在定语从句中作时间状语。其先行词是表时间的名词（如：time, day, week, tear, month, etc.）
1. He came last night when I was out.
2. We will put off the picnic until next week, when the weather would be better.
注意：先行词为"时间名词"，可用when引导定语从句，when在定语从句中作状语；还可以用which或that 引导，which或that在从句中作主语或宾语。
比较: 1.I still remember the day when /on which my brother joined the army.（作状语）
Next month, when you will be in your hometown, is just around the corner.
2. I still remember the days which/that we spent together. （作宾语）
Next winter which/that you'll spend in Harbin, I'm sure, will be exciting.
3. I shall never forget the day when Shen Zhou Ⅴ was launched, which has a great effect on my life.
There are occasions when joking is not permissible.
Where 指地点，在定语从句中作地点状语。其先行词是表示地点的名词，如：place, school, factory, room, etc. 如:
1. This is the place where I was born.
2. I live in the room where /in which he used to live.
注意：先行词是"地点名词"，定语从句可用where引导，还可用which或that引导，which/that 在从句中作主语或宾语。
比较: 1. This is the factory where /in which he worked last year. （作状语）
The treatment will continue until the patient reaches the point where he can walk correctly and safely.
I think you have got to the point where a change is needed, or you would fail.
Government reports, legal papers and most business letters are the main situations where English is used.
He's got himself into a dangerous situation where he's likely to lose control of the plane.
The small mountain village where we spent our holiday last month lies in what /the place which is now part of Hubei.
2. This is the park which/that they visited last year. （作宾语）
Not having been there before, he simply had no idea about the place, which everyone says is worth visiting.
Why 指原因，在定语从句中作原因状语。先行词为reason 时，可用for which指代；当关系词在从句中作主语或宾语时，则用which或that 引导。如：
1. The reason why / for which / (that) he didn't attend the meeting was that he was ill.（作状语）
2. I don't believe the reason (that/which) he gave me. （作宾语）
Have you asked him the reason that may explain his success? （作主语）
Ex.) He was late .That's because he got up late.
.He got up late. That's why he was late.(表语从句)
(the reason) why/for which he was late. (定语从句)
当先行词为way时，定语从句常用that, in which,或how引导，that常可以省略。
way后的定语从句 的引导词不用时较多。但如果关系词在句中作主语或宾语
时，则用which或that 引导。如:
1. This is the way (that) /in which I do such things.
比较: Please do the experiment in the way （that/which）I have shown you.
Ⅳ. 限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别：
1. 形式上，非限制性定语从句往往用逗号隔开。
2. 语法上，非限制性定语从句一般不用that.
3. 语义上，限制性定语从句与先行词关系紧密，起限定作用，如果去掉了这个定语从句，整个句子就不完整或者会改变意思；而非限制性定语从句与先行词关系不是很紧密，对先行词起补充说明或描述的作用。
1).This is the book I like best. 这就是我最喜欢的那本书。
2).Beijing, which has been China's capital for more than 800 years , is rich in cultural and historic relics. 北京是中国八百年之久的古都，它有着丰富的文化和历史遗产。
4. 翻译时，限制性定语从句可译为一句（较短的一般译为"的"字结构）；而非限制性定语从句可译为两句。（见上句翻译）
比较: He has a sister, who is a musician.
He has a sister who is a musician.
引导非限制性定语从句的关系代词，指人时用who, whom, whose , 指物时用which , whose; 关系副词when，where, why, etc.
1. He studied hard at school when he was young, which leads to his success in his later life.
2. Tom's father, who arrived just now, is a famous scientist.
3. They set up a separate state of their own, where they would be free to keep Negroes as slaves.
4. He was proud, which his brother never was.
Ⅴ. 几个易混淆的关系代词的比较:
(A) that & which:
在定语从句中，which 和that 在指代事物时，一般可以互换使用，但并非在任何情况下都是这样，这里介绍宜用that, 而不宜用which 的情况.
(1) 先行词为不定代词，如all, much, something, everything, anything, nothing, none, the one等。如：
1.We should do all that is useful to the people .
2.There's nothing that can be said about it .
3.Do you mean the one that was bought yesterday?
(2) 先行词被only, any, few, little, no, just, very, one of等词修饰时。如：
1.The only thing that we could do was to wait.
2.That's the very word that is wrongly used.
3.The last place (that) we visited was the chemical works.
4. You can take any (=whichever) seat that is free.
5. I hope the little that I can will be of some help to them.
6.比较 *This is one of the best novels that were published last year.
*This is the only one of the best novels that was published last year.
(3) 先行词是序数词时或被序数词修饰时。如：
1.When we talk about Wuxi, the first that comes into mind is Tai Lake.
2.This is the third film that has been shown in our school this term.
(4) 先行词是最高级或被最高级修饰时。如：
1.This is the best that can be done now.
2.The most important thing that should be done right now is how to stop him from going on.
(5) 先行词既有人又有物，用which和who都不适合，这时宜用that. 如：
1.The writer and his novel that you have just talked about is really well known .
2.The rider and his bike that had run over an old woman were held up by the police.
(6) 被修饰词为数词时. 如：
1.Yesterday I caught two fish and put them in a basin of water .Now you can see the two that are still alive .
(7) 如果有两个从句，其中一个关系代词已用which ,另一个关系代词宜用that，以避免语言的单调或重复。如：
1.Edison built up a factory which produced things that had never been seen before.
(8) 疑问词是who或which，关系代词宜用that，以避免重复。如：
1. Which is the book that you like best?
2. Who is the man that is standing at the gate?
(9) 主句是There be 结构，修饰其主句的定语从句宜用that 作关系代词. 如：
1. There is still a seat in the corner that is still free.
(10) 被修饰成分为表语时，或者关系代词本身是定语从句的表语时，该关系代词宜用that . 如：
1. That's a good book that will help you a lot.
2. My home village is no longer the place ( that ) it used to be .
定语从句中宜用which而不宜用that 的情况:
(1) 当关系代词的前面有介词时. 如：
1.A zoo is a park in which many kinds of animals are kept for exhibition.
2.Is this the room in which Mr. White lives?
(2) 在非限制性定语从句中. 如：
1.Crusoe's dog, which was are now very old, became ill and died .
2.More and more people are beginning to learn English, which is becoming very popular in our country. (which指代主句)
(3) 在一个句子中有两个定语从句，其中一个定语从句的关系代词用了that, 另一个宜用which . 如：
1. Let me show you the novel，that I borrowed from the library which was newly open to us.
2. At the station I bought some magazines that might help me to pass the time on the train and which I could pass on to others when I finished them.
(4) 当关系代词后面带有插入语时. 如：
1. Here's the English grammar which, as I have told you, will help improve your English.
(5) 先行词本身是that, 宜用which . 如：
What's that which she is looking at?
(6) 先行词是those+复数名词. 如：
A shop should keep a stock of those goods which sell best.
(B) who & that:
who 和 that 指代人时，有些情况宜用who, 而不宜用that
(1) 先行词为anyone, anybody, those, all, one, ones, they, he, people时. 如：
1.The person I want to learn from is the one who studies hard and works well.
2.Anyone who (=Whoever) failed to come to the meeting yesterday must give his reason .
3.Those who are not fit for their work should leave office at once
4.I don't like the ones (= those ) who talk big.
5.Persons who are quarrelsome are despised.
(2) 在There be 结构中，修饰主语的定语从句宜用关系代词who 指代人. 如：
1.There is a gentleman who wants to see you .
2.There are several students in our class who are still not sure about the use of attributive clauses.
(3) 当先行词有较长的后置定语时. 如：
1. I met a foreigner in the park yesterday afternoon who could speak Chinese very well.
(4) 一个句子中带有两个定语从句，其中一个定语从句的关系代词是that ,另一个则宜用who, 以免重复. 如：
1. The student that was praised at yesterday's meeting is the monitor who is very modest and works very hard .
(C) as & which:
as & which 引导非限制性定语从句的区别：
(1) 位置的不同：
which 引导的定语从句只置于所限制的 句子后；as 位置较灵活，也就是说as可置于所限制的句子前面；插在句子中或放在句子后。如：
1. He was late again, which made his teacher very angry.
2. Jack, as you know, is an honest man. 或Jack is an honest man , as you know.
或As you know, Jack is an honest man.
(2) 先行词的不同：
as引导非限制性定语从句时，其先行词多为一个句子；
which引导非限制性定语从句时，其先行词可以是一个词，一个短语或一个句子。
1. He was proud, which his brother never was. （先行词是一个词）
She was very patient towards the children, which her husband seldom was.（先行词是一个短语）
He was proud, which I dislike very much.（先行词是一个句子）
2. He is an honest man, as is known to all.
He was a foreigner, as I know from his accent.
(3) as 一般译为"正如""就像"，"这一点"
as we all know；as you know; as is known to all; as you see; as we can see; as has been expected; as we have imagined.
附: 关系代词的省略:
1. This is the fastest train there is to Beijing.
2. He asks for the latest book there is on the shelf.
3. ---- What did the football player you were talking to want?
---- He would like to read or listen to an account of everything there is going on in the world.
强化练习：
1. Is this the factory __________ you visited the other day?
A. that
B. where
C. in which
D. the one
2. Is this factory __________ some foreign friends visited last Friday?
A. that
B. where
C. which
D. the one
3. Is this the factory __________ he worked ten years ago?
A. that
B. where
C. which
D. the one
4. The wolves hid themselves in the places __________ couldn’t be found.
A. that
B. where
C. in which
D. in that
5. The freezing point is the temperature __________ water changes into ice.
A. at which B. on that C. in which D. of what
6. The reason is __________ he is unable to operate the machine.
A. because
B. why
C. that
D. whether
7. I’ll tell you __________ he told me last week.
A. all which
B. that
C. all that
D. which
8. That tree, __________ branches are almost bare, is very old.
A. whose
B. of which
C. in which
D. on which
9. I have bought the same dress __________ she is wearing.
A. as B. that C. which D. what
10. We’re talking about the piano and the pianist _________ were in the concert we attended last night.
A. which B. whom C. who D. that
11. Anyone __________ this opinion may speak out.
A. that againsts
B. that against
C. who is against
D. who are against
12. Didn’t you see the man __________?
A. I nodded just now
B. whom I nodded just now C. I nodded to him just now D. I nodded to just now
13. Is there anything __________ to you?
A. that is belonged
B. that belongs
C. that belong
D. which belongs
14. ---- “How do you like the book?”
---- “It’s quite different from __________ I read last month.”
A. that
B. which
C. the one
D. the one what
15. Mr. Zhang gave the textbook to all the pupils except __________ who had already taken them.
A. the ones
B. ones
C. some
D. the others
16. The train __________ she was traveling was late.
A. which B. where C. on which D. in that
17. It’s the third time __________ late this month.
A. that you arrived B. when you arrived
C. that you’ve arrived D. when you’ve arrived18. May the fourth is the day __________ we Chinese people will never forget.
A. which B. when C. on which D. about which
19. Is it in that factory __________ “Red Flag” cars are produced?
A. in which B. where C. which D. that
20. He must be from Africa, __________ can be seen from his skin.
A. that B. as C. who D. what
21. He has two sons, __________ work as chemists.
A. two of whom
B. both of whom
C. both of which
D. all of whom
22. I, __________ your good friend, will try my best to help you out.
A. who is B. who am C. that is D. what is
23. I don’t like __________ you speak to her.
A. the way
B. the way in that
C. the way which
D. the way of which
24. The two things __________ they felt very proud are Jim’s gold watch and Della’s hair.
A. about which B. of which C. in which D. for which
25. Do you know which hotel __________?
A. she is staying B. she is staying in C. is she staying D. is she staying in
26. Who can think of a situation __________ this idiom can be used?
A. which B. that C. where D. in that
27. The astronaut did many experiments in the spaceship, __________ much help for knowing space.
A. which we think it is
B. which we think are of
C. of which we think is
D. I think which is of
28. The great day we looked forward to __________ at last.
A. come
B. came
C. coming
D. comes
29. I like the second football match __________ was held last week.
A. which B. who C. that D. /
30. This is the very film I've long wished to see.
A. which B. that C. who D. whom
31.The house the capitalist used to live in is now a nursery.
A. that B. where C. what D. when
32.The doctor did all to save the wounded boy.
A. what he could B. he could C. everything which he could D. for which he could do
33. you know, he is a famous musician.
A. As B. which C. That D.／
34.He is the only one of the three got the new idea.
A. who have B. whom have C. who has D. whose had
35.This is the baby tomorrow.
A. after whom I shall look B. whom I shall look after
C. whose I shall look after D. after whom I shall look after
36. These students will graduate from the university next summer, ____________ they will have
studied here for four years.
A. by then B. by that time C. by what time D. by which time
37. This is the house the window __________ faces the south.
A. of which B. which C. of it D. whose
38. It is five o’clock in the afternoon _________ they arrived at the hotel.
A. since B. before C. when D. that
39. In some countries, _________ is called “equality” does not really mean equal rights for all
people.
A. which B. what C. that D. one
40. ---- How about the games?
---- Very interesting, and the ones _________ the young men competed were really exciting.
A. what B. for whom C. where D. in which
K?eys:
1----5 ADBAA 6----10 CCAAD 11----15 CDBCA 16----20 CCADB
21----25 BBABB 26----30 CBBCB 31----35 ABACB 36---40 DACBD
定语从句解题的黄金规律 先行词、关系代（副）
词的句法功能
在复合句中修饰名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词。引导定语从句的关系代词有who, whom, whose, which, that等和关系副词where, when ,why等。关系代词和关系副词在定语从句中担任句子成分。
●难点磁场
1.(★★★★)—I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.
—Is that the reason ________you had a few days off?
A. why B. when C. what D. where
(NMET1999)
2.(★★★★★)Meeting my uncle after all these was an unforgettable moment, ________I will always treasure.
A. that B. one C. it D. what
(NMET2002)
3.(★★★★)Alec asked the policeman ________ he worked to contact him whenever there was an accident. (上海2002)
A. with him B. who C. with whom D. whom
4.(★★★★)There’s a feeling in me ________ we’ll never know what a UFO is.
A. that B. which C. of which D. what （上海2002）
5.(★★★★)We will be shown around the city: schools, museum, and some other places, ________ other visitors seldom go.
A. what B. which C. where D. when
6.(★★★★)After living in Paris for fifty years, he returned to the small town ________ he grew up as a child.
A. which B. where C. that D. when
(NMET1996)
7.(★★★★★)Carol said the work would be done by October, ________ personally I doubt very much.
A. it B. that C. when D. which
(NMET1999)
8.(★★★★★)Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ________of course, made the others unhappy.
A. who B. which C. this D. what
(NMET2000)
●案例探究
1.The film brought the hours back to me ________ I was taken good care of in that far-away village.
A. until B. that C. when D. where
(NMET2001)
命题意图：考查学生对定语从句的掌握，属于五星级题目。
知识依托：先行词是表示时间的词，从句中缺少状语，通常用关系副词when。
错解分析：本题有一定难度，主要是由于在先行词和定语从句之间有其他的词。
解题方法与技巧：首先要找准先行词，先行词hours表示的是时间，当先行词是表示时间的词时，可能有2种情况：如果从句中缺少状语，通常用关系副词when，如题；如果在从句中缺少主语或宾语，通常用关系代词that或which。
答案：C
2.________is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A .It B. As C. That D. What
(NMET2001)
命题意图：考查学生对定语从句中关系代词as的用法。属于五星级题目。
知识依托：as引导非限制性定语从句。
错解分析：A项迷惑性较大。但it是形式主语，后应用that从句作真正主语。如：It’s known to everybody that the moon travels round the earth once every month.
解题方法与技巧：根据题干的逗号可以判断，空缺处应填关系代词as，引导非限制性定语从句。在这种用法中，as的意思是“正像”“像”“那样”，定语从句则表达了说话人的对某事的态度和看法。
答案：B
●锦囊妙计
1.由who, whom, whose引导的定语从句：这类定语从句中， who用作主语，whom用作宾语，whose用作定语。例如：
This is the man who helped me.
The doctor whom you are looking for is in the room.
Do you know the man whose name is Wang Yu?
2.which引导的定语从句：which在从句中作主语或谓语动词和介词的宾语。例如：
This is the book which you want.
The building which stands near the river is our school.
The room in which there is a machine is a workshop.
3.由that引导的定语从句：that在定语从句中可以指人或物，在从句中作主语、谓语动词或介词的宾语。（但不能放在介词后面作介词宾语）例如：
The letter that I received was from my father.
注意在下面几种情况下必须用that而不用which引导定语从句：
①先行词是不定代词all, few, little, much, something, nothing, anything等。例如：All that we have to do is to practise every day.
②先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰。例如：The first lesson that I learned will never be forgotten. This is the best film I’ve ever seen.
③先行词被all, any, every, each, few, little, no, some等修饰。例如：I have read all the books(that)you gave me.
④先行词被the only, the very, the same, the last修饰时，例如：He is the only person that/(who) I want to talk to .
⑤先行词既有人又有物时，例如：They talked of things and persons that they remembered.
⑥当句中已有who时，为避免重复。例如：Who is the man that is talking to John?
⑦用作关系代词，修饰表示时间的名词如day, time, moment等，代替when。例如：It happened on the day that/when I was born.
⑧如有两个定语从句，其中一个关系词已用，则另一个用that。例如：Edison built up a factory which produced things that had never been seen before.
4.由when, where, why引导的定语从句。例如:
I know the reason why he came late.
This is the place where we lived for 5 years.
I will never forget the day when I met Mr Liu.
注意：先行词是表示地点或时间时，有时用where或when，有时用that(which)引导定语从句，这时要根据从句的谓语动词是及物的还是不及物的。如果是及物的就用that(which)，否则用where或when。例如：
This is the house where he lived last year.
This is the house that(which)he visited last year.
I thought of the happy days when I stayed in Beijing.
I have never forgotten the day which we spent together.
5.限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句：
①限定性定语从句是句中不可缺少的组成部分，主句和从句之间不用逗号分开，引导非限定性定语从句的关系代词有who, whom, whose, which, of which等，这些关系代词都不能省略；
②非限定性定语从句是对主句先行词的补充说明，没有这种从句不影响主句意思的完整，一般用逗号把主句和从句分开。关系代词用which，不用that；指人时可用who，例如：
I have two sisters, who are both students.
Crusoe’s dog, which was now very old, became ill and died.
6.as引导的定语从句：
①as用作关系代词和关系副词引导限定性定语从句，并在从句中作主语、表语或状语，构成the same…as, such…as等结构。例如：
I like the same book as you do.(as作宾语）
I shall do it in the same way as you did.（as作状语）
I want to have such a dictionary as he has.(as作宾语）；
②as引导非限定性定语从句。as在定语从句中作主语、表语或宾语，这个定语从句说明整个句子，可以放在主句之前。例如：
As we all know, he studies very hard.（as代表整个句子，作宾语）
As is known to all, he is the best student in our class.（as代表整个句子，作主语）
常用的这种类似插入语的句式有as is said above, as is already mentioned above, as is known to all, as it is, as is often the case, as is reported in the newspaper等。
注意：①关系代词在从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词的人称和数必须和先行词保持一致；②关系代词whom, which, that在限定性定语从句作动词宾语或介词宾语，而该介词又位于从句末尾时，经常省略，但as一般不省略；③关系代词which和as在定语从句中的区别是：which不能放在句首，而as则可以；在句中时，as有“正如”“就像”之意，而which则没有此意。
●歼灭难点训练
1.(★★★★★)Is this hotel ________ you said we were to stay in your letter.
A. where B. which C. in that D. in which
2.(★★★★)The wrong you’ve done him is terrible, for________ you should make an apology to him, I think.
A. this B. which C. what D. that
3.(★★★★)We played in the garden till sunset, ________it began to rain.
A. when B. after C. while D.t hen
4.(★★★★)I’d like a car ________front lights are big and round.
A. which B. that C. whose D. what
5.(★★★★)“Who Moved My Chinese?”,________is a best-selling book, is written by Spencer Johnson.
A. which B. that C. it D. what
6.(★★★★★)Is there a shop around ________ I can get a pack of cigarette?
A. which B. where C. that D. what
7.(★★★★)Another unmanned spacecraft“ShenzhouⅡ”,________China greets the 21st century, marks new progress in the century’s space program.
A. for which B. from which C. in which D. with which
8.(★★★★)Beijing government puts more than 700 million yuan to increase its green space this year, ________ doubles the money provided last year.
A. as B. while C. that D. which
9.(★★★★)That passenger was very impolite to the conductor, ________of course, made things even worse.
A. who B. whom C. what D. which
10.(★★★★)Helen is much more kind to her youngest child than to the others, ________ of course, makes the others unhappy.
A. who B. which C. she D. that
11.(★★★★★)I’ll never forget the days ________ I lived in the country with the farmers, ________ has a great effect on my life.
A. that; which B. when; which C. which; that D. when; who
12.(★★★★★)David gets up early and takes a walk in the morning, ______ is usual with him.
A. as B. that C. what D. such
期中综合能力测试
Ⅱ. 语言知识及应用（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 完形填空(共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从21-30各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
When my mother took me out of high school, I knew that my life would become difficult. My mother told me when I was 18 I had to leave the 21 . As I was going to 22 my 18th birthday, I started feeling 23 because I didn’t have an idea on what I was going to do.
One night while I was watching TV, an advertisement came on about 24 the military（军队）. The next day I 25 the number on the advertisement and set up an appointment to meet the recruiter （招募者）. When he heard about me not having a high school diploma（毕业文凭）, he knew I had little 26 . I explained to him that I was going to be homeless in a few weeks.
About a month later he called me and asked me to come to his office. He told me he would get me in the military but I had to 27 him that I would make the best of this chance. In fact, I kept my side of the 28 by doing eight years. Now I am 29 and have the ability to make my life a little easier with that decision I made and the help I 30 .
21. A. house B. school C. factory D. laboratory
22. A. celebrate B. imagine
C. remember D. ruin
23. A. happy B. hopeless
C. angry D. satisfied
24. A. discussing B. criticizing
C. joining D. commanding
25. A. forgot B. called C. read D. copied
26. A. care B. money C. decision D. chance
27. A. support B. promise
C. warn D. teach
28. A. program B. dialogue
C. bargain D. advertisement
29. A. lonely B. ashamed
C. successful D. fashionable
30. A. hoped B. refused
C. organized D. received
第二节 语法填空 (共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
Yesterday I was with a close friend in a supermarket. As we walked along, a mother with a small boy was coming along. The woman hardly [31]________ (notice) us because she was so annoyed with [32]________ son, who kept on pulling items off the lower shelves. [33]________ (become) angry, she started to shout at him and shake him by the arm.
At this point my friend, [34]________ was a wonderful mother of three, spoke up, “What a beautiful little boy! How old is he?” The woman answered [35]________ (gentle), “He’s three.” My friend went on to say that little kids were curious(好奇的) about [36]________ they saw and that own three children were just the same, [37]________ of whom would pull things off shelves, showing interest in the wonderful colors of the items. The woman had the boy [38]________ her arms with a shy smile on her face. Finally she said, “He’s very smart and curious, [39]________ he’s sometimes naughty.”
Walking away, I heard her speaking more kindly [40]________ her son about cooking his favorite food after getting home.
Ⅲ. 阅读 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 阅读理解 （共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
■
A
难度：★
After having exercise in the gym tonight, I just had a shower to relax for a while. While calming myself down with soft music, I started to recall what happened in the daytime and wrote it down.
The accident that gave me much thought happened on my way to the gym after work. When I walked about half way, I saw that many people surrounded something on the roadside and they were worried and shocked. I joined them and found there was a man lying on the ground. I noticed that he was a young man around 30 years old. He looked so pale and very thin. From his dressing, I simply judged that he worked in the office. The hospital ambulance came over and some nurses did the regular check for him. A nurse said that there was nothing serious with him but his body was very weak, which should be caused by overwork and less exercise.
It’s a really sad thing for a young person to fall down in the street. A couple of days ago, I read a magazine mentioning that there is an increasing number of businessmen and white-collar workers with unhealthy bodies. Under huge pressure, they put all their time and energy to work and can’t find enough time for a good meal or a good sleep, let alone exercise. But they forget that without health, work is equivalent to zero.
As I realize how important it is to put the health matter ahead, I am willing to do more exercise. I know exercise can bring me enjoyment and health. I know without health, even a most successful career and a great amount of money will lose their meanings.
When I got out of the gym, I felt that every cell in my body was refreshed and I was able to have more energy to write the words above. The feeling in sweat was wonderful!
41. The best title for this passage is ____.
A. How Much Exercise We Need
B. What Kind of Exercise Is Useful
C. Exercise Leads to My Healthy Life
D. An Accident Gave Me Much Thought
42. What do we know about the young man who fell down in the street?
A. He worked in a factory.
B. He didn’t have lunch that day.
C. He didn’t do exercise often.
D. He was seriously ill that day.
43. Some white-collar workers have health problems because they ____.
A. can’t balance work and life
B. don’t have time to see doctors
C. don’t want to have a good meal
D. don’t know the importance of exercise
44. The underlined word “equivalent” in the third paragraph means ____.
A. be not more than B. be equal to
C. be different from D. be connected to
45. After doing exercise in the gym, the author felt ____.
A. breathless B. painful
C. sick D. energetic
B
难度：★★
The Labrador (拉布拉多猎犬) has won the honor of the most popular breed (品种) for the past eighteen years. It has been described as gentle, clever and friendly. Yet not all Labs are the same.
John Grogan discovered this after he and his wife adopted a Labrador that they named Marley. The dog caused Mr Grogan a lot of trouble, but it also provided many stories for his newspaper articles. Later, he wrote a best-selling book, “Marley and Me: Life and Love with the World’s Worst Dog.”
Marley was happy and fun-loving. But he was also extremely large and difficult to control. He bit anything that he could find around the house, including plastic, clothing and jewelry. And he had a great fear of loud noises, especially thunderstorms. Unfortunately, the Grogans lived in Florida where many thunderstorms develop. Marley would attack the furniture, walls and doors until his feet bled if he was left alone in the house during a thunderstorm. Marley almost damaged their home several times.
John Grogan said that at first he considered that probably his dog could be trained to be a show champion. But he soon realized that was impossible. Marley didn’t like to learn skills that didn’t belong to dogs, and he was driven out of the dog training school for causing troubles for other dogs. He didn’t want to hide his emotions. He would show his anger and tiredness if he felt them.
Even if that, Marley still had earned a place in the Grogans’. He didn’t know how to dance, and he didn’t know how to walk on its two legs, but he was what he was. He would never be a Lassie or a Benji or an old Yeller for he would never like to take part in a dog show, but the Grogans accepted him and loved him very much.
46. The underlined word “this” in the second paragraph refers to the fact that ____.
A. not all dogs won the honor of the most popular breed
B. not all Labs are gentle, clever and friendly
C. Marley caused the Grogans a few troubles
D. Marley provided many stories for the newspaper articles
47. We can infer when John Grogan wrote the book “Marley and Me: Life and Love with the World’s Worst Dog.”, he was very ____.
A. angry B. disappointed
C. happy D. frightened
48. What made Marley attack the furniture when he was left alone in the house during a thunderstorm?
A. The fear of hearing loud noises.
B. The anger of being left alone.
C. The unhappiness of having no toys.
D. The disappointment of getting nothing to eat.
49. Marley was driven out of the dog training school because he ____.
A. didn’t like to learn skills that didn’t belong to
dogs
B. made it difficult for other dogs to get trained
C. liked to attack the trainers when getting angry
D. didn’t know how to hide his emotions
50. From the passage we can know ____.
A. every dog in America attends the dog training
school
B. a Lassie should be a troublesome dog just like
Marley
C. Marley often lost his temper and bit other dogs
D. Marley led a life full of love in the Grogans’
C
难度：★★★★
Solar water heaters are devices that use energy from the sun to heat water. The solar water heater described here is based on a design developed some years ago in Afghanistan. It can heat seventy liters of water to sixty degrees Celsius. It can do this between sunrise and noon on a clear day with an average outside temperature of thirty-two degrees Celsius.
The solar water heater has two parts. One part is made of a sheet of metal painted black. This metal surface, placed in contact with the water, will heat the water. Black-painted surfaces that receive the sun’s heat become hotter than the surface of any other color. The black metal sheet is called a collector. There are several kinds of metal sheets that can be used for the collector. Metal sheets that have raised sections will work very well. These corrugated (有波纹的) metal sheets are often used to make the roofs of houses.
The second part of the solar water heater holds the water for the system. This storage tank can be a container that holds about one hundred liters. Two rubber （橡胶） pipes are connected to the water storage tank. One pipe lets water flow into the tank. The other lets water flow out.
When the solar water heater is working correctly, water will flow from the storage tank to the collector and back again. The storage tank is covered with material called insulation (绝缘材料). This allows the water to stay warm for a long time. At night the water in the collector will cool down.
But the temperature of the water in the solar water heater can only reach one hundred degrees Celsius at most. If you want to know the temperature of the water exactly, you can add a special thermometer (温度计) to your solar water heater.
51. What do we know about the solar water heater designed in Afghanistan?
A. It can’t heat water in the afternoon.
B. It can heat water to 60 ℃ at most.
C. It works better on a sunny day.
D. It can only hold seventy liters of water.
52. The metal surface of a solar water heater is painted black because in this way it can ____.
A. reach a higher temperature after receiving the same amount of sunlight
B. store more sunlight compared with the sheets of the other colors
C. allow the water in the solar water heater system to flow fast
D. make the solar water heater look more beautiful
53. The part used to allow water to flow into and out of the storage tank is made of ____.
A. metal B. rubber
C. wood D. glass
54. Which can be removed from a solar water heater as it is not a necessary part?
A. A collector. B. A storage tank. C. A pipe. D. A thermometer.
55. What can we know from the passage?
A. The first solar water heater was invented in
Afghanistan.
B. The flat metal sheet will work better in a solar water heater.
C. The collector of the solar water heater can keep water warm at night.
D. The corrugated metal sheets can be used as a material for house building.
第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
以下是一些圣诞礼物的广告：
A. Family Portrait Platter（带全家福的大浅盘）
A great Christmas gift for grandparents is a “family portrait platter” with up to 20 family members painted on a beautiful china platter. With names and personal details to make every figure look just like the real person, this gift is really unique（独一无二的）.
B. Hand Knitted Scarf（手编围巾）
A very thoughtful yet unique gift for someone you love is a hand knitted scarf, knitted by you. If you do not know how to knit, then the weeks or months before Christmas are the right time to learn and surprise the recipient. A mother or grandmother is sure to be overjoyed by such a caring gift.
C. Magazine Subscriptions（订阅）
Give a magazine gift subscription to someone you care for. Christmas gifts do not have to come gift-wrapped. Magazine subscriptions make excellent gifts because there is a magazine to suit every taste and it is a gift that keeps on giving throughout the year.
D. Tickets to a Sold out Show
Give tickets to a sold out show to your husband or wife, or even your teenage son or daughter. This unique Christmas gift has the power to amaze someone you love and have them remember the treat that you gave them for years to come.
E. Music CDs
Music is something that most teenagers enjoy, and collecting albums is their favorite hobby. A research on his musical preferences can go a long way in helping you select a music CD that he would like.
F. Jimi Wallet
The Jimi wallet is a compact, colorful, and water resistant answer to the outdated leather wallet. It’s designed to slip（滑） into your front pocket or purse.
以下是一些想送别人圣诞节礼物的人的信息，根据这些信息匹配他/她想送出的礼物：
56. Tom’s grandparents are both over eighty years old. Tom wants to give them a unique gift for the coming Christmas in order to make them know that they are respected and loved by all the family members. He plans to sculpt the names and photos of all the family members on the gift.
57. Mary’s father is a businessman who travels a lot. Mary wants to give him a special gift in which her father can put his credit cards and identity card. She is sure that it will be an amazing gift for her father.
58. Helen wants to give her mother a special gift made by herself. She knows a scarf or a pair of gloves will make her mother happy. Although she didn’t know how to make it, she made up her mind to learn from others.
59. Mrs. Smith loves her daughter very much. Her daughter is seventeen years old. Mrs. Smith wants to order a magazine which can help her daughter spend her youth properly and help her deal with problems young girls often meet with.
60. Mr. Brown knows that the world-famous music star Sarah Brightman will come to the city to give a concert and he knows his wife is a fan of her. But the tickets have already been sold out three days before the concert. Fortunately, one of his friends promised to give him one.
Ⅳ. 写作 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 基础写作（共1小题；满分15分）
每个学生都会有他/她最喜爱的老师，对于刚刚升入高中学习的你，一定会接触到许多优秀的老师，那么哪一位才是你最喜爱的呢？请根据下列要点用英语介绍你最喜爱的老师：
【写作内容】
★ 他/她的个人概况。
★ 阐述喜欢他/她的原因。
【写作要求】
1. 必须使用5个句子介绍所给出的全部内容；
2. 可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：有吸引力的attractive；佩服admire；使人印象深刻 impress；热心的 enthusiastic
[评分标准]
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
第二节 选做题一 读写任务 （共1小题；满分25分）
阅读下面的短文，然后按照要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。
Have you thought about whether the students should have a long holiday each term, or several short holidays throughout the whole school year? A number of students think it is good to have a whole term with a long holiday at the end. Others believe that it will be better for them to have several short holidays throughout the year. A long holiday can give students enough time to rest and prepare for the next term. Besides, a long holiday gives them a chance to gain other knowledge. However, students who prefer to have several short holidays throughout a whole school year say that they don’t like keeping studying for a long time. It seems to be too boring for them. They want to have a balance （平衡） between study and relaxation. If they have a few short holidays they will have more time to care about other things in daily life.
[写作内容]
1） 概括短文的内容要点，该部分的词数大约为30左右。
2） 用约120个词说明你赞成哪一方的观点，写出原因并举例支持你的观点。
[写作要求]
除了使用实例，你还可以使用其他论述方法来支持你的论点，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不要照搬阅读材料中的句子。
[评分标准]
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
参考答案及解析
21-25 AABCB 26-30 DBCCD
31. noticed 32. her
33. Becoming 34. who
35. gently 36. what
37. all 38. in
39. but 40. to
41-45 DCABD 46-50 BCABD
51-55 CABDD 56-60 AFBCD
基础写作
My favorite teacher is Liu Dan, the English teacher, who is 25 years old and doesn’t look very beautiful, but I should say she is attractive, because she is very kind and gets on well with all the students in our class. Miss Liu speaks very fluent English and we all admire her very much. What impresses me most is that Miss Liu works very hard and cares for everybody in her class. What’s more, she is very enthusiastic and patient and whenever we are in trouble, she helps us out.
As a result, she is so popular among us that we regard her not only as a teacher but also as a good friend.
读写任务
Different students have different ideas as to
whether it is better to have a long holiday at the end of each term or several short ones throughout the year.
Someone may like several short holidays, but, as for me, a long holiday at the end of each term is better. On the one hand, it can give us enough time to have a good rest and enjoy ourselves. For example, we can travel to distant places during a long holiday, which is impossible if we only have short holidays. On the other hand, if we want to learn something in which we are interested, we can spend much time on it. As we know, to master one thing usually takes much time.
All in all, a long holiday can give us enough time to rest and do something else. So I’d like to have a long holiday.
Writing Bar
Dear Zhang Lan,
I’m very sorry to hear that you have been out of work. As a matter of fact, it is because of the global economic crisis that a great number of people are suffering from the same thing as you at present. So you shouldn’t lose heart or give in. After all, it doesn’t mean that the world is at an end. What’s more, it is useless complaining about it again and again.
In my opinion, you should change your attitude towards it and try every possible means to find another job. During this period, you can go to a night school to get further education in order to find a better-paid job. Besides, you can turn to the local government for help. I am willing to give you as much help as possible.
Wish you good luck!
Yours,
Lin Nan
21. A。根据下文中的“I explained to him that I was going to be homeless in a few weeks.”可知答案。
22. A。根据文章第一段内容可知，作者18岁时将要离开家独立生活。因此本句要表达的意思应该为：在作者即将“庆祝”18岁生日的时候，他开始感到“无望”，因为他不知道将要做些什么。
23. B。参考上题解析。
24. C。根据下文中的“He told me he would get me in the military ...”可知答案。
25. B。根据下文中提到的与招募者约定见面可知，此处为“拨打”了广告上的电话号码。
26. D。当招募者听到作者没有高中毕业文凭时，觉得他“机会”很小。
27. B。在作者没有高中毕业文凭的情况下，招募者为他提供了一个参军机会，但是作者要向他“承诺”把握好这次机会。
28. C。事实上，作者履行了他的承诺。
29. C。根据下文中的“have the ability to make my life a little easier”可知，作者现在“成功”了。
30. D。根据全文可知，作者的成功是因为当初所作出的参军决定以及他“接受”了那位招募者的帮助。
31. noticed。考查时态。 根据文章的整体时态可知，本文时态为过去时态，此处应使用notice的过去式形式。
32. her。考查代词。由句意“这位母亲被她的儿子烦死了”可知，此处应使用物主代词her。
33. Becoming。考查V-ing。本句已有谓语动词started，且动词become和主语she之间存在着主动关系，故使用V-ing作状语。
34. who。考查关系代词。friend之后是非限制性定语从句，由先行词friend可知，本空应填入关系代词who。
35. gently。考查词形变化。修饰动词answered应使用gentle的副词形式。
36. what。考查宾语从句引导词。根据句子结构可知[36]________ they saw为宾语从句，且缺少宾语，故应填what。
37. all。考查代词。根据句意可知作者朋友的三个孩子在超市时也会把架子上的东西拉下来，表示两者以上应使用all。
38. in。考查介词。表达“揽在怀里”的时候，应使用介词in。
39. but。考查连词。空格前后两句存在转折关系，因此应使用连词but。
40. to。考查介词。根据句意可知，母亲柔和地对她的儿子说回到家之后给他做他爱吃的东西，对某人说应使用介词to。
文章大意：现实生活中有很多人忙于工作而忽略了体育锻炼。其实，体育锻炼是生活中的很重要的一部分。
41. D。主旨大意题。本文主要讲的是路上所见的一件事情给作者带来的思考——锻炼对身体健康很重要。
42. C。细节理解题。由第二段“A nurse said that there was nothing serious with him but his body was very weak, which should be caused by overwork and less exercise.”可知答案。
43. A。细节理解题。由第三段“Under huge pressure, they put all their time and energy to work and can’t find enough time for a good meal or a good sleep, let alone exercise.”可知他们把所有的时间和精力都放在工作上了，不能平衡工作与生活的关系。
44. B。词义猜测题。健康很重要，白领们只注重工作而不注意身体，他们忽视了“没有健康，工作就等于零”这一道理。
45. D。 细节理解题。由最后一段的“I felt that every cell in my body was refreshed and I was able to have more energy to write the words above.”可知答案。
文章大意：一直以来，拉布拉多猎犬以温和、聪明、友好著称，但并不是所有的拉布拉多猎犬都是这样的。看，下面就是一个另类。
46. B。代词指代题。由第一段内容可知一直以来，人们都认为拉布拉多猎犬温和、聪明而且友好，由第二段对Marley的描述可知Grogan发现并不是所有的拉布拉多猎犬都是这样，所以this指代的是“not all Labs are gentle, clever and friendly”。
47. C。推理判断题。由文章内容可知尽管Marley给Grogan一家人带来了很多麻烦，但他们还是很喜欢Marley的，尽管书名中含有“the World’s Worst Dog”，但作者还是非常高兴的。
48. A。细节理解题。由第三段“And he had a great fear of loud noises, especially thunderstorms...Marley would attack the furniture ... during a thunderstorm.”可知答案。
49. B。细节理解题。由第四段“... and he was driven out of the dog training school for causing troubles for other dogs.”可知Marley被赶出训练学校是因为他给其他的狗狗带来了麻烦。即：影响其他狗狗的正常训练。
50. D。推理判断题。由文章最后一段内容可知，尽管Marley没有像Grogan一家人期望的那样成为“狗狗表演大赛冠军”，但是他们还是接受了他并且非常爱他。
文章大意：你想知道太阳能热水器是怎样制造的吗？读了本文，你自己也可以制造出太阳能热水器！
51. C。细节理解题。由第一段“It can do this between sunrise and noon on a clear day with an average outside temperature of thirty-two degrees Celsius.”可知答案。
52. A。细节理解题。由第二段“Black-paintedsurfaces that receive the sun’s heat become hotter than the surface of any other color.”可知太阳能热水器用黑色的金属板面是因为在所有的颜色中黑色吸热效果最好。
53. B。细节理解题。由第三段“Two rubber pipes are connected to the water storage tank. One pipe lets water flow into the tank. The other lets water flow out.”可知答案。
54. D。细节理解题。由二、三、四段内容可知ABC都是必需的部分，由最后一段的最后一句话可知温度计是为了特殊需要才加上去的。
55. D。推理判断题。由第二段“These corrugated metal sheets are often used to make the roofs of houses.”可知corrugated metal sheets经常被用来建造房子的屋顶。
56. A。Tom想给祖父母一个圣诞礼物，想让两位老人知道家里人都尊重和爱戴他们，并且想在礼物上刻上家人的姓名和照片。结合A项内容“With names and personal details to make every figure look just like the real person…”可知答案。
57. F。Mary想给父亲买一个可以装信用卡和身份证的礼物。结合F项内容可知，Jimi Wallet是最合适的选择。
58. B。Helen想给妈妈一份亲手制作的圣诞礼物。她知道妈妈会因为女儿给她一条围巾或一副手套而高兴。结合B项内容可知答案。
59. C。Mrs. Smith的女儿17岁，她想为女儿订一份杂志来帮助女儿处理女孩子经常遇到的问题。结合C中的“Magazine subscriptions make excellent gifts”可知答案。
60. D。Mr. Brown的妻子很喜欢Sarah Brightman，他的一位朋友能给他一张演唱会的票。结合D项中的“Give tickets to a sold out show to your husband or wife”可知答案。
期中综合能力测试
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. — Do you mind if I keep pets in this building?
— ____ Actually, I’m a little afraid of animals.
A. Yes. I’d rather you didn’t. B. Of course not.
C. That’s great! D. No, I don’t.
22. At that time, America was at ____ war with Iraq and Shelly worked as ____ doctor in the army.
A. a; a B. the; a
C. 不填; a D. the; 不填
23. The program Do You Remember is so interesting that it is welcomed by the youth, but it is not to the taste of ____.
A. anyone B. no one C. none D. everyone
24. — Why does he walk like that? It seems that he has great difficulty in walking.
— Because he got ____ in an accident three years ago.
A. damaged B. wounded
C. injured D. destroyed
25. Tom said they really enjoyed the English corner ____ they could talk freely without worrying about making mistakes.
A. which B. where C. that D. what
26. I borrowed several books from the library, ____ are about English study.
A. two of them B. and two of which
C. two of which D. two of what
27. In the days which you ____ in the summer camp, you will be growing more and more independent.
A. are spending B. had spent
C. spent D. have spent
28. Your mother asked you whether you could make sure ____ come here for supper or not.
A. that you would B. when would you
C. would you D. that you will
29. The money we spent on the new project in Beijing ____ 8 million RMB.
A. added B. added to
C. was added up D. added up to
30. The farmer ____ some cups from the Tang Dynasty when he was working in the field.
A. took out B. got out C. gave out D. dug out
31. Only when Michael had his own child ____ making a kid grow up healthily was too hard.
A. he realized B. had he realized
C. did he realize D. he had realized
32. Their opinion is ____ opposite to ours, because they don’t care about the people living there at all, but we do.
A. practically B. probably C. especially D. entirely
33. How much is the one-way ____ by air from New York to Hong Kong?
A. fare B. fee C. worth D. value
34. Our English teacher is such a(n) ____ person that he won’t blame you for such a small mistake.
A. generous B. nervous C. serious D. anxious
35. He heard a loud noise, and it sounded ____ a train had been going under his house.
A. even if B. as if
C. in case D. in order that
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
It might have been a really bad day, and we felt trapped inside by the cold and snow. My 36 wanted to change this and 37 he was going outside to 38 a snowman.
At first my husband stood 39 , piling（堆积） the snow. Soon after a neighbor 40 him in enjoying the opportunity the winter presented. Later I joined them 41 quickly we were smiling and enjoying the snow that Mother Nature had 42 . Others came to our 43 one by one to give a hand in the making of our snowman. In the end we were all 44 at what we had created. It was unbelievably lovely. People passed by and smiled. Some even 45 to enjoy it.
With the passing of time, the 46 made its way back into our yard and the snowman changed its 47 much. In order to keep what we created for a little bit 48 , somebody changed the snowman’s remains to make it look like a rabbit.
One night, as I prepared for the start of another week, I decided to check my 49 before going to bed. I found a message that contained the subject line: enjoy the snowman. I decided to read it 50 I did not recognize who sent it. The email said: The energy 51 in the snowman, is filled with happiness and joy. You and your family keep it up. This is 52 the world needs now. We should enjoy lives and share happiness with people around us.
Perhaps it was more than a 53 we built that day. The message seems clear. Our circumstances (境况) will 54 to be what we make of them. The possibilities are endless and the choice is 55 .
36. A. father B. teacher C. husband D. brother
37. A. dreamed B. forgot C. announced D. heard
38. A. build B. find C. destroy D. draw
39. A. angrily B. hardly C. still D. alone
40. A. helped B. joined C. allowed D. invited
41. A. but B. for C. or D. and
42. A. bought B. provided C. lost D. supported
43. A. yard B. bedroom C. school D. hometown
44. A. disappointed B. crazy C. laughed D. surprised
45. A. pretended B. stopped C. refused D. left
46. A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter
47. A. color B. character C. place D. form
48. A. earlier B. longer C. sooner D. later
49. A. desk B. note C. email D. bag
50. A. now that B. as if C. so that D. even though
51. A. displayed B. prepared C. studied D. disappeared
52. A. where B. whom C. what D. why
53. A. snowman B. rabbit C. person D. truth
54. A. turn on B. turn out C. turn off D. turn down
55. A. hers B. his C. ours D. theirs
第三部分 阅读理解
A 难度：★
After having exercise in the gym tonight, I just had a shower to relax for a while. While calming myself down with soft music, I started to recall what happened in the daytime and wrote it down.
The accident that gave me much thought happened on my way to the gym after work. When I walked about half way, I saw that many people surrounded something on the roadside and they were worried and shocked. I joined them and found there was a man lying on the ground. I noticed that he was a young man around 30 years old. He looked so pale and very thin. From his dressing, I simply judged that he worked in the office. The hospital ambulance came over and some nurses did the regular check for him. A nurse said that there was nothing serious with him but his body was very weak, which should be caused by overwork and less exercise.
It’s a really sad thing for a young person to fall down in the street. A couple of days ago, I read a magazine mentioning that there is an increasing number of businessmen and white-collar workers with unhealthy bodies. Under huge pressure, they put all their time and energy to work and can’t find enough time for a good meal or a good sleep, let alone exercise. But they forget that without health, work is equivalent to zero.
As I realize how important it is to put the health matter ahead, I am willing to do more exercise. I know exercise can bring me enjoyment and health. I know without health, even a most successful career and a great amount of money will lose their meanings.
When I got out of the gym, I felt that every cell in my body was refreshed and I was able to have more energy to write the words above. The feeling in sweat was wonderful!
56. The best title for this passage is ____.
A. How Much Exercise We Need
B. What Kind of Exercise Is Useful
C. Exercise Leads to My Healthy Life
D. An Accident Gave Me Much Thought
57. What do we know about the young man who fell down in the street?
A. He worked in a factory.
B. He didn’t have lunch that day.
C. He didn’t do exercise often.
D. He was seriously ill that day.
58. Some white-collar workers have health problems because they ____.
A. can’t balance work and life
B. don’t have time to see doctors
C. don’t want to have a good meal
D. don’t know the importance of exercise
59. After doing exercise in the gym, the author felt ____.
A. breathless B. painful
C. sick D. energetic
B 难度：★★
The Labrador (拉布拉多猎犬) has won the honor of the most popular breed (品种) for the past eighteen years. It has been described as gentle, clever and friendly. Yet not all Labs are the same.
John Grogan discovered this after he and his wife adopted a Labrador that they named Marley. The dog caused Mr Grogan a lot of trouble, but it also provided many stories for his newspaper articles. Later, he wrote a best-selling book, “Marley and Me: Life and Love with the World’s Worst Dog.”
Marley was happy and fun-loving. But he was also extremely large and difficult to control. He bit anything that he could find around the house, including plastic, clothing and jewelry. And he had a great fear of loud noises, especially thunderstorms. Unfortunately, the Grogans lived in Florida where many thunderstorms develop. Marley would attack the furniture, walls and doors until his feet bled if he was left alone in the house during a thunderstorm. Marley almost damaged their home several times.
John Grogan said that at first he considered that probably his dog could be trained to be a show champion. But he soon realized that was impossible. Marley didn’t like to learn skills that didn’t belong to dogs, and he was driven out of the dog training school for causing troubles for other dogs. He didn’t want to hide his emotions. He would show his anger and tiredness if he felt them.
Even if that, Marley still had earned a place in the Grogans’. He didn’t know how to dance, and he didn’t know how to walk on its two legs, but he was what he was. He would never be a Lassie or a Benji or an old Yeller for he would never like to take part in a dog show, but the Grogans accepted him and loved him very much.
60. The underlined word “this” in the second paragraph refers to the fact that ____.
A. not all dogs won the honor of the most popular breed
B. not all Labs are gentle, clever and friendly
C. Marley caused the Grogans a few troubles
D. Marley provided many stories for the newspaper
articles
61. We can infer when John Grogan wrote the book “Marley and Me: Life and Love with the World’s Worst Dog.”, he was very ____.
A. angry B. disappointed
C. happy D. frightened
62. Marley was driven out of the dog training school because he ____.
A. didn’t like to learn skills that didn’t belong to dogs
B. made it difficult for other dogs to get trained
C. liked to attack the trainers when getting angry
D. didn’t know how to hide his emotions
63. From the passage we can know ____.
A. every dog in America attends the dog training school
B. a Lassie should be a troublesome dog just like Marley
C. Marley often lost his temper and bit other dogs
D. Marley led a life full of love in the Grogans’
C 难度：★★★
Crops generally produce several hundred seeds per plant. But each weed (杂草) plant can produce tens or even hundreds of thousands of seeds. And some buried seeds stay alive even for forty years. Many farmers remove (去除) all the seeds and roots so the plants will not grow back. But birds or the wind can take them back to the land.
Farmers need to control the weed well enough so that the land can be used for planting. Besides using chemical weed killers to hold back the weed growth, experts advise several other control methods to deal with weeds.
Dense(稠密的) planting of a crop acts as one of the most common natural methods for controlling weeds. A dense, competitive crop will quickly shade the soil. Thus the seeds will grow slowly or even die because of a lack of sunlight.
Other control methods including turning over the soil, pulling the weeds by hand or covering them with mulch (覆盖物) made from wood, garden waste or other material are also effective. Mulch is widely used, but even mulch has its limits. Experts note that weeds can be transported in mulch. This is also true of soil, grain, hay and animals. Yet animals like sheep or goats can provide a biological control — they eat weeds. Insects can also eat weeds.
Preventing the spread of weeds is an important part of weed management. Farm vehicles should be kept out of areas with weeds. If that is not possible, clean off the equipment and your shoes when leaving. People in Queensland are advised to take weeds and garden waste to a waste center or burn them. Piling up weeds to make fertilizer(肥料) is another way to deal with them. The process of making fertilizer produces heat. The heat will kill many weed seeds. The same is true of seeds that pass through farm animals that feed on weeds.
64. Weeds are difficult to deal with because ____.
a. their seeds have strong life
b. they can produce many seeds
c. chemical weed killers can’t kill them
d. their seeds can be transported easily
e. their roots are too deep to be taken out
A. ace. B. abd.
C. bcd. D. bde.
65. Dense planted crops can control weeds because they ____.
A. prevent weeds from getting sunlight
B. leave little fertilizer for weeds
C. use up most of the water in the soil
D. stop weeds from getting enough heat
66. What will kill weed seeds when farmers pile up weeds to make fertilizer?
A. The lack of air. B. The poisonous gas.
C. The high temperature. D. The special chemicals.
67. Why should farmers clean off their shoes before they leave their fields?
A. Because they might take away some crop seeds.
B. Because some rich soil might be attached to them.
C. Because they might take away some fertilizer along with them.
D. Because they might take away weed seeds along with them.
D 难度：★★★★
Solar water heaters are devices that use energy from the sun to heat water. The solar water heater described here is based on a design developed some years ago in Afghanistan. It can heat seventy liters of water to sixty degrees Celsius. It can do this between sunrise and noon on a clear day with an average outside temperature of thirty-two degrees Celsius.
The solar water heater has two parts. One part is made of a sheet of metal painted black. This metal surface(表面), placed in contact with the water, will heat the water. Black-painted surfaces that receive the sun’s heat become hotter than the surface of any other color. The black metal sheet is called a collector. There are several kinds of metal sheets that can be used for the collector. Metal sheets that have raised sections will work very well. These corrugated (有波纹的) metal sheets are often used to make the roofs of houses.
The second part of the solar water heater holds the water for the system. This storage tank(贮存箱) can be a container that holds about one hundred liters. Two rubber pipes are connected to the water storage tank. One pipe lets water flow into the tank. The other lets water flow out.
When the solar water heater is working correctly, water will flow from the storage tank to the collector and back again. The storage tank is covered with material called insulation (绝缘材料). This allows the water to stay warm for a long time. At night the water in the collector will cool down.
But the temperature of the water in the solar water heater can only reach one hundred degrees Celsius at most. If you want to know the temperature of the water exactly, you can add a special thermometer (温度计) to your solar water heater.
68. What do we know about the solar water heater designed in Afghanistan?
A. It can’t heat water in the afternoon.
B. It can heat water to 60 ℃ at most.
C. It works better on a sunny day.
D. It can only hold seventy liters of water.
69. The metal surface of a solar water heater is painted black because in this way it can ____.
A. reach a higher temperature after receiving the same
amount of sunlight
B. store more sunlight compared with the sheets of the other colors
C. allow the water in the solar water heater system to flow fast
D. make the solar water heater look more beautiful
70. Which can be removed from a solar water heater as it is not a necessary part?
A. A collector. B. A storage tank.
C. A pipe. D. A thermometer.
71. What can we know from the passage?
A. The first solar water heater was invented in Afghanistan. B. The flat metal sheet will work better in a solar water heater.
C. The collector of the solar water heater can keep water warm at night.
D. The corrugated metal sheets can be used as a material for house building.
E 难度：★★
One of the most important birthdays for a teenage girl is her sweet sixteen birthday. A sweet sixteen celebration has more milestones（转折点） compared to her previous birthday celebrations since it marks the beginning of a more responsible adult-teenage life. So it demands （要求）more attention and time and should be started off with a party and style. Here are some of the sweet sixteen party ideas that you must keep in mind when planning for your daughter’s birthday party.
1. ________
Most parents love surprise parties, but a sweet sixteen party shouldn’t be one of them. The party should be planned together with the celebrant（圣事主持者） because it requires much preparation. Also, the things that you like might not be what your daughter likes and it may not turn out to be a great event for her.
2. ________
When planning for the party, the first thing that you should do is to plan for the time and place. You should plan the party at least two months before her birthday. After planning for the time, find the right venue, where an indoor or outdoor party could be held.
3. ________
Choosing a theme should be fun and exciting. Focusing on a certain theme will make planning easier. Some great ideas are a pool or beach party, a formal party at a banquet hall or a casual high-tea backyard party. Other nice themes to choose from are the pink sweet sixteen theme, musical rock-concert theme, or Hollywood theme.
4. ________
Choose a main course and add desserts such as salads, cakes, and fruits. It is possible that the kids will be staying a bit longer, so you had better prepare some finger foods for the snacks. As for the beverages, choose sodas and juices because most of your visitors are kids.
72. Match the following titles with each idea.
a. Choose a theme
b. Select the food and drinks
c. Plan the party with the celebrant
d. Set up the time and place
A. 1-a 2-b 3-c 4-d B. 1-c 2-d 3-a 4-b
C. 1-a 2-c 3-d 4-b D. 1-c 2-b 3-d 4-a
73. From the above text, we can know that most parents ____.
A. don’t pay much attention to their girls’ sixteen
birthday parties
B. would like to give their daughters a surprise on their birthdays
C. usually plan the sixteen birthday parties together with their daughters
D. will choose to celebrate their daughters’ sixteen
birthdays on the beach
74. The main idea of the above text would be ____.
A. which is the most celebrated birthday for a teenage girl
B. why the sweet sixteen birthday party should be
celebrated
C. how to choose a best place for the sweet sixteen birthday party
D. what parents should remember when planning
girls’ sixteen birthday parties
75. The above text is mainly written for ____.
A. teachers B. daughters
C. parents D. kids
第II卷·第四部分 · 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文填词（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
When my mother took me out of high school, I knew that my
life would become ______(困难的). My mother told me when I was 18 I 76.______
had to leave the house, and then I started f______ hopeless because 77.______
I didn’t have an idea on ______ I was going to do. 78.______
One night I saw an ______(广告) on TV about joining the military（军队）. 79.______
The next day I set ______ an appointment to meet the recruiter (招募者). 80.______
But he said I had little c ______for I haven’t a high school diploma(毕业文凭). 81.______
About a month later he c______ me and told me he would get me in the military 82.______
but I had to promise ______ that I would make the best use of this opportunity. 83.______
Now I am ______(成功的) and have the ability to make my life a 84.______
little easier w______ that decision I made and the help I received. 85.______
第二节 书面表达 （满分25分）
每个学生都会有他/她最喜爱的老师，对于刚刚升入高中学习的你，一定会接触到许多优秀的老师，那么哪一位才是你最喜爱的呢？请根据下列要点用英语介绍你最喜爱的老师：
★ 他/她的个人概况。 ★ 阐述喜欢他/她的原因。
注意：
1. 词数120左右。 2. 标题自拟。
3. 参考词汇：有吸引力的attractive；佩服admire；
使人印象深刻 impress；热心的 enthusiastic
参考答案及解析
21-25 ACDCB 26-30 CAADD
31-35 CDAAB 36-40 CCADB
41-45 DBADB 46-50 ADBCD
51-55 ACABC 56-60 DCADB
61-65 CBDBA 66-70 CDCAD
71-75 DBBDC 76. difficult
77. feeling 78. what
79. advertisement 80. up
81. chance 82. called
83. him 84. successful
85. with
书面表达
My Favorite Teacher
My favorite teacher is Liu Dan, who teaches us English. She is 25 years old and doesn’t look very beautiful, but I should say she is attractive, because she is very kind and gets on well with all the students in our class. Miss Liu speaks very fluent English and we all admire her very much. What impresses me most is that Miss Liu works very hard and she cares for everybody in her class. What’s more, she is very enthusiastic and patient and whenever we are in trouble, she helps us out. As a result, she is so popular among us that we regard her not only as a teacher but also as a good friend.
What a good teacher! I believe I will make great progress in her class.
21. A。本题考查情景交际。根据答语空后句意“事实上，我有一点害怕动物。”可知，答话人是不赞成第一个人养宠物的。对于“Do you mind ...?”的回答，肯定的答语表示“介意”，而否定的答语表示“不介意”。所以本题应该选择A。
22. C。本题考查冠词。at war with ...表示“与……交战”； work as a doctor 表示“当医生”。所以本题选择C。
23. D。本题考查代词。句中两个分句用转折连词but连接，第一个分句意为“《我爱记歌词》 这个节目如此有趣以至于深受年轻人欢迎”，所以第二个分句应表示与之相反的意思，即“并非适合每个人的品味”。
24. C。本题考查动词辨析。damage损坏；wound多指在战争或搏斗中受伤；injure指在事故中受伤；destroy破坏，毁坏，多用于事物。本句意为“—为什么他那样走路？看起来他走路有很大的困难。—因为他三年前在一场事故中受伤了。”
25. B。本题考查定语从句。根据句意和句式结构可知，English corner之后为修饰它的定语从句，且关联词在定语从句中充当地点状语，所以要使用where引导。
26. C。本题考定语从句。根据句子结构来判断，逗号之后是一个非限定性定语从句，修饰books，所以要用which引导，那些书中的两本即two of which。
27. A。本题考查时态。根据主句时态为将来进行时可知，在夏令营的日子应该也是发生在将来，所以其定语从句应该用将来时态。
28. A。本题考查直接引语与间接引语。根据句式结构可知，本句为一个间接引语，由于主句谓语动词为过去时，所以间接引语中的谓语及其后的宾语从句中的谓语也要使用相应的过去时态。
29. D。本题考查动词add的用法。add to使增加；add up to加起来总共是……，没有被动语态。根据句意“我们在北京那个新项目上花的钱加起来总共是800万人民币。”可知答案。
30. D。本题考查短语动词辨析。take out取出；get out出去，离开；give out分发；dig out掘出，发现。本句意为“那个农民在农田里干活的时候挖出了一些唐朝的杯子。”
31. C。本题考查倒装。“only+状语从句”位于句首时，句子要用部分倒装结构，即将助动词提至主语之前。本句意为“只有当Michael有了自己的孩子时，他才意识到让一个孩子健康成长太困难了。”
32. D。本题考查副词辨析。practically实际地；probably可能；especially尤其，特别；entirely完全地，彻底地。本句意为“他们的看法和我们的完全不同，因为他们根本不关心住在那的人，而我们关心。”
33. A。本题考查名词辨析。fare多指车、船、飞机票的票价，而fee主要指专业服务费，如医生、律师的服务费，worth和value则指抽象的价值。本句中是指一张单程机票的价钱，所以要用fare。
34. A。本题考查形容词辨析。generous宽宏大量的；nervous紧张的；serious严肃的；anxious忧虑的。本句意为“我们的英语老师是一个如此宽宏大量的人，以至于他不会为了这么小的一个错误而责怪你的。”
35. B。本题考查连词。even if即使；as if好像；in case以免；in order that以便。本句意为“他听到了很大的一声响，就像是有火车在他的房子下面通过。”
文章大意：一场雪的到来影响了人们的心情！然而作者丈夫的一个雪人却给大家带来了快乐。人们纷纷停下脚步，一起来享受这份大自然赐予的快乐。
36. C。根据下文中的提示“At first my husband stood ____”可知，此处是在说作者的丈夫。
37. C。大雪和寒冷把人们困在了室内。作者的丈夫想改变这一切，于是“宣布”他要出去“堆”雪人。
38. A。build a snowman意为“堆雪人”。
39. D。开始的时候，作者的丈夫一个人在堆雪。
40. B。稍后，一个邻居“加入”到作者丈夫的行动中。
41. D。上半句说“我也加入了他们的行动”，下半句说“很快，我们都面带微笑享受雪给大家带来的快乐”。前后是顺承关系，所以用and。
42. B。“that Mother Nature had ____”修饰前面的snow。雪是大自然母亲“提供”的。
43. A。根据下文的提示“... the ____ made its way back into our yard and the snowman changed ...”可知答案。
44. D。根据下文中的“It was unbelievably lovely.”可知，大家对眼前这个亲手堆起的漂亮雪人感到惊讶。
45. B。人们路过这里，看见这个可爱的雪人就会面带微笑。一些人甚至“停下”脚步来欣赏。
46. A。根据上文中的“With the passing of time”和下文中提到的“有人把雪人的残余做成了兔子的形状”，可猜测出是春天来了。
47. D。春天来了，天气变暖，因此使雪人的“形状”发生了变化。
48. B。根据上文中提到的“keep what we created”可知，此处是说为了让雪人持续的时间更“长久”些。
49. C。由下文中的提示“The email said”可知答案。
50. D。根据上下文内容可判断，本句为让步状语从句，应该用even though来引导。
51. A。雪人所“显示”出来的活力，充满了幸福和欢乐。
52. C。这封没有署名的电子邮件中说到：作者家院子里的雪人给很多人带来了快乐，人们纷纷来分享和维护这份快乐。而这种分享快乐的精神和行动正是当今世界所需要的。根据文意可知，此处应填what。
53. A。或许“我们”那天堆的并不仅仅是一个“雪人”。
54. B。turn out to be“结果为……”。
55. C。本文通过讲述作者的丈夫想改变下雪带来的坏心情，到外面去堆了雪人，结果吸引了很多人参与进来，逐渐地，大家开始享受大自然带来的这份快乐。因此可知，文章最后一句要表达的意思是：生活中一切皆有可能，选择权在我们手中。
文章大意：现实生活中有很多人忙于工作而忽略了体育锻炼。其实，体育锻炼是生活中的很重要的一部分。
56. D。主旨大意题。本文主要讲的是路上所见的一件事情给作者带来的思考 —— 锻炼对身体健康很重要。
57. C。细节理解题。由第二段“A nurse said that there was nothing serious with him but his body was very weak, which should be caused by overwork and less exercise.”可知答案。
58. A。细节理解题。由第三段“Under huge pressure, they put all their time and energy to work and can’t find enough time for a good meal or a good sleep, let alone exercise.”可知他们把所有的时间和精力都放在工作上了，不能平衡工作与生活的关系。
59. D。 细节理解题。由最后一段的“I felt that every cell in my body was refreshed and I was able to have more energy to write the words above.”可知答案。
文章大意：一直以来，拉布拉多猎犬以温和、聪明、友好著称，但并不是所有的拉布拉多猎犬都是这样的。看，下面就是一个另类。
60. B。代词指代题。由第一段内容可知一直以来，人们都认为拉布拉多猎犬温和、聪明而且友好，由第二段对Marley的描述可知Grogan发现并不是所有的拉布拉多猎犬都是这样，所以this指代的是“not all Labs are gentle, clever and friendly”。
61. C。推理判断题。由文章内容可知尽管Marley给Grogan一家人带来了很多麻烦，但他们还是很喜欢Marley的，尽管书名中含有“the World’s
Worst Dog”，但作者还是非常高兴的。
62. B。细节理解题。由第四段“... and he was driven out of the dog training school for causing troubles for other dogs.”可知Marley被赶出训练学校是因为他给其他的狗狗带来了麻烦。即：影响其他狗狗的正常训练。
63. D。推理判断题。由文章最后一段内容可知，尽管Marley没有像Grogan一家人期望的那样成为“狗狗表演大赛冠军”，但是他们还是接受了他并且非常爱他。
文章大意：控制杂草一直是农民的一大难题，下面是专家建议的行之有效的方法！
64. B。推理判断题。由第一段的第二句话可知杂草的繁殖能力很强；由本段第三句话可知杂草的种子有很强的生命力；由本段最后一句话以及下文可知杂草的种子很容易传播。
65. A。细节理解题。由第三段“... Thus the seeds will grow slowly or even die because of a lack of sunlight.”可知答案。
66. C。细节理解题。由最后一段“The process of making fertilizer produces heat. The heat will kill many weed seeds.”可知答案。
67. D。细节理解题。由最后一段“Preventing the spread of weeds is an important part of weed management ... clean off the equipment and your shoes when leaving.”可知答案。
文章大意：你想知道太阳能热水器是怎样制造的吗？读了本文，你自己也可以制造出太阳能热水器！
68. C。细节理解题。由第一段“It can do this between sunrise and noon on a clear day with an average outside temperature of thirty-two degrees Celsius.”可知答案。
69. A。细节理解题。由第二段“Black-painted surfaces that receive the sun’s heat become hotter than the surface of any other color.”可知太阳能热水器用黑色的金属板面是因为在所有的颜色中黑色吸热效果最好。
70. D。细节理解题。由二、三、四段内容可知ABC都是必需的部分，由最后一段的最后一句话可知温度计是为了特殊需要才加上去的。
71. D。推理判断题。由第二段“These corrugated metal sheets are often used to make the roofs of houses.”可知corrugated metal sheets经常被用来建造房子的屋顶。
文章大意：本文主要讲述了父母应该如何准备女儿的十六岁生日宴会。
72. B。推理判断题。根据文章2—5段所叙述内容中的关键词可以很容易推出适合各段的小标题。如：第2段的celebrant、第3段的the time and place、第4段的theme和第5段的foods和beverages。
73. B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“Most parents love surprise parties”可知答案。
74. D。主旨大意题。文章虽然说明了十六岁生日很重要，但如何筹划十六岁生日宴会才是文章的中心。
75. C。推理判断题。因为本文主要讲述父母应该如何准备女儿的十六岁生日宴会，所以此文主要是写给父母的。
模块考试（高中英语必修一）
时间：50分钟 分值：100分
第一卷（共80分）
I. 单项选择 (共30分)
1. He _________all his important thoughts in his diary.
A. set down B. set off C. set up D. set on
2. It’s the third time he _________with her in a week.
A. had quarreled B. quarreled C. has quarreled D. quarreling
3. I need to get a part-time job________some money for my school expenses.
A. in order that earn B. in order to earn
C. earning D. earn
4. ---If we don’t do our best to reduce pollution, man’s history won’t last long.
---_________.
A. It’s OK B. You are absolutely right
C. That’s all right D. Mind your own business
5. Mr. Smith, who was eight-four years old,______ the Second World War and had a couple of adventures.
A. went on B. went for C. went against D. went through
6. Please ________ the numbers and I’m sure they will________ more than 1,000.
A. add; add up B. add up; add up C. add up; add up to D. add to; add up
7. The number of people invited_______ fifty, but a number of them_______ absent for different reasons.
A. were, was B. was, were C. was, was D. were, were
8. It’s already 10 o’clock. I wonder how it____ that she was two hours late on such a short trip.
A. came over B. came out C. came about D. came up
9. Mr. Hall understands that _______ maths has always been easy for him, it is not easy for the students.
A. unless B. since C. although D. when
10. The film ______ on the book by Jack London is well worth________.
A. basing; seeing B. based; being seen C. to be based; to see D. based; seeing
11. It is nice to hear from her.________, we last met more than thirty years ago.
A. What’s more B. That is to say C. In other words D. Believe it or not
12. They began to think about what use could be _______ such materials.
A. made up B. made from C. made of D. made out
13. Most of our luggage was _______ by sea.
A. passed B. transported C. fetched D. brought
14. What’s your attitude ________ that problem?
A. towards B. in C. with D. at
15. ________ he is determined to do something, no one is able to persuade him to________.
A. If; give away B. Although; give in C. As long as; give out D. Once; give up
16. It wasn’t until we had sat down to eat_______ we got back to the subject of Tom Holliday.
A. when B. what C. that D. which
17. To climb the mountain is____ hard work but to go down the mountain is_____ great danger.
A. /; / B. a; a C. /; the D. /; a
18. The man insisted that the person ______ to prison immediately.
A. was sent B. sent C. should send D. be sent
19. I _____ Jack off at the station at four tomorrow afternoon.
A. am seeing B. have seen C. see D. will have seen
20. You may pay attention______ the teacher said in class.
A. to which B. to what C. for what D. for that
21. We don’t need to do extra work this evening. The day’s work was almost ______ now.
A. at the end B. at an end C. at one end D. at our end
22. In that big fire all their houses were______, so they had to build new ones.
A. hurt B. harmed C. injured D. destroyed
23. I’ve read all the books ______you gave me.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
24. One minute he burst into_______ and the next burst out_______. We just couldn’t catch her mood at any moment.
A. crying; laughter B. tears; laughing C. tears; laughter D. crying; laughing
25.Ten scientists were given great honors. They have devoted themselves _____ the experiment.
A. to dong B. for doing C. in doing D. to do
26. Only when ______ possible to settle the problem.
A. does the chief editor come will it be B. has the chief editor come it will be
C. the chief editor comes will it be D. the chief editor comes it will be
27. She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer, but she doesn’t know whom to ____.
A. deals with B. turn to C. look for D. talk about
28. Tom broke the window but he tried to find ways to escape______.
A. to punish B. to be punished C. punishing D. being punished
29. ---I just don’t understand why Susan is upset with me.
---Well, you______ have told others about her family.
A. mightn’t B. shouldn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
30. The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, ______the sailing time was 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
II．完形填空（共30分）
The Sun
All life on the earth depends 31 the sun. The sun gives us food 32 clothing materials. It even gives us coal（煤）， 33 .The sun also makes day and 34 .
The sun 35 half the earth at a time. It is day on the 36 side. 37 night on the dark side of the earth. 38 every part of the earth 39 from day to night during every 24 hours.
A sunny day in winter is 40 a sunny day in summer. This is 41 the summer day is longer; 42 has a longer time to warm up and the sun shines 43 directly on the earth. In winter. 44 is short, there is less time for everything to get 45 and the sun doesn’t shine more directly on the earth.
Land, just like the 46 , warms up more quickly than water 47 is also loses its heat more quickly. So 48 a hot sunny summer’s day on the beach（沙滩）,you can feel how hot the sand gets. The water is cool 49 the feet when you go in.
The sun makes our earth beautiful. It gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things 50 .We can not live without the sun.
31．A．on B．to C．at D．in
32．A．or B．but C．and D．yet
33．A．either B．neither C．nor D．too
34．A．weather B．day-time C．night D．rain
35．A．light B．lights C．lighted D．lighting
36．A．light B．lighted C．lighting D．lights
37．A．It’s B．Its C．It has D．It
38．A．Most B．The most C．Almost D．A most
39．A．comes B．walks C．flies D．turns
40．A．as well as B．colder than C．more colder than D．colder as
41．A．because B．that C．how D．whether
42．A．everything B．all thing C．something D．nothing
43．A．much B．very C．more D．so
44．A．the day B．the night C．the morning D．the noon
45．A．warmest B．warm C．warmer D．much warm
46．A．sand B．sea C．earth D．trees
47．A．and B．but C．or D．while
48．A．in B．at C．on D．for
49．A．to B．in C．on D．at
50．A．to grow B．growing C．grows D．grow
III．阅读理解：（共20分）
阅读下列短文，然后从各题所给的四个选项（A，B,C，D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Tourism wasn’t as important as it is today. In the past, only people with a good deal of money could travel on holidays to other countries. More people travel today than in the past because there is a growing middle class in many parts of the world; that is to say, people now have more money for travel. Special plane fares for tourists make travel less expensive and more attractive than ever before. One person doesn’t travel for the same reason as another. But most people enjoy seeing countries that are different from their own. They also like to meet new people and to taste new food.
Tourism causes many changes in a country and in people’s lives. People build new hotels and restaurants and train native men and women as guides to show visitors interesting places. There’re new nightclubs and other amusements. International tourism is clearly a big business.
51. In the old days _________ could travel to other countries.
boys and girls, men or women, young or old
either kings or queens
both the poor and the rich
nobody but those who had money
52. More people travel today than in the past because______________.
people have become interested in traveling
traveling today is easier the in the past
people now have spare money for travel
great changes have taken place in the world
53. What makes travel more attractive than before?
Travel by air to other countries is much cheaper today.
More guides are being trained to show beautiful spots.
Modern telegraph lines make travel less expensive.
New hotels and restaurants have been built.
54. Which of the following statements is true according to the article?
Tourism won’t bring any changes in people’s minds.
People have some trouble in making journey.
With the development of tourism, great changes have taken place in many parts in the world.
Tourism causes only some changes in clothing.
55. What is the best title of the passage?
A. The Change of Tourism B. Tourism
C. The Importance of Tourism D. The Cause of Tourism Change
B
Did you know that a turtle（乌龟）can lay 12 eggs in one minute? A large sea turtle lays
around 150 eggs at a time. She lays all these eggs in just a few minutes. Large sea turtles live in the warm seas of the world. Except for when they lay their eggs, they spend their whole lives in the water. When it is time to lay their eggs, the females swim to land.
They usually return to the place where they themselves were born. How they find their way back there is unknown. When they reach shore, the big, heavy turtles crawl slowly up to the high water mark. Using
their flippers, they pull themselves along the sand. They must struggle like mountain climbers.
When they finally reach dry sand, they rest before beginning the difficult task of laying eggs. The turtles lay the eggs in deep holes and cover them with warm sand. The sand protects the eggs from harm. Then the females leave them. After a few weeks, if you happened to be walking
along the beach, you might see the sand begin to shake. You may see tiny black balls coming out
of the sand. The tiny heads of baby turtles!
56. Which sentence expresses the main idea? A. Sea turtles have interesting life habits. B. Sea turtles swim to shore to lay their eggs. C. Large sea turtles lay their eggs in special ways. D. Sea turtles enjoy staying in the sand.
57. The first sentence lets us know that this passage is about __________. A. turtles B. oceans C. time D. speed
58. Turtles bury their eggs to protect them from ____________. A. deep water B. danger C. heat D. bad weather
59. We can conclude from this passage that ___________. A. many turtles die while swimming to shore B. female turtles protect their babies C. once turtles land, they never return to the sea D. the job of laying eggs takes great strength
60. The writer compares turtles to climbers ___________. A. because they lay their eggs in mountain areas B. to give you a picture of how hard they work C. to tell you that they like to climb D. to show that mountain climbers are as slow as turtles
模块考试（高中英语必修一）
第二卷 （20分）
I.单词拼写（10分）
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在题目后边的横线上，写出各单词的正确形式。
It took her a long while to r_________(恢复)from her heart operation.
After graduation, he became a _______(律师).
She is such a __________(可信赖的) student that everyone can believe her words.
He is __________(遭受) from bad headache.
The president will attend the ___________(官方的)opening of the theatre in June.
She takes the _________(态度) that children should be allowed to learn at their own pace.
He is trying to __________(说服) local and foreign businesses to invest in the project.
In my _______(观点), it’s difficult for the government to control the prices of housing.
The film is b______ on a short story by Thomas Mann.
A majority of the people v_____ to accept the offer of an 8% pay rise.
II．完成句子（10分）
1.?这是他第二次面对面的跟她交流.
This is the second time that he __________________ her _______________.
过了好长时间他才恢复的健康.
It was a long time ______ he _________.
3．自从中学以来，姐姐和我就梦想着作一次自行车旅行。
Ever since middle school, my sister and I ______________________________.
4.一旦她下定决心，没有东西可以改变。
Once she ________________, nothing can ___________ it.
5.被杀死和受伤的数字达到了400多万人。
_______________of people who were killed or injured ____________________.
The Key to the Test for Module I
单项选择1—30 ACBBD CBCCD DCBAD
CDDAB BDDBA CBDBA
完型填空31—50 ACDCB BACDB AACAB ABCAD
阅读理解51—60 DCACA CABDB
单词拼写：1.recover 2. lawyer 3.relieble 4.surfering
5.official 6.attitude 7.persuade 8.opinion
9.based 10.voted
句子翻译：1.has communicated with, face to face
2.before, recovered
3.have dreamed about taking a bike trip
4.makes up her mind, change
5.The number, reached more than 4,000,000
绝密启用前? 试卷类型：A
高一年级上学期摸底考试
英语试题
本试卷分第I卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。第1卷1至13页，第Ⅱ卷14至17页。满分150分，考试时间120分钟。考试结束，将和答题卡和答案页一并交回。
第I卷 （共 115 分）
注意事项：
1．答第1卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号、考试科目用铅笔涂写在答题卡上。
2．每小题选出答案后，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。
第一部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分75分）
第一节：单项填空（共45小题；每小题1分，满分45分）
1、Mark, Mr. White _____. Would you please drive him to the airport?
A. has left B. leaves C. is leaving D. is left
2、- Do you know our town at all?
_ No,this is the first time______I _____ here.
A./,was B./,have come C.that,came D.that,am coming
3、He has failed three times. Do you want him to try _____ time？
A．fourth B．the fourth C．a fourth D．another fourth
4、Is this the reason ________ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work?
A.why he explained B.what he explained
C.how he explained D. he explained
5、I suggested the man referred to into prison.
A．put B．be put C．being put D．must be put
6、—Hello, come in. .
—Thank you.
A.All right B.Make yourself at home
C.That’s my home D.It’s a great honour
7、—Have you heard that Tom,along with his parents,______to Japan?
—Really?No wonder I haven’t seen him these days.
A.has been B.has gone C.have been D.have gone
8、I had hoped to go into the fire to fetch the expensive box, but my roommate told me____.
A. don’t go B. not go C. not to go D. not to
9、----_____leave at the end of this month
----I don’t think you should do that until ______another job.
A.I’m going to; you’d found B.I’m going to; you’ve found
C.I’ll; you’ve find D.I’ll; you’d find
10、—I apologize to you for my rudeness yesterday, Mary?
—Never mind, and I think ______ of it.
A. a little B. little C. much D. highly
11、He just plays football for ____, and he thinks it _____great pleasure to have ___ good knowledge of football.
A. fun ; /; / B. a fun; a; / C. fun ; a; a D. a fun ; /; a
12、Some children are too ________ about their food, which is bad for their growth.
A. careful B. special C. curious D. particular
13、It was not ____she took off her dark glasses____I realized she was a famous film star.
A. when; that B. until; that C. until; when D. when; then
14、Gifts ________ are not enough for a child, because he needs love and care.
A. along B. lonely C. alone D. itself
15、----English has a large vocabulary, hasn’t it?
----Yes, ____more words and expressions ______you will find it easier to read an communicate.
A. knowing,and B.know, and C.to know , or D.known,or
16、---–Oh, no! It’s a quarter to 5 already and I’ll miss my 5 o’clock bus.
----_______. That clock is half an hour fast. You have enough time to catch your bus.
A. Hurry up B. Don’t make a joke
C. Take care D. Don’t worry
17、Have you got any ________ to make on the recent developments?
A. impressions B. comments C. reaction D. opinion
18、All the students were____ when they heard the_____ news.
A. excited… excited B. excited… exciting
C. exciting… exciting D. exciting… excited
19、－I missed the first part of the football match. It was a pity.
－You ________ home half an hour earlier.
A.would have left B.must have left
C.should have left D.need have left
20、He is a good teacher with___ and he has _____ . A. enough experience , many interesting experiences B. many experience , good experiences C. experiences , experienced
D. many experiences , much experiences
21、He sat in the hall , ___ to the speaker attentively . A. listen B. hear C. listening D. listened
22、Can you easily make yourself _______ in English . A. understand B. understood C. to understand D. being understood
23、I really don't know ____ I had my money stolen . A. when was it that B. that it was that C. where it was that D. it was where that
24、At least 100 persons were killed in the plane crash, ____ 5 children.
A．included B．including C．contained D．containing
25、Mr Green expressed the hope ___he could have another chance to come to visit China again the next year . A.what B. that C. when D.which
26、Do you know the difficulty he has what eco-travel means?
A. understand B. understood C. to understand D. understanding
27、While reading a book , _____ . A. the girl came in B. my mother was cooking C. I heard a knock on the door D. the doorbell rang
28、Children shouldn’t go swimming in the lake ____ they are with their parent.
A．until B．unless C．if not D．before
29、It was in Beihai Park ____they made a date for the first time _____the old couple
told us their love story.
A.where;that B.that;that C.where;when D.that;when
30、Alice received an invitation from her boss, ______________ came as a surprise.
A. it B. that C. which D. he
31、--- Have you moved into the new house?
--- Not yet. The rooms __________.
A. are being painted B.are painting C.are painted D.are being painting
32、____ in a friendly way, their quarrel came to an end.
A．Settled B．Settling C．Having settled D．Being settled
33、No one in the department but Tom and I ______ that the director is going to resign.
A.knows B.know C.have known D.am to know
34、--- Hey , Look where you are going ! --- Oh , I'm terribly sorry _____ . A.I'm not noticing B.I wasn't noticing
C.I haven't noticed D.I don't notice
35、—How much vinegar did you put in the salad?
—I’m sorry to say, ____. I forgot it.
A．nothing B．none C．anything D．no
36、— Are you going to Beijing ____ pleasure?
— No, I’ll go to Beijing ____ business.
A．on; for B．on; on C．for; on D．for; for
37、The meeting ___ this evening is of great importance . A. holding B. held C. to hold D. to be held
38、If you go to the movie tonight, so ___ I .
A．will B．do C．am D．go
39、____ her hair getting gray, she decided to have it dyed.
A．With B．As C．For D．Because of
40、---Would you do me a favor and give me a ride?
--- __________.
A. With pleasure B. No trouble C. Never mind D. Yes, that’s right
41、Don’t worry. You shall get the book you want this Friday, ____, according to the record, Mr. Black is to come to return it.
A．after B．while C．when D．before
42、A new cinema _____ here . They hope to finish it next month . A. will be built B. is built C . has been built D. is being built
43、We should do _____ we can ______ the cultural sites . A.what,protect B.what,to protect C.that,to protect D.all what,to protect
44、Tom complains that his wife is always ___ fault with him.
A．making B．looking for C．finding D．discovering
45、____ he heard his name called, he turned around to see who was calling him.
A．At the moment B．The moment C．For the moment D．In the moment
第二节：.完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
Having returned from her round trip, the angry woman stood outside the ticket office of the station. “The railway owes (欠债) me $12.” she said to Harry Jenks, the young man working at the 46 . “You sold me a ticket 47 May 22nd, but there was no ship from Jersey that night. So my daughter and I had to stay in a hotel. It 48 me $12.”
Harry was 49 . He remembered selling the woman a return ticket. “Come into the office, Madam,” he said politely. “I’ll just 50 the Jersey timetable for May 22 nd.” The woman and her little girl followed him 51 . She was 52 right, as Harry soon discovered, there was no 53 on May 22 nd. How could he have 54 such a careless mistake? He shouldn’t have sold her a ticket for that day. Wondering 55 to do, he smiled at the child. “You look sunburned,” he said to her. “Did you have a nice holiday in Jersey?”
“Yes,” she answered, shyly. “The beach was 56 . And I can swim too!” “That’s fine,” said Harry. “My little girl can’t 57 a bit yet. Of course, she’s only three…”
“I’m four,” the child said proudly. “I’ll be four and a half.”
Harry 58 the mother. “I remember your 59 , Madam.” he said. “But you didn’t get 60 for your daughter, did you?” “Er, well,” the woman looked at the child. “I mean, she hasn’t started school yet. She’s only four.”
“A four-year-old child 61 have a ticket, Madam. A child’s return ticket to Jersey costs…, let me see… $13. So 62 the railway pays your hotel, you will 63 $1. The law is the law, but since the 64 was mine…”
The woman stood up, 65 the child’s hand and left the office.
46. A. train B. ship C. office D. hotel
47. A. in B. for C. at D. before
48. A. paid B. spent C. cost D. saved
49. A. worried B. pleased C. disappointed D. interested
50. A. look B. watch C. test D. check
51. A. into B. out C. outside D. inside
52. A. quite B. all C. not D. never
53. A. plane B. sailing C. train D. bus
54. A. broken B. made C. given D. thought
55. A. how B. why C. what D. which
56. A. lovely B. beautifully C. terrible D. wonderfully
57. A. walk B. ride C. swim D. run
58. A. listened to B. asked for C. got to D. turned to
59. A. money B. ticket C. ship D. daughter
60. A. one B. it C. them D. ones
61. A. can B. may C. need D. must
62. A. since B. if C. unless D. until
63. A. owe B. have C. get D. spend
64. A. money B. ticket C. fault D. debt (债务)
65. A. raised B. picked C. took D. brought
第二部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
Festival Activities Programme
TIME AND PLACE
Oct.24-30
Oct.24-30 9:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.
Oct.25-29 12:00 a.m. – 9:00 p.m.
At Kerry Centre Hotel
Classroom area
(1)English Tester Lesson
(2)Food health-keeping method presentation
Computer area
(1)E-Photography and Techno-Music
(2)Education Software Demonstration
Internet Training area
SINA and Capital On-Line will provide Internet training for the public. The focus(焦点)will be on browsing the Internet; how to find useful information on the web and how to design an elementary Web page.
Foyer Activity area
The students from Beijing TV University for the Aged will provide a calligraphy(hand writing)demonstration.
Children Activities
Lectures
21st Century, the educational weekly of China Daily, will invite experts from English-speaking countries to hold lectures from 18:30 to 20:30 on October 27 to 29 and in the daytime on October 30.
66. A 70-year-old teacher wants to see how to use writing brush well, he should go to ____ .
A. Classroom area
B. Computer area
C. Internet Training area
D. Foyer Activity area
67. A person who is interested in internet can go to ________ .
A. Computer area at 9 p.m. Oct. 30
B. Internet Training area at 11 a.m. Oct.24
C. Classroom area at 8：00 P.m.Oct.26
D. Lectures at 9:00 p.m. Oct.29
68. The students of English Department have a chance to learn English at ______ .
A.9:00 – 9:45 a.m. Oct,27
B.15:00 – 15:45 Oct.30
C.17:15 – 18:00 Oct.28
D.12:00 – 12:45 Oct.25
69. The word “browsing” in the passage probably means _______ .
A. seeing everywhere
B. going here and there
C. staring everywhere
D. reading here and there in books, etc
B
Sometimes children do not do what their parents tell them to do. When this happens, a parent tries to help the child to do the right thing. When this does not work, the parent usually punishes the child.
There are many things that a parent can do. One thing that people have done is to spank (打屁股) the child. When a parent spanks a child, they will use their hand or a hard object to strike them on their bottom. This is meant to show the child that they have done something wrong.
One parent remembers being spanked when he was a child. His parents used a wooden spoon. When he spanked his own children with his hand, he saw that he put a red mark on his child’s leg. He never did that again.
One problem with spanking is that it teaches the child to hit someone when they do not like what the other person is doing. Another problem with spanking is that the parent is usually angry and can hit the child too hard. Sometimes parents will use spanking for everything and not try other ways to get the child to do the right thing.
Many parents are not sure of what to do instead of spanking. Some people think that their religion（宗教）tells them that spanking is okay. Some think that the law lets them do it. The courts (法院) say that parents have the right to teach their children how to behave.
Other things should be tried before a parent decides to spank a child. Telling the child exactly what is wanted from them can be one thing. Giving a child more than one choice is another thing that can be tried. Getting down to the child’s level and taking a more child-friendly approach (方法) can help as well.
70．According to the passage, when children do something wrong, one thing that parents usually do to punish them is to ________.
A. strike them on the bottom
B. try to help them do the right thing
C. teach them what to do
D. take them to court
Which of the following is NOT the problem caused by spanking?
It teaches the child to hit others when they offend him or her.
The parent may get angry and hit the child too hard.
Sometimes parents may use spanking for everything.
It makes parents try other ways to make the child do right.
Which of the following can best describe the writer’s attitude (态度) towards spanking?
A. favorable (赞同的) B. indifferent (不关心)
C. interested D. unfavorable
73． From this passage, we can conclude (作出结论) that ________.
A．Good children always do the right thing.
B．Parents should try their best to avoid (避免) spanking their children.
C．Parents have no choice but to spank their children when they do something wrong.
D．Children can have more than one choice to avoid being spanked.
C
Suppose you want to buy some new clothes or a new TV. Or maybe you need some work done on your car. How can you find the best price without shopping all over town？ Ads （广告）can help you. Ads can show you lots of prices. And you don’t have to go anywhere to see them. Just open a newspaper or magazine，and you’ll find plenty of ads.
The following is an ad about TV sets for sale. Please read it and answer the questions below.
74. How many different kinds of TV sets does the store advertise （登广告？
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
75.Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the advertisement？
A. You can buy any kind on July 14th.
B. The service time is 9-9 every day except Monday.
C. The larger the screen is， the higher the price will be.
D. The lowest price is a little more than 300.
76. Which is NOT mentioned in the ad？
A. The date of the American National Day.
B. The postcode （邮编号码）the area where the store is.
C. The phone number of the store.
D. The names of the TV sets.
D
Go to church, then have a big lunch, then go out to play while mum does the housework. That was a typical (典型的) British Sunday in the 1960s. But things now could not be more different.
Some British sociologists recently studied the typical British Sunday. They found that people get up later and do less housework than they did 40 years ago. They are far more likely to be out shopping or enjoying themselves than cooking Sunday lunch.
Sunday mornings were busy 40 years ago. Most women caught up on their weekly housework and cooked a nice lunch. They seldom allowed themselves any “leisure” until afternoon, after the dishes were cleaned. Then there would be another rush to the table between 5:00 pm and 6:00 pm for tea.
But now, Britons can have brunch (早午餐) at the restaurant. Fewer people bother （添麻烦）to cook themselves.
“You only have two free days a week. You don’t want to have to waste one because there is nothing to do but watch boring TV,” said Elizabeth Biggs, 25, a producer in London.
“On Saturday you are recovering from the week,” Biggs added. “Sundays are the last chance for the weekend — you want to get as much as you can out of the day before you have to go back to work.”
In the past, British women usually did their shopping during the week, while the husband was at work. “Now men seem to do that as much as women,” said Jonathan Gershuny, a professor who took part in the study.
Men also do more housework now on Sundays. Back in the 1960s, men were far more likely to spend Sundays out of the house — at the pub or playing football — before lunch.
77. Many Britons have brunch at the restaurant because _______.
A. They have no time to cook at home.
B. They get up too late.
C. They won’t bother to cook themselves.
D. They will go to church.
78. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Britons used to go to church on Sundays.
B. Britons usually had a big lunch at home.
C. British women did their shopping on Sundays in the past.
D. British men did little housework at home in the past.
79. The underlined word “ leisure” in Para 3 means ___________.
A. housework B. shopping C. lunch D. free time
80. The text mainly tells us ________.
A. what Britons did on Sundays
B. why Britons go shopping on Sundays
C. How Britons spend their holidays
D. the changes of the ways the Britons spend their Sundays
81. What can we infer (推断) from the passage?
A. Men do more housework on Sundays.
B. Sundays in Britain might be very boring in the past.
C. No people go to church on Sundays now.
D. Britons all go out on Sundays.
E
Prof.Smith,
I should like to say that you gave us an unforgettable entertainment on Friday. It was most enjoyable. It was very kind of you.
Bill,
Sorry I couldn’t attend the 10 o’clock meeting. My dental appointment lasted a lot longer than I expected. May I have some information about the meeting tomorrow at 2?
Gary
To Margaret,
I’d like to have you return any of the materials you are not using. I need to be using some of these now. If you need some of the things still, please let us talk about which ones.
Thank you
Harvey
Wed.11 March
Football
Hensley against Mayfair
The annual football match between Hensley School and Mayfair School will be held on Saturday. However,if there is heavy rain the match will be held on Sunday 15 at the same time.
82.The first note is a note of_____
A. congratulation B.thanks C.apology D.regret
83.The major purpose of the second note is to_______
A. inform B.apologize C.express good will D.tell some news
84.According to the third note, Harvey would like to_______.
A.borrow some materials
B.lend Margaret something
C.get something back
D.have a talk with Margaret
85.According to the fourth note, it all depends on _____whether the football match will be put off.
A.Hensley school B.Mayfair School C.Both of the two schools D.the weather
第Ⅱ卷（共35 分）
注意事项 ：
1 、用黑色或蓝色钢笔或圆珠笔直接答在试卷上 。
2、答卷前把密封线内的项目填写清楚 。
第三部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
A boy who was cleaning the shoes in the street said to 86． ___________
a young man passed by , “Let me clean your boots . It’ll 87． ____
spend you only a penny .” But the young man refused. Then 88． ____
the boy told him that he will clean his boots for nothing . 89． ____
The young man agreed, and soon a boot shining brightly . 90． ___
Then he put the other boot on the box , and the boy refused 91． ___
to clean it unless he was paid two pence for his work . The 92． ___
young man refused to pay for anything and went away . But 93． ___
the well-cleaning boot made the dirty one so bad that he 94． ___
couldn't walk on . He returned back and gave the boy two pence . 95． ___
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
假定你叫李红，准备写信给学英语报社编辑，反映你最近生活中所遇到的烦恼。
要点如下：
最近遇到一些问题，不知好听何做，希望得到帮助。
你这儿年一直是校队很棒的篮球运动员，教练认为你将来有望成为球星。
你父母认为你学习一般，应该在学习上多花时间提高成绩，这样能上好大学。
训练或比赛占据了你太多时间，所以没更多时间用来学习他们很生气，不允许你参加训练或比赛。
你自己的观念：十分喜欢打球，希望多得到锻炼，成为超级明星。
注意：1.内容应包括提示的全部要点；
2.词数在120左右；
3.开头已为你写好。
词汇 ：教练 coach
Dear editor.
I have had a problem recently and I don't know what to do between what I want and what my parents want.________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
范县希望中学2007—2008学年高一年级上学期摸底考试
英语试题答题卡
________________________________________________
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 60 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
81 82 83 84 85
[A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D]
范县希望中学2007—2008学年高一年级上学期月考试题
标准答案 A 卷
第一节：单项填空
CBCDA BBDBB CDBCB DBBCA CBCBB DCBAC AAABB CDAAA CDBCB
完形填空
CBCAD DABBC ACDBA DBACC
阅读理解
DBBDA DDBDC BCCDD BBBCD
短文改错86．去掉第一个the 87．passed 改passing 88．spend 改cost 89．will 改would 90．boot 后加was 或shining 改shone 91．and 改but 92．正确 93．去掉for 94．well-cleaning 改well-cleaned 95．returned 改turned 或去掉back
书面表达
One possible version:
Dear editor.
I have had a problem recently and I don't know what to do between what I want and what my parents want.
I am an average student in my school. So my parents feel that I should spend more time improving my grades In this way, 1 can go to a good university in the future.
However, I have been playing for the school basketball team for the past few years. My coach thinks I have a chance to become a real future star. As you know, it always takes me a lot of time to practise and take part in games. They are angry with me and don't allow me to do it again.
As for me(In my opinion), I like basketball and 1 hope I will be well trained arid become a super star.
Look forward to getting your advice soon.
Yours,
Li Hong
绝密启用前? 试卷类型：B
高一年级上学期摸底考试
英语试题
本试卷分第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。共150分。考试用时120分钟。考试结束，将和答题卡和答案页一并交回。
注意事项：
1．答第1卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号、考试科目用铅笔涂写在答题卡上。
2．每小题选出答案后，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。
第一部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分75分）（每小题1分，共45小题，满分45分）
第一节：单项填空（共35小题；每小题1分，满分35分）
1、– I enjoyed playing football very much last term.---________.
A. So do I B. So did I C. So I did D. I did so
2、I told him ________he was busy, I would ask someone else to do the work.
A. whether B. that C. if D. that if
3、His watch, for _______ he paid $100, is now worth $500.
A. which B. that C. it D. what
4、—What a pity! All the tickets for tonight’s football match have been sold out.
—Don’t worry. It will be broadcast ________.
A. alive B. live C. lively D. living
5、It’s the ____ in Britain for a bride(新娘) to throw her bouquet(花束) to the wedding
guests.
A．habit B．rule C．custom D．law
6、-----Have a nice weekend! ---------_____________.
A. The same to you. B. You do too. C. So are you. D. You have it, too.
7 、The Great Wall is beautiful and I look forward______it.
A. to visit B. in visiting C. to visiting D. and visit
8、He promised to come to the lecture, but he hasn’t __________.
A. turned up B. turned over C. turned on D. turned off
9、I was so badly ill that I couldn’t help ______ the room.
A.to clean B.cleaning C.being cleaning D.to be cleaned
10、China has ____ more U.S dollars this year than last year . A. brought up B. brought out C. brought in D. brought
11、Word came _____ he had expected for a long time . A. that B. what C. when D. where
12、--- Who was in the classroom ? --- _______ . A. None B. No one C. Nothing D. No body
13、Before liberation many people could not _____ to go to school . A. afford B. offer C. pay D. able
14、If you are interested in being friends , drop me a line. “Drop me a line” means __C__.
A．talk to me B．ring me C．write to me D．give me a call
15、This is the book _________ I borrowed from the library just now.
A. that B. who C. what D. where
16、That question is ________ worth _______ . A.very,to do B.very,of being done C.well,to be done D.well,doing
17、—Did you enjoy the trip to the Jieshi Mountain?
—I’m afraid not． And _____．
A. my classmates don’t, either B. my classmates don’t, too
C. neither do my classmates D. neither did my classmates
18、—What are they doing over there?
—They are arguing____ each other ____ what caused Bird Flu.
A．with; for B．with; about C．to, about D．at , on
19、In order to protect the trees, the old man lives ____in a ____house, but he doesn’t feel____.
A. alone , alone , lonely B. lonely; alone; alone
C. lonely; lonely; alone D. alone; lonely, lonely
20、I thought her nice and honest ____ I met her . A. first time B. for the first time C. the first time D. by the first time
21、--Jack, how did it_____ that you made so many mistakes in your homework?
--Well; I have no idea, either.
A．come about B．occur to C．bring about D．happened
22、Do you have any difficulty ___ these flowers? I’d like to help you if you need.
A. in planting B. for planting C. with planting D. to plant
23、The tiger, a once ____ animal to humans, is now ____ of disappearing on the earth.
A．dangerous, danger B．dangerous, in danger
C．in danger, in danger D．danger, in danger
24、We were swimming in the lake ______ suddenly the storm started.
A. when B. while C. until D. before
25、I together with my family ______ Beijing for a holiday this afternoon.
A. are going off to B. leave to C. is leaving D. am going off to
26、When we_____ after a long talk, we found the children sleeping in _____ beds.
A. separated, separated B. separated, separate
C. separate, separate D. separate, separated
27、Every possible means as well as a good many skills ___ to prevent the air pollution, but things still ________.
A. is used; go wrongly B. are used; go wrong
C. has been used; go wrong D. have been used; go wrongly
28、The teacher told us that light ______ faster than sound.
A. traveled B. had traveled C. is traveling D. travels
29、You like music , _____ I like reading . A. when B. while C. as D. though
30、You have no idea ____ those days.
A．that we were how busy B．how busy were we
C．that how busy we were D．how busy we were
31、I’m ___ sorry to say that you made ____ mistakes in your homework.
A．too much; much too B．too much; too much
C．much too; too many D．much too; many too
32、Though the city was ___ attack, the people of the city never ___.
A．in; gave up B．in; gave in C．under; gave in D．under; give out
33、According to a recent US survey, children spent 25 hours a week _______ TV.
A. to watch B. to watching C .watching D. watch
34、John was caught ____ the earthquake ____ caused a lot of damage.
A．by; which B．in; which C．by; in which D．in; in which
35、-----We have waited Jane for a long time. When do you believe_________?
--- I have no idea.
A. will he come B. him to come C. he will come D. him coming
36、It was with great joy ______ he received the news that his lost daughter had
been found.
A.because B.which C.since D.that
37、The number of books on this subject ______still small but a number of books on similar subjects ______already on sale in the bookstores .
A. is ; are B. are ; are C. has been, is D. have been ; have been
38、A person’s ____ body temperature is about 37C.
A. ordinary B. normal C. common D. usual
39、Don’t be too hard on him.. __________, he is a child.
A. After all B. First of all C. At all D. Above all
40、When drinking ____ someone's health , you ____ your glasses . A. to , rise B. for , rise C. to , raise D. for , raise
41、If I have a short-wave radio , I can often ____ the BBC programmes . A. pick out B. pick C. pick up D. pick on
42、Scientists are afraid that some day an even bigger earthquake will _____ the area.
A. strike B. beat C. knock D. push
43、–My name is John Smith. ______
--- Hi! I am Jason.
A. How do you do B. Nice to meet you C. How about you D. How are you
44、People's dream of saving our earth will ______ . A. come true B. become true C. come truly D. become truly
45 People?____ in?the?city?do?not?know?the?pleasure?of?country?life.? A.live ?B.to?live ?C.lived ?D.living??
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
Have you ever had problems in your life and don’t know how to be happy? If 46 , you will find “Being a Happy Teenager” by Australian writer Andrew Matthews 47 .
In his book, Matthews 48 us how to have a happy life and answers the 49 of teenagers.
There are many 50 such as parents and friends, and the book 51 we should stop being angry and forgive. The book tells us of useful skills 52 how to put what you have learned into pictures of your mind to 53 your memory better.
Many teenagers think 54 happiness comes from a good exam result 55 praise (赞扬) from other people. But you can 56 be happy when there are no such “good” things.
Success comes from a(n) 57 attitude（态度）. If you 58 from problems, you will have success in the future.
Some school students have 59 such as being too tall or too short. But Matthews tells us that 60 comes from thinking about things in a positive(积极的) 61 . If you are 62 , people notice you and you can get a 63 view(视线) at the movie; if you are short, your clothes and shoes 64 less room in your bedroom! This is Matthews’ most important 65 : you choose to be happy!
46. A. so B. not C. it D. do
47. A. wise B. smart C. useful D. simple
48. A. orders B. tells C. asks D. argues
49. A. problems B. questions C. ideas D. comments
50. A. roles B. classes C. courses D. subjects
51. A. says B. writes C. reads D. thinks
52. A. for example B. such as C. so as D. so that
53. A. make B. turn C. let D. change
54. A. what B. how C. that D. whether
55. A. and B. but C. so D. or
56. A. yet B. already C. still D. forever
57. A. bad B. good C. independent D. normal
58. A. learn B. rescue C. struggle D. separate
59. A. experiences B. difficulties C. fears D. problems
60. A. success B. happiness C. failure D. height
61. A. way B. means C. manners D. spirit
62. A. short B. small C. tall D. fat
63. A. lower B. higher C. worse D. better
64. A. take B. spend C. cover D. cost
65. A. work B. lesson C. teaching D. study
第二部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
Mr. and Mrs．White had two sons and three daughters．One Sunday，Mrs. White said to her husband，“The children don’t have any lessons today，and you’re free too．There’s a new funfair(游乐场)in the park．Let’s all go there to play. ”
Her husband said，“1 want to finish some work today. ” “Oh, forget it．Go there and make our children happy．That’s the most important work.” Mrs. White said.
So Mr. and Mrs. White took their children to the funfair．Mr. White was forty-five years old, but he enjoyed the funfair more than his children. He hurried from one thing to another，and ate lots of sweets. One of the children said to her mother，“Dad is just like a small child，isn’t he, Mom?” Mrs. White didn’t want to follow her husband around any more at that time and answered，“He is even worse than a small child，Mary，because he might spend more money than a small child.”
66. There were ________ children in the White family.
A. two B. three C. four D. five
67．One Sunday，Mr．and Mrs. White wanted to go to _______ with their children.
A．school B. work C. a funfair D. a shop．
68．From the story we know Mrs．White________ when Mary asked her the question.
A．was still excited to play B. was a little angry with Mr. White
C．looked for Mr．White everywhere D. ate a lot of sweets
69．Of all he family members,_________ enjoyed playing there most that Sunday.
A．Mr．White B．Mrs．White C. Mary D. the boys
B
For Children
Museum: Children’s Museum, Sundays, 89 North Street, 67641235
Story time: Children’s Library, 106 Green Street, Wednesdays during 9:30 a.m -5:00p.m. 66599624
Sports: Soccer Club, Tuesdays and Thursdays, 16 Yangtze Road, 96725643
Basketball Club, Wednesdays and Fridays, 79071632
Cinema: New films for children, 99 Brick Road, 69001354
Useful Phone Numbers
Fast Food Restaurant: 66387901
Hospital: 68787451
Visitor Information Center: 800-120-9847
Taxi: 79210583
Visitor Hotel Information: 800-739-7302
70．It’s Friday afternoon，you can go to_______ .
A．visit the museum B．play soccer
C．play basketball D．read children’s stories
71．If children want to watch new films，they should go to________.
A．16 Yangtze Road B. 89 North Main Street
C．106 Green Street D. 99 Brick Road
72．If you dial (拨号)66387901，you can __________.
A．ask for some hotel information B．do some shopping
C．have a good story time D．order fast food in a restaurant
73．You can not get any information about________ from the two notices．
A．looking for a hotel B．doing eye exercises
C．eating fast food D．taking a taxi
C
On a small farm in Mexico, there are no schools. A bus is the school! The driver of the bus is the teacher! It is a school bus, but it doesn't take children to school. It just goes round from place to place, and sometimes it comes to this farm. The bus will stay here for three months. The farmers call it a school on wheels (车轮).
Every time the bus comes, the farmers come running to it, shouting and laughing. They warmly welcome the school bus!
When the bus is on the farm, in the morning, the teacher teaches the small children. In the afternoon, the bigger children come to have their lessons because they must work in the morning. At night, the fathers and mothers come to school. They want to learn, too. How the farmers hope that some day they can have a real school on their farm!
74. The driver of the bus is ________.
A. the teacher B. the student C. the farmer D. the school
75. The bus school will ________.
A. take children to school
B. stay there for lunch
C. take the fathers and mothers to school
D. go round from place to place
76. When the school bus comes, the farmers________.
A. stop working B. warmly welcome it C. be happy D. Both B and C
77. Which one of the following is true?
A. A school bus is a real school for farmers' children.
B. The bus school has no teacher at all.
C. The bus school has no students.
D. The children and their parents on the farm all come to the bus school to learn.
D
A traveler hurried down to the hall of an American hotel and went to the cash-desk. He had just 15 minutes to pay his bill and get to the station. Suddenly he remembered that he had left something in his room.
“Look here, boy,” he said to the bellboy, “run up to my room and see if I have left a parcel on the table there. Be quick about it.”
The boy ran upstairs. Five minutes passed. The traveler was walking up and down the hall, looking very angry. At last the boy appeared.
“Yes, sir,”he reported to the traveler, “you have left the parcel there, It’s right on the table in your room.
78.The traveler_______
A.ran down the street B.came downstairs very quickly
C.ran so quickly that he fell down D.came into the hotel hall very quickly
79.According to the passage, a bellboy is _______
A. a boy whose work is to ring the bell
B. a boy who play with a bell
C. a boy whose work in a hotel is to help guests with their bags
D.the hotel owner’s boy
80.The traveler asked the boy_______
A.to go upstairs
B.to look for his parcel
C.to fetch the parcel he had left in his room
D.only to see if the parcel was on the table in his room
81.Five minutes later, the boy_______
A.ran up to the room B.came downstairs
C.reported to the traveler in the room
D.came down to the hall but brought nothing back
E
82. Sunny English Club is for ______ .
A. nurses B. policemen C. businessmen D. students
83. You will pay _______ if you want to stay in the English club for half a year.
A. 300 yuan B. 600 yuan C. 1200 yuan D. 2400 yuan
84. You can visit Ocean Museum _______ .
A. on Saturday B. on Wednesday C. on Monday D. anytime
85. If you are interested in the life of fish, you should go to ______ .
A. Health Centre B. Ocean Museum C. Sunny English Club D. 16 Yong Le Stre
第Ⅱ卷（共35 分）
注意事项 ：
1 、用黑色或蓝色钢笔或圆珠笔直接答在试卷上 。
2、答卷前把密封线内的项目填写清楚 。
第三部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
One day I happened to find a chatting room on the 86 __
internet, where people were chatting on English. I tried 87 __
to chat with some of them. To my surprised, I found the 88 __
fact that the spoken English of some junior students were better 89 __
than mine. I asked them for an advice and they told me 90 __
to practise more on QQ. What I wish I could speak English 91 __
as good as these fellows! Therefore every day after that I 92 ___
would spend one hour practise my spoken English on QQ. 93 ___
Day by day I learned many good and use words and 94 __
expression. With time going by , I found that I could 95 ___
even communicate with some college students freely.
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
五月四日，一班和二班之间将进行一次有关环保问题的演讲比赛（a talk show on environment protection）。此前，二班邀请清华大学的Dr Li做相关内容的报告。
假定你是二班的班长，请你草拟一个有关报告会的口头通知。
注意：1.内容应包括提示及表格内的全部要点；
2.词数在120左右；
3.开头已为你写好。
报告内容
近些年北京的环境问题及已取得的进步
地 点
教学楼三楼会议厅（auditorium）
时 间
四月三十日，星期三下午 2：00
目 的
帮助大家收集信息，为演讲做好准备
参加人员
全班同学
其他安排
会后议论
May I have your attention, please?
As you know, our class will have a talk show on environment protection with Class One on May 4th. Before it takes place, we_ __________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
?
范县希望中学2007—2008学年高一年级上学期摸底考试
英语试题答题卡
________________________________________________
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 60 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
[A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A] [A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B] [B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C] [C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D] [D][D][D][D][D]
81 82 83 84 85
[A][A][A][A][A]
[B][B][B][B][B]
[C][C][C][C][C]
[D][D][D][D][D]
范县希望中学2007—2008学年高一年级上学期月考试题
标准答案 B 卷
第一节：单项填空（
BDABC ACAAC BBACA DDBDC AABAD BCDBD CCCBC DABAC CAAAD
完形填空
ACBBD ABACD CBADB ACDAB
阅读理解
DCBAC DDBAD DDBCC DDCAB
短文改错
86 ∨ 87 on→in 88 surprised →surprise89 were→was 90 an去掉 91 What→ how 92 good →well 93 practise→practising 94 use→usefull 95 expression →expressions
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
One possible version:
May I have your attention, please?
As you know, our class will have a talk show on environment protection with Class One on May 4th.Before it takes place, we will invite Dr Li from Qinghua University to give us a talk on the environment problem and he will also tell us about the improvement in environment protection in recent years in Beijing.
The report will begin at 2:00 pm on Wednesday, April 30th in the auditorium on the third floor in the classroom building. I’m sure we can get enough information from his talk to make good preparations for the coming talk show. everyone should be there on time, then listen to the report and make full notes at the same time.
By the way, we will have a discussion after the report.
That’s all. Thank you.
Vocabulary Quiz for Unit 5
Nelson Mandela
Part I
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
A. _______________: how good or bad something is; nature(个性，品行); character
B. _______________: basic idea; rule for living
C. _______________: a length of time; lesson
D. _______________: a charge; money charged for some service
E. _______________: 1. the time when you are young; 2. boy or young man; 3. young men and women
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
1.The _______________ of the picture on our television isn't very good.
2. The organization works on the _______________ that all members have the same rights.
3. This was the most difficult _______________ of his life.
4. The doctor's _______________ was fifty dollars for a complete physical examination
5. Cryonics is still in its ____________. 人体冷冻学还处于初始阶段。
6. He's not interested in _______________ (of products). All he cares about is making money.
7. We should follow the _______________ of seeking truth
8. We have four _______________ of English a week. 我们每星期上四节英语课。
9. I spent my _______________ in the country, where the mountains were green and the lakes blue.
10. Trials（艰难困苦）often test a man's _______________.
11. I take this seriously. It's a matter of _______________.
12. I love him, _______________! 我爱他,就是这样!
13. _______________ often matters more than quantity.
14. The two machines work on the same _______________.
15. Unemployment in the first half of 1993 was 2% lower than in the same __________ the year before.
16. Fifteen people were killed in/over a _______________ of four days.
17. Most teenagers go through a rebellious(反叛的，叛逆的) _______________.
18. The house was built during the Elizabethan _______________.
Part II
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
E. _______________: 1. part of the theatre where actors stand and move; 2. a period of time which is part of a longer period
F. _______________: a group of people or countries who join together because they have the same interest
G. _______________: actions or words which are intended to hurt people; extreme force
H. ______________: measure for temperature or angles; step or stage in a process; a title at a university.
I. _______________: 1. (v.) to keep sb. or sth. safe from harm; 2. (n.) someone who watches
J. _______________: 1. great fear; 2. something that causes great fear
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
19. He flung the door open with _______________.他猛然将门打开。
20. A caterpillar must pass through the cocoon _______________ to become a butterfly.毛毛虫必须经过茧的阶段才能变成蝴蝶
21. The local schools formed a football _______________.当地几所学校组建了足球联合会。
22. Water freezes at zero _______________ Centigrade.水在摄氏零度结冰。
23. People in the country use dogs as their house _______________.
24. My elder sister has a _____________________ of fire.我姐姐怕火。
25. The baby has reached the _______________ when he can stand up.
26. The storm turned out to be one of unexpected ____________. Thousands of houses were destroyed.
27. I agree with you to some _______________.在某种程度上我与你意见一致。
28. The detective, nicknamed Holmes, is a _______________ to criminals.那个外号叫福尔摩斯的侦探令罪犯闻之丧胆。
29. These modern boxlike buildings do _______________ to the beauty of the old city.这些现代的盒式建筑破坏了古城的美丽市容。
30. A helmet(头盔) _______________ your head against/from injuries
31. Our teacher has a high _______________ of responsibility.我们老师有高度的责任感。
32. Novels are often adapted for the _______________.小说常常改编为戏剧。
33. He has just got his M.A. _______________.他刚拿到文学硕士学位。
34. It took quite some for people in Tangshan to get over the _______________ of the big quake.
35. You find a lot of _____________ in some American films. They’re filled with blood and gun-shots.
Part III
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
K. _______________(n./v. ): to be afraid of; to worry
L. _______________(n. /v. ): something given or received in return for work, merit or services
M. _______________: a person who has done something seriously against law
N. _______________: 1. person who is admired by many; 2. most important man in a story, play, etc.
O. _______________: 1. rule for all the people of a country; 2. the rule of nature
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
36. Everybody is supposed to be _______________ before the law.
37. My worst _______________ were quickly realized.我最大的忧虑很快成了现实。
38. A large _______________ is offered for the capture of the criminals(捉拿这些罪犯).
39. She _______________ him with a smile. 她向他报以粲然一笑
40. She _______________ that she might lose her best friend if she couldn’t get there in time.
41. Winners will be _______________ a trip to England.
42. He became a national _______________ for his part in the revolution.
43. Can you explain what the _______________ of universal gravitation is ? (万有引力)
Part IV
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
P. ________________: causing suffering; ready to give pains to others
Q. _______________: the state of being cruel
R. _______________: 1. place where sb/sth is; 2. way in which someone or something is placed
S. _______________: being able to do something by law
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
44. He is _______________ to animals. No one knows why is so sick.
45. The farmer was accused of _______________ to animals.
46. The _______________ man was hitting the donkey without mercy.
47. Are you sitting in a comfortable _______________? 你坐的姿势舒服吗？
48. He has a high _______________ in society. 他社会地位很高。
49. You've moved the furniture(家俱) around - the sofa is in a different _______________.
50. In old China the poor children had no _______________ to go to school.
Part V
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
T. _______________: ready
U. _______________: doing a lot; energetic; busy
V. _______________: quiet; calm; without fighting; without violence
W. _______________(adj. / v. ): the same in number, size or importance
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
51. the Five _______________ of Peaceful Coexistence和平共处五项原则
52. If you're _______________ to fly at night, you can get a much cheaper ticket.
53. Mrs. Brown is over 80 and not very ____________ now.布朗太太已八十多岁,现在不大活动了。
54. People in Europe had lived a ________ life for over 20 years after 1918 before war broke out again.
55. They've got a long way to go before they achieve _______________ pay/status for men and women.
56. We took an ____________ part in the activity. Everyone went all out(全身心投入) to do his job.
57. No one _______________ him in strength.论力气,无人能和他相比。
58. an ____________ volcano活火山。 an _________ law现行法律 the _________ voice主动语态
59. In spelling she had no _______________在拼写方面她没有对手。
60. The teacher offers us _________ help on the difficult problems.老师毫不吝啬地为我们解难答疑。
61. Simon is younger but he _______________ his brother in all sports
62. He became an _______________ social reformer.他成了一位积极的社会改革家。
63. Life in East Sea Island is so ______________that he is not willing to move the crowded, noisy city.
64. I'm not _______________ to the task.我不能胜任这项任务。
65. You said you needed a volunteer(志愿者) --- well, I'm _______________.
66. Some actors and actress were _______________ in politics when they retired from their former career, such as Shirley Temple and Ronald Reagan.
67. Two plus two ________s four. 3 x 5 is the ___ of 10 + 5. One litre is ___ to 1.76 imperial pints.
Part VI
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
X _______________: having learned a lot at school or university and having a good level of knowledge
Y. _______________: honestly and without pretending or lying
Z. _______________: having uncontrolled force
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
68. She died a _______________ death.她惨遭横祸。
69. She was probably the most highly ____________ prime minister of this century.（最有学问的总理）
70. The madman was _______________ and had to be locked up.
71. Yours _________________: way of ending a letter to someone you know（信末署名前的客套语）
72. The boat sank in a _______________ storm at sea.
73. I _______________ hope you'll recover soon.
74. A _______________ impatience overcame him.他变得极不耐烦。
Part Seven
Spell the words according to the explanations given:
Z1. _______________: to make a choice or decision at a meeting or election
Z2. _______________: to go into a country to attack it
Z3. _______________: (v. / n. ) to give a punishment to someone in a law court
Z4. _______________: to take what someone wants to give you; agree to
Z5. _______________: (n. / v. )use hands ,guns, weapons, etc against another person
Z6. _______________: to go on; to start again
Z7. _______________: to tell somebody what you think he should do
Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words above:
75. The Normans _______________ England in 1066.
76. As we are not unanimous for this matter, let's ________on it.因为在这件事上无法取得同意,我们表决吧
77. The forest _______________ for miles.森林绵延数英里。
78. I don't _______________ that the firm will go bankrupt.我不相信公司会破产。
79. The judge _______________ the thief to five years in prison.
80. There were 16 __________ in favor of my suggestion, and 15 against.十六票赞成我的建议,十五票反对
81. In the summer tourists _______________ the mountain village.夏天游客成群结队地到这个山村来
82. He and his wife are always _______________ over trifling matters.他和他妻子总是为琐事争吵。
83. I shall _______________ for Hall because I think he's the better man. He is fit for the position.
84. The story will be _______________ in next week's issue
Part Eight
85. People's ________________ of China中华人民共和国
86. ______________ is a place where criminals are locked up.
87. _______________ is shiny, yellow metal of great value
88. _______________ is a woolen cloth be used on bed to keep warm
89. _______________ is the person who leads
90. _______________ is head of a government or a club or a school
91. _______________ is a man who is locked in a prison
92. Don't __________ ____________ at any failure, but try again.
93. I have been____ great _________ recently. I broke Mr. Fools’ bicycle and he’s getting mad about it.
94. He lost his job. In other words, he was _________ _________ _________.
95. Once you become a ___________ ___________ member, you’re showing your interest in politics.
Key
Part I
A. quality B. principle C. period D. fee E. youth
1. quality 2. principle 3. period 4. fee 5. youth 6. quality 7. principle 8. periods 9. youth 10. quality 11. principle 12. period 13. Quality 14. principle 15. period 16. period 17. period 18. period
Part II
E. stage F. league G. violence H. degree I. guard J. terror
19. violence 20. stage 21. league 22. degrees 23. guards 24. terror 25. stage 26. violence 27. degree 28. terror 29. violence 30. guards 31. degree 32. stage 33. degree 34. terror 35. violence
Part III
K. fear L. reward M. criminal N. hero O. law
36. law 37. fears 38. reward 39. rewarded 40. feared 41. rewarded 42. hero 43. law
Part IV
P. cruel Q. cruelty R. position S. right
44. cruel 45. cruelty 46. cruel 47. position 48. position 49. position 50. right
Part V
T. willing U. active V. peaceful W. equal
51. Peaceful 52. willing 53. active 54. peaceful 55. equal 56. active 57. equals 58. active 59. equal 60. willing 61. equals 62. active 63. peaceful 64. equal 65. willing 66. active 67. equal
Part VI
X. educated Y. sincerely Z. violent
68. violent 69. educated 70. violent 71. sincerely 72. violent 73. sincerely 74. violent
Part Seven
Z1. vote Z2. invade Z3. sentence Z4. accept Z5. fight Z6. continue Z7. advise
75. invaded 76. vote 77. continues 78. accept 79. sentenced 80. votes 81. invade 82. fighting 83. vote 84. continued
Part Eight
85. republic 86. prison 87. gold 88. blanket 89. leader 90. president 91. prisoner
92. lose heart 93. in trouble 94. out of work 95. Youth League
人教版新课标英语必修1第5单元100分测验题
Nelson Mandela
第四部分:完形填空(共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分22.5分)
Elias, who tells Nelson Mandela’s story, was a common black in South Africa. Everything mentioned in the story is 21 . Elias’ story was 22 on the life of a man who 23 ANC and was 24 to Robben Island for 4 years. He then spent 20 25 trying to get 26 job.
Elias now takes tourists(游客) 26 his 27 prison and he tells them how he 28 for his beliefs(ideas). After he left Robben Island, Elias tried many 29 to make a career(job) for himself. Each time he 30 got a job the secret police would tell his employers(bosses) his time in 31 and he would lose his job. Elias’s time in prison was 32 true.
33 can visit Robben Island, as it is now a museum(博物馆) and 34 to visitors. There are 35 prisons there any more.
21. A. real B. true C. indeed D. in fact
22. A. made B. imagined C. based D. guarded
23. A. opposed B. joined C. led D. supported
24. A. sent B. sentenced C. taken D. brought
25. A. months B. years C. days D. hours
26. A. other B. the other C. another D. every
27. A. to B. into C. about D. around
28. A. former B. old C. used D. usual
29. A. chances B. times C. firms D. factories
30. A. sadly B. gratefully C. successfully D. sincerely
31. A. hometown B. school C. childhood D. prison
32. A. also B. even C. still D. again
33. A. I B. You C. He D. They
34. A. welcome B. closed C. open D. attractive
35. A. some B. few C. seldom D. no
第五部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
His first successful fight was for the equal rights of black people in South Africa. Then, as the first black president, he fought to unite the country and organize the government. Now Nelson Mandela has set his sights on a new enemy, AIDS. （AIDS爱滋病）
On March 19 the 82-year-old, former president, hosted his second AIDS-awareness concert. He warned that 25 million people in Africa were already infected with the fatal disease. infect感染 fatal致命的
Mandela was born in a village in South Africa in 1918. He was adopted by the chief of his tribe and could have been a chief himself and lived a happy country life. adopt=raise; bring up chief酋长
But he refused to be a chief when his people lived under racial discrimination. He decided to fight for equal rights for all the people in South Africa. Before 1990, under the country’s Racial Segregation Law, colored and white people lived separately. Black people were treated unfairly even when taking a bus. Blacks had to stand at the back of the bus to make room for white people even when there were only a few of them on board. Racial discrimination种族歧视 on board
For his opposition(going against) to the system, Mandela was arrested(taken by police) and spent 27 years in prison. He was freed in 1990 and became the president of the country after the first election were held in which everyone could vote. system arrest free elect
Mandela was not only a political fighter who attacked with speeches. He was also a trained boxer and fought in the ring when he was young. train boxer ring
“Although I did not enjoy the violence of boxing, I was interested in how one moved one’s body to protect oneself, how one used a strategy(method; skill) both to attack and retreat”, he wrote in his autobiography. retreat biography
As a skillful fighter, he chose music as his weapon against AIDS. He hopes to win another victory against AIDS. retreat biography weapon victory
46. When was Mandela arrested?
A. In 1963 B. In 1090 C. When he refused to be a chief D. When he became the president
47. Nelson Mandela succeeded in doing the following except
A. winning the equal rights for the black people in South Africa B. Uniting South Africa
C. organizing a government in South Africa D. controlling the spread of AIDS
48. If Nelson Mandela hadn’t fought against racial discrimination, he____. spread传播
A. could sassily have been the president of South Africa B. could still have lived a happy life
C. could have been in a difficult situation D. would have been an excellent boxer
49.It can be inferred that Nelson Mandela____.
A .continues to help the black people with the political struggle
B. is taking a position in a music group
C. is carrying on the world’s greatest fight against AIDS.
D. is preparing for the next president election.
50. Which of the following statements can best describe the life of Nelson Mandela?
A . struggle is his life B. sports make his fame struggle fame
C. fight for equal rights D. a great fighter against government.
B
Mandela Born-again as An Artist at 84
VAN Gogh. Picasso. Matisse. Mandela?
He may not quite fit with those legendary(well-known)artists, but at age 84, revolutionary-turned-peacemaker Nelson Mandela has taken charcoal to canvas and transformed (changed completely) himself into a top-selling artist.
In just five months, the former South African president and Nobel Peace winner has sold more than 1, 000 lithographs (prints made using a stone or metal surface) of five charcoal and pastel drawings of his time as a prisoner at the brutal (cruel; savage), apartheid-era (南非种族隔离时代) Robben Island prison.
His pictures cut across cultures, people’s ethnic (national) backgrounds and economic backgrounds, said Ross Calder, an art publisher.
Mandela’s new career in art began when Calder saw how John Lennon’s wife Yoko One was using his sketches草图 to raise money for charity and decided Mandela could do the same thing to raise funds for his children’s charity慈善. “I may be artistic, but it’s in the back, far recesses (remote or secret place) of my mind. It will take a lot to get that out,” Mandela said.
Mandela learned from Cape Town artist Varenke Paschke in the mysteries of composition (arrangement) and color. He decided to recreate his time on Robben Island, but not in a dark and gloomy (dark) way.
His simple charcoal碳笔and pastel粉蜡笔 pictures of the island are surprisingly cheery and bright. Even a view of Cape Town’s Table Mountain through the bars铁窗 of his cell囚室 appears optimistic(happy).
The bars are a cheery orange, and the vast distance between Mandela and the freedom of the mountain is a green field.
“I have attempted(tried) to color the island sketches in ways that reflect(tell) the positive(active) light in which I view(see) it,” Mandela said. “This is what I would like to share with people and, hopefully, project the idea that even the most fantastic(wonderful) of dreams can be achieved, if we are prepared to endure(accept) life’s challenges(difficulty).”
51. Nelson Mandela is ________ now.
A. a top-selling B. a prisoner C. an artist D. a president
52. Mandela’s picture are ________.
A. simple charcoal and pastel pictures B. about the view of the Robben Island
C. the mysteries of composition D. the real reflection of his life and dreams
53. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT TRUE?
A. Mandela successfully changed himself into an artist after retiring.
B. It took a lot for Mandela to show his artistic talent(gift天赋) far recesses of his mind.
C. Mandela convinced(persuaded) people that any dreams could be realized only if they were ready to suffer difficulties.
D. Mandela got a great deal of money as well as fame by selling his pictures.
54. What can we infer推论 from the passage?
Mandela is the former South African president.
Mandela is able to use colors and light in his pictures successfully.
The life in the Robben Island prison was terrible.
Mandela used his sketches to raise money for the children’s charity.
55. Which of the following can best describe Nelson Mandela?
A. Foolish B. Determined C. Excited D. Proud
C
Winston Churchill was born into a famous family. His father was a successful politician. However, as a boy, Churchill was considered a slow learner in school.
Later he entered the Army and saw action in various countries.
In October 1900, Churchill began his political career. For the next sixty years Churchill’s work as a great politician was both brighter and more difficult than his father had been.
In 1939, Germany attacked Poland. Churchill prepared to fight. In 1940 he became the Prime Minster of England.
France fell. The Germans fought their way through Western Europe. It looked as if Britain was about to lose the war. Was it not possible to ask for peace, and listen to Hitler?
Churchill spoke, “I have nothing to offer but blood, hard work, tears and sweat(汗)….You ask what is our policy(政策)? I will tell you, it is to fight, by sea, by land and air, with all our force and with all the strength that God can give us. You ask what is our aim? I can answer in one word: victory.”
The Germans began moving their armies to the French coast and prepared to go tot war with the British. The British had not enough guns to go round. Churchill gave the answer: “We shall defend our island, whatever the cost may be, we shall fight on the coasts, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the field and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills, we shall never give up.”
By his courage and hard work Churchill heartened his people and other nations fighting together against Hitler. Victory finally came when the Germans lost World War II.
Churchill died in 1965 and was given a State Funeral(国葬). This was a fitting payment to one of all the greatest men the world had ever seen.
56. Churchill ______ before he became a politician.
A. was a slow student B. was an army man
C. helped his father in his career(职业；生涯) D. had little interest in politics
57. The Germans attacked Britain ________.
A. after France was defeated B. before French fell
C. soon after Poland was attacked D. before Churchill became the Prime Minister
58. The underlined word “heartened” probably means ________ in this passage.
A. surprised B. encouraged C. asked for D. called for
59. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Churchill had worked as a politician for more than sixty years.
B. The writer admired and respected Churchill very much.
C. Churchill was not so clever as his father.
D. Churchill was one of the most inspiring, brave and wise leaders in the British history.
60. We can infer from the passage that ________.
A. finally Hitler had to give in to Churchill.
B. Churchill asked to be given a State Funeral before he died.
C. the countries which won World War II held a State Funeral in honor of the statesman.
D. Churchill was a man of great determination.
第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
下面61-65题是关于一个企业管理者在关键时刻要做出抉择的种种情形。后面A、B、C、D、E和F分别是六个商业巨头（比尔·盖茨等）面临关键时刻所做抉择的简单介绍。阅读完后，请选出每一情形和他们抉择的相应的最佳选项。选项中有一项是多余的。
_____ 61. You run a billboard advertising business you inherited(继承) from your father, and you are looking to expand(make it larger) in new directions. What do you do?
_____ 62. You are a successful talk-show host主持人, and have just achieved(got) national recognition认可. You want more control over your show, and a greater share of its profits利润. What do you do?
_____ 63. You are still in college, but together with a friend you have established a software company that deals with major corporations. What do you do?
_____ 64. You are a successful business analyst(分析师), and come to think that the mail-order business model could be adapted调整 to online book sales. What do you do?
_____ 65. You own several highly profitable waste-collection routes. The government has recently issued the Solid Waste Disposal Act, increasing standards of hygiene(卫生)in waste disposal处理. What do you do?
A In 1968, H. Wayne Huizenga teamed with a partner to create a nationwide company for waste collection, a business traditionally made up of small, local companies. The new company, Waste Management, Inc., became the foundation of his fortune.
B While attending Harvard University in 1975, Bill Gates teamed with Paul Allen to develop a version of the BASIC programming language for the Altair 8800, the first personal computer. They licensed the software to the manufacturer of the Altair and formed Microsoft (originally Micro-soft) to develop versions of BASIC for other computer companies. Gates decided to drop out(退学) of Harvard in his junior year to devote his time to Microsoft.
C In 1963, Ted Turner took over his family billboard-advertising business. In 1970 he bought a failing UHF(ultrahigh frequency) television station in Atlanta, Georgia, and by 1975 Turner had transformed it into the first “superstation”—WTBS, by transmitting(传送) low-cost sports and entertainment programs via satellite to cable systems throughout the country.
D In 1986, Oprah Winfrey formed Harpo Productions to produce her own show and other projects. With distribution rights（销售权） to her shows, Winfrey used profits to expand her business activities. By 1998 Winfrey was worth $675 million.
E Microsoft founder Bill Gates planned to give away almost all of his vast fortune, largely to the cause of global health. Having already the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation with $ 24 billion to address global health issues, Gates said that eventually his entire fortune would be put towards the cause except “a few percent left for the kids.”
F Amazon. com founder Jeff Bezos grew interested in online retailing(零售业) in 1994 while working as a business analyst in New York City. After researching the success of different mail-order companies Bezos decided that books were the perfect product to see via the Internet. That year he left New York to establish his new company in Seattle, chosen for its being near to major book wholesalers and the advanced high-tech industry. In July 1995 Amazon. com developed its Web site, and has since expanded to offer many other retail products in addition to books.
高一英语（人教版新课标）Unit 5 Nelson Mandela测验题
Name:___________ ____________ Class: ____ No.: ______ Score:_______
第一部分 按所给首字母填空(每空1.5分，共15分) 注意：每空只填一词
Nelson Mandela, (36)b____________ on July 18, 1918, is the first black president of South Africa. He studied(37) l____________ after he entered university. In 1944 he (38)f____________ the ANC Youth League. Then in 1952 he set up a law (39)o____________ to help poor black people. Because of his fight (40)a____________ the government and anti-black laws, he was (41)s____________ to five years hard labor. Fighters from ANC began to (42)b____________ up buildings in 1963 and he was sentenced to life imprisonment on Robben Island. Twenty-seven years later, he was (43)f____________ by the white government. In 1993 he was (44)m____________ president of South Africa and the government by and for black people was finally set up.
Nelson Mandela is a (45)g________________ man.
第二部分：继续填空(用本单元所学之新词汇或词组之正确形式，每小题1.5分，共12分)：
66. You are ____________ ___________, the teacher has got wind of your foul trick.
这下你死定了，老师已经知悉你的阴谋诡计了。
67. In January, 1935, Mao Zedong ________ ________ ________ as the first man in the CPC(Communist Party of China) and began his 41 years of non-stop power career.
毛泽东自遵义会议开始执掌中共政权，41年来风雨如磐孜孜不倦。
68. The c_______________ practised by fascists were unthinkable.法西斯所施之暴行着实令人发指。
69. The greatest failure is not losing the game, but ____________ ___________. 哀莫大于心死。
70. He didn’t a___________________ the fact that his beloved pony had passed away.
他不肯相信他心爱的小马已经死了。
71. Would you be so kind to lend me a pump to __________ __________ my bicycle tyre?
行行好借支打气筒来打打车气先。
72. Nothing in this wide world can be e_______________ to my “dragon-killer” knife as long as the “heaven-killer” sword doesn’t turn up.. 倚天不出，谁与争锋？
73. On hearing that I’d got the cancer(癌), I felt as if I had been _________ _________ death.
第三部分：写作（10分）
请把下面大约200词的阅读材料概括成一篇大约60-80词的短文，用自己的话概括，不要抄袭原文。
[阅读材料]
My name is Elias. I am a poor black worker in South Africa. The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life. I was twelve years old. It was in 1952 and he had opened a black law firm to advise poor black people on their problem.
I began school at six. The school where I studied only two years was three kilometers away. I had to leave, because my family could not continue to pay the school fees and the bus fare. I could not read or write. After trying hard, I got a job in a gold mine. This was a time when one had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg. Sadly I did not have this passbook because I was not born there and I was worried about whether I would be out of work.
The day when Nelson Mandela told me what to do and helped me was one of the happiest days of my life. He told me how to get the correct papers so I could stay in Johannesburg. I never forgot how kind he was and when he organized the ANC Youth League, I joined it as soon as I could.
＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿
＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿
第四部分：完型填空
21. A B C D 22. A B C D 23. A B C D 24. A B C D 25. A B C D
26. A B C D 27. A B C D 28. A B C D 29. A B C D 30. A B C D
31. A B C D 32. A B C D 33. A B C D 34. A B C D 35. A B C D
第五部分：阅读理解
46. A B C D 47. A B C D 48. A B C D 49. A B C D 50. A B C D
51. A B C D 52. A B C D 53. A B C D 54. A B C D 55. A B C D
56. A B C D 57. A B C D 58. A B C D 59. A B C D 60. A B C D
61. A B C D E F 62. A B C D E F 63. A B C D E F 64. A B C D E F 65. A B C D E F
Key to人教版新课标英语必修1第5单元Nelson Mandela100分测验题
21. BCDAB 26. CDABC 31. DABCD 36-45 born; law; formed; office; against; sentenced; blow; freed; made; great 46.ADBCA 51.CDDDB 56.BABCD 61—65 C D B F A
66. in trouble 67. came to power 68. cruelties 69. losing heart 70. accept 71. blow up 72. equal 73. sentenced to
高一英语检测题
第一卷
Ⅰ听力部分
第一节(共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
（省略）
Ⅱ单项选择（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）
21. —What did you think of the place?
—I didn't care for it at ____first, but after ____ time I got to like it.
A. /; a B. the; a C. a; the D. /; the
22 — Mary is fond of music, but she never shows any interest in painting .
—_______.
A. So is it with Jane B. So it is with Jane
C. Neither does Jane D. So is Jane
23. _______ about it many times, but he still couldn’t understand it.
A. Having been told B. Though he had been told
C. He was told D. Having told
24. _________ good, the food was soon sold out.
A. Tasting B. Being tasted C. Tasted D. Having tasted
25. Hello, John! I never _______ you ______ here. I have been looking for you the whole night.
A. think, were B. have thought, were C. thought, were D. think, are
26. Our school will hire a foreigner ________ the headmaster says is a native speaker of English.
A. whom B. whose C. which D. who
27. _________without friends ___________ the most difficult challenge for Chuck while living on the island.
A. How does he survive ... are B. How to survive ... are
C. How does he survive ... is D. How to survive ... is
28. They were surprised that a child should work out the problem _______ they themselves couldn’t.
A. once B. then C. while D. if
29. I really don't know_________ I had my money stolen.
A. when was it that B. that it was when
C. where it was that D. it was where that
30. A lot of equipment _______from foreign countries by the company.
A. were borrowed B. was brought in C. has brought in D. have been bought
31.Mrs. Brown ______ her husband to give up smoking and from then on he became stronger and stronger.
A. promised B. persuaded C. pretended D. advised
32. Everyone in the town is ______ the old man who is famous for his generosity.
A. familiar with B. familiar to C. similar with D. similar to
33. Have you ever visited the senior middle school _____ Beijing University?
A. attaches to B. attaching to C. attached to D. is attached to
34. It indeed makes the young lady annoyed when people expect her to tip _______ pay a service charge in a restaurant.
A. as far as B. as long as C. as well as D. as soon as
35. _____ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losting B. Having lost C. To lose D. Lost
36. He never told others what great difficulty he had _____his family.
A. supported B. supporting C. to support D. for supporting
37.A chair of this kind is lighter and more beautiful than ______ made of wood.
A. one B. that C. it D. what
38. The teacher suggested _______ four groups.
A. our divided into B. we be divided into
C. us to be divided into D. our separating from
39.Could you keep silent a few minutes, please? You are here_________.
A. in a way B. on the way C. in my way D. by the way
40. They were walking around the town _______ a place for the party.
A. in search of B. to search C. searching D. searched for
Ⅲ. 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）
Ella Fant was a middle-aged lady who lived with her only son John in a small house. She loved John very much. In her 41 he couldn’t do anything wrong. Every morning she would give him breakfast 42 bed and bring him the papers to read. It isn’t really true that he was too 43 to work--in fact he had tried a few jobs. First of all he was a window-cleaner and in his first week he managed to 44 at least six windows. Then he became a bus conductor and on his second 45 a passenger stole his bag with all the fares（车费）collected. He 46 lost his job as a postman 47 he sent off all the letters when he should have taken them to people’s houses. It seemed that there was 48 suitable work for him. So he 49 to join the army. Mrs.Fant was so 50 about this that she told the 51 to all her neighbours. "My John is good to be a soldier," she said. "He is going to be the best soldier there 52 was, I can tell you!"
Then the great day came 53 he was to march past the palace in the parade（接受检阅的队伍）.His 54 mother traveled to the city early in the morning to be sure of getting a good 55 in the crowd.
The parade was full of sound and colour. But when John and his 56 came in sight some of the people watching 57 laughing at the one who couldn’t keep pace with the other as they marched along.
But Ella Fant, who was filled with 58 , shouted at the top of her voice, "Look at 59 ! They’re all out of 60 except my John! Isn’t he the best!"
41.A.hope B. eyes C. head D. beliefs
42.A.to B. at C. in D. by
43.A.lazy B. young C. weak D. shy
44.A.rub B. drop C. break D. clean
45.A.day B. try C. route D.chance
46.A.thus B. even C. once D. only
47.A.even if B. so that C. because D. though
48.A.some B. such C. less D. no
49.A.began B. promised C. managed D. decided
50.A.excited B. worried C. anxious D. curious
51.A.incident B. change C. news D. matter
52.A.yet B. ever C. never D. just
53.A.where B. since C. when D. till
54.A.proud B. kind C. strict D. lucky
55.A.time B. position C. experience D. impression
56.A.neighbours B. army officer C. mother D.fellow soldiers
57.A.couldn’t help B. shouldn‘t burst out C. stopped D. kept
58.A.sadness B. happiness C. surprise D. regret
59.A.them B. those C. that D. him
60.A.sight B. order C. mind D. step
Ⅳ. 阅读理解（共15小题，每小题2分，满分30分）
A
As prices and building costs keep rising, the "do-it-yourself" (DIY)trend（趋势）in the U.S. continues to grow. "We needed furniture（家具）for our living room, "says John Ross, "and we just didn’t have enough money to buy it. So we decided to try making a few tables and chairs." John got married six months ago, and in common with many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high. The Rosses took a 2-week course for $ 280 at a night school. Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house.
Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died. He has a full-time job at home as well as in a shoe making factory. Last month, he received a car repair bill for $ 420."I was deeply upset about it. Now I’ve finished a car repair course, I should be able to fix the car by myself."
John and Jim are not unusual people. Most families in the country are doing everything they can to save money so they can fight the high cost of living. If you want to become a "do-it-yourselfer", you can go to DIY classes. And for those who don‘t have time to take a course, there are books that tell you how you can do things yourself.
61.We can learn from the text that many newly married people_____.
A. find it hard to pay for what they need
B. have to learn to make their own furniture
C. take DIY courses run by the government
D. seldom go to a department store to buy things
62.John and his wife went to evening classes to learn how to_____.
A. run a DIY shop B. make or repair things
C. save time and money D. improve the quality of life
63.When the writer says that Jim has a full-time job at home, he means Jim_____.
A. makes shoes in his home B. does his own car and home repairs
C. does extra work at night D. keeps house and looks after his children
64.Jim Hatfield decided to become a do-it-yourselfer when_____.
A. his car repairs cost too much B. the car repair class was not helpful
C. he could no possible do two jobs D. he had to raise the children all by himself
65.What would be the best title for the text?
A. The Joy of DIY B. You Can Do It Too!
C. Welcome to Our DIY Course! D. Ross and Hatfield: Believers in DIY.
B
What is the E-mail
The e-mail, which is also called email, stands for “electronic mail”. You can send messages in only a few seconds by e-mail.
On the Internet there are many powerful computers called “servers” to help people send and receive emails. The sending and receiving servers are just like post offices. If you want to use the email service, you have to open at least an email account(账户) called a “mailbox”, just like we set up a mailbox in a post office. Some mailboxes are provided free of charge by ISPs, which you can get when you open an Internet account. Most widely used mailboxes are provided free by the ISPs, and anyone can apply for one even if he has no ISP account.
How to apply for a free mailbox? First you have to connect to the Internet and go to the homepage(主页) of the ISP providing free mailboxes. Then you’ll find an icon(符号) showing “apply for a free mailbox”, click the icon, an agreement about the rules for using the free mailbox will appear. If you want to go on, click the icon “I agree”. Then you have to fill in a form about your basic personal information, and the name and pin of the mailbox. The pin is the key to the mailbox. After finishing these, you’ll get a mailbox like this: your name @ mail server, for example: jack@ 163. com. The mailbox is separated into two parts by a separator “@”, which is read as “at”. The former part is the name of the mailbox. The latter (后者) is the domain name(域名) of the mail server. All mails to you will be received by the server and put into your mailbox. You can read this mail on any computer in the world as long as you have the name and pin of the mailbox.
66. If you want to send or receive an email, you should first _____.
A. write to the ISPs B. fill in a form
C. apply for a mailbox D. go to the post office
67. When you get a FREE mailbox, you can send an email _____.
A. at any place B. without obeying any rules
C. to any one D. without paying any money
68. Here is an email address ecpjyb@ecp.com.cn. What is the name of the mailbox?
A. ecp. B. ecp.com.cn C. com.cn D. ecpjyb
69. The writer mainly wants to tell us how to _____ in this passage.
A. send or receive a letter by email B. set up a free email-box
C. set up one’s email address
D. read the email on any computer in the world
70. Which of the following is TRUE?
A. If you have no money, you can’t apply for a box.
B. People can send messages within several seconds by email.
C. You can also receive an email without using a mailbox.
D. If you want to send an email, you have to inform the post office.
C
The report came to the British on May 21,1941.Th German battleship Bismarck, the most powerful warship in the world, was moving out into the Atlantic Ocean. Her task to destroy the ships carrying supplies from the United States to war-torn England.
The British had feared such a task. No warship they had could match the Bismarck in speed or in firepower. The Bismarch has eight 15-inch guns and 81 smaller guns. She could move at 30 nautical mile（海里）an hour. She was believed to be unsinkable. However, the British had to sink her. They sent out a task force headed by their best battleship Hood to hunt down the Bismarck. On May 24,the Hood found the Bismarck.
It was a meeting that the German commander Luetjens did not want to see. His orders were to destroy the British ships that were carrying supplies, but to stay away from a fight with British warships.
The battle didn’t last long. The Bismarck’s first torpedo（鱼雷）hit the Hood, which went down taking all but three of her 1,419 men with her.
But in the fight, the Bismarck was slightly damaged（损坏）.Her commander decided to run for repairs to France, which had at that time been taken by the Germans. The British force followed her. However, because of the Bismarck’s speed and the heavy fog, the lost sight of her.
For two days, every British ship in the Atlantic tried to find the Bismarck, but with no success. Finally, she was sighted by a plane from Ireland. Trying to slow the Bismarck down so that their ships could catch up with her, the British fired at her form the air. The Bismarck was hit.
On the morning of May 27,the last battle was fought. Four British ships fired on the Bismarck, and she was finally sunk.
71.The Bismarck sailed into the Atlantic Ocean_____.
A. to sink the Hood B. to cut off American supplies to Britain
C. to gain control of France D. to stop British warships reaching Germany
72.Many people believed that the Bismarck could not be defeated because she_____.
A. was fast and powerful B. had more men on board
C. was under Luetjens’ command D. had bigger guns than other ships
73.We learn from the text that on 24 May_____.
A. the British won the battle against the Bismarck
B. the Bismarck won the battle against the British
C. the British gunfire damaged the Bismarch seriously
D. the Bismarck succeeded in keeping away from the British
74.Luetjens tried to sail to France in order to_____.
A. have the ship repaired B. join the other Germans
C. get help from the French D. get away from the British
75.Which of the following is the immediate cause of the sinking of the Bismarck?
A. The British air strikes. B. The damage done by the Hood.
C. Gunfire from the British warships. D. Luetjen’s decision to run for France.
第二卷（满分30分）
Ⅰ阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分l0分）
The 2008 Beijing Olympic Games are drawing near．Are you eager to enjoy watching the matches or start serving as a volunteer? First，you need to know about audience manners．
Most sporting arenas（竞技场） have rules for spectators （观众）written on the back of the tickets．Read your ticket carefully before you arrive．Try to reach your seat half an hour before the start of the event and don’t leave when a game is in progress．When you leave，remember to take away your soft drink bottles and other rubbish．
During exciting games, try to control yourself．Don’t criticize the performance of players and coaches．Be careful with your words, since some may cause anger among other people in the audience．
Applause is a special form of body language you can use to communicate with players，but______________．When players first appear，clap your hands together to welcome them, but don’t go on for too long．After an excellent performance, applaud warmly．If someone fails, your applause will help encourage them.
Applause is not welcome, however, while players need to keep their concentration. Various sports have various rules for the audience．
Enjoying artistic gymnastics silence．But lots of cheering can really help basketball and football players．Snooker and table tennis courtside behavior includes a ban on flash photography．Mobile phones are not allowed in shooting centers.
To be a good spectator, you should take time to learn the game－specific rules and related culture of each event.
76．What’s the best title of the passage? （Please answer within 10 words.）
???? ??????? _______________________________________________________________
77．Why should you control yourself during exciting games according to the passage? （Please answer within 15 words.）
______________________________________________________________
78．Please fill in the blank in the fourth paragraph to complete the sentence．（Please answer within 10 words.）
_____________________________________________________________
79．Please should every one of us try to be a good spectator in your opinion? （Please answer within 30 words）
___________________________________________________________
80．Translate the underlined sentence in the fifth paragraph into Chinese.
_______________________________________________________________
Ⅱ作文 （共20分）
泰山是著名的游览胜地，每天都有大量的游客。假如你是李华，住在泰山脚下，请根据下表中的内容为《中学生英语报》写一篇英语报道，说明现在的游客在保护环境方面的变化
几年前 现在
乱扔杂物 废物入箱
采花毁树、滥捕飞鸟 保护动植物
在林中野餐 防火护林、自带饮食
注意：1、词数100左右；2、开头已写好，不计入总词数。
Mount Tai is a famous place of interest all over the world. _________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
高一检测题1答案
21-40ABCAC DDCCB BACCD BABCA
41—45 BCACA 46—50 BCDDA
51—55 CBCAB 56—60 DABAD
61—65 ABDAB 66- 70 CDDAB
71—75 BABAC
76．Good audience manners/ How to be a good spectator? （评分要求：依据与文章整体内容的相关程度酌情给分，关键词good, manners）
77．Because we may cause anger among other people in the audience.（评分要求：能明确陈述原因，关键词cause trouble, cause anger等）
78．You should do it properly（评分要求：要求给出的答案要保持与上下文的连贯性，而且与参考答案的意思相近。）
79．Every one of us should put the interests of the public before our own．Otherwise none of us can truly enjoy our own rights.（Answers can be various.）（评分要求：能合理表达九可适当得分）
80．但是，在运动员需要全神贯注的时候不要鼓掌。（评分要求：要求在准确、全面的基础上，翻译成较为通顺的汉语，并表达出作者的思路。）
书面表达：
Mount Tai is a famous place of interest all over the world. Every day tourists come here to enjoy its beauty. But a few years ago, some of them paid no attention to environmental protection. They threw waste things about, such as plastic bags, fruit skins and waste papers. Sometimes they broke trees, picked flowers and killed birds; some even made fires in the woods to cook for picnics. How dangerous it was! Fortunately, great changes have taken place here. All the tourists have got used to putting their rubbish into dustbins. And they are making great efforts to protect the birds and plants as well. They bring their own meals to keep away from any accidental fire in the mountains. All those should be appreciated.
课件41张PPT。Language points for Reading I
Language points for Reading IILanguage Data Bank die for 为某种事业或目的而死
die for one’s country/ the people/ the cause.
die of 死于内因
die from 死于外因
die from a car accident.
由于车祸而死
die by 死于暴力, 刀或剑等凶器
die by the sword/hanging.be dying for 极想得到...
She is dying for a cup of water. die through carelessness 因过失而死
die…down 凋落, 消失
die away 消失（渐渐远去）
The sound died away. 声音渐渐远去。
die out 绝种
This kind of animal is dying out. He fought against the German Nazis and Japanese invaders during World War II.
二战时期他抵抗德国纳粹和日本侵略者。
fight (fought, fought)
fight for 为……而战
fight against 与……作斗争
We will have to fight against difficulties.
They told the workers to fight for their rights. He founded the first Republic in China in 1911 after many years’ fighting.
经过多年斗争他于1911在中国创建了第一个共和国。
found (founded, founded) 建立，创建
find (found, found)
The hospital was founded in 1920.
Have you found your missing pen? He strongly believed in the three principles: nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood. 他坚信三条原则：民族，民权，民生。
believe in 信任，信仰
Do you believe in God?
We believe in our government.
believe sb. = believe what sb. says 相信某人的话
believe in sb. 信任某人
He believe what he said because I believe in him.Do not talk (in) that way.
(In) this way, you can remember the spelling.
Don’t stand in the /my way.
He is better in some way (s).
He picked a pen on the way to school. in a peaceful way以和平的方式那样这样碍事在某些方面在往…的路上 He gave up a rich life for his ideas and fought for his country to be free from the UK in a peaceful way. 他为了他的思想而放弃了富裕生活，并且用和平方式为他的国家摆脱英国而进行了战斗。
give up 表示主动放弃或屈服
He has decided to give up smoking.
give in 表示被动屈服或认输， 后面不带宾语
You can’t win the game, so you may as well give in.
free from 摆脱（不好的东西）的，无……的
Keep the children free from harm.
You should try to write sentences free from mistakes. He fought for the black people and was in prison for almost thirty years. 他为黑人而战且坐过三十年监狱。
be in prison 在狱中，被监禁
He has been in prison for five years.
put…in prison = send…to prison = throw …into prison 把……投入监狱
The car thieves have been put in prison.
He was sent to prison for ten years.
in prison囚禁be sent to prison (被送进监狱)
be in prison (在监狱里)
be thrown into prison (被投入监狱)
break prison (越狱)prison表示蹲监狱时, 其前不用冠词throw sb. into prison= send /take sb. to prisonHe had been in prison for 20 years .
The man was put in prison for stealing a car.
Anyone who breaks the law should be thrown into prison.
They all went to the prison to visit the prisoners. 类似: bed, church, class, college, hospital,
school, university, market The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
period 期间，时期，学校的一节课，周期
Let’s finish this period and have a break.
a period of rotation 自转周期
the time when 其中when 引起定语从句
This was a time when you had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg.
Do you still remember the time when we first met?
the time 可用于引起时间状语从句，这时一般不加when。
I recognized him the time I saw him.
He continued sleeping/ to sleep as if nothing had happened.*fee: 服务费，酬金（如付予私人教师，医生等）
Pay the lawyer’s fees (付律师费)
fare: (公共汽车，轮船，出租车等的)费用，票价
到伦敦的公共汽车费是多少？
Ex. Travel at half/full/reduced _______(半价票旅行).
A bill for school ______ (学费帐单).
What is the bus fare to London? farefeesworry about =be worried about I worry about your health.
I am worried about your health.I worried about your health.
I was worried about your health.
担心的神色 a worried lookDon’t be worried. --- Take it easyout of work/job= lose one’s job = be unemployed失业, 没有工作His mother has been out of work for half a year.
in work 有工作
Is her husband in work?
out of 意为“在…之外”,“向…外”;表示失去,没有,用完;不再处于某种状况。反义词为into或in。① The little boy ran out of the room.
② He took my books out of my schoolbag.
③ Don’t run into the room.
④ Can you put your raincoat in your pocket? out of breath 上气不接下气
out of patience 不耐烦
out of petrol 汽油用完了
out of use 没用了
out of order 出故障了
out of control 失控了
out of danger 脱离危险了
out of sight 看不见了 out of fashion 不时兴
out of date 过时
out of repair 无法修葺
Out of sight, out of mind. 眼不见, 心不烦。
as … as+主语+can/could 尽可能, 尽量
= as … as + possible
He was running as fast as he could. =He was running as fast as possible.
You must speak English as often as you can. =You must speak English _________________. as often as possibleThey did the experiment as carefully as they could.
=They did the experiment _____________________.
Try to make as few mistakes as you can.
=Try to make _________________________.as carefully as possibleas few mistakes as possibleWe were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the government.我们被置于这样一个境地：要么我们被迫接受低人一等的现实，要么跟政府作斗争。
in which引导定语从句，相当于where，但意义更准确。如：
After three hours’ ride, we came to the house in which he was born.
乘车3个小时后我们来到了他出生的那所房子。
Think of a place to which we can go for dinner.
想一个我们可以去吃饭的地方。
accept“接受”，指的是主观上接受了
receive“收到”，指客观收到但不一定接受我接受了他的邀请去参加晚会。
I accepted his invitation to the party．
我收到了他的邀请，但我没有接受。
I received his invitation,but I didn't accept.We were put in a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the government.either... or...(两者之中)…或… (之一) You may stay either in a hotel or in a private house.
I want to visit either Paris or London.
Either you or I am wrong.
Either of the boys likes singing.
Either day is OK.either… or
neither … nor
not only…but also…
There be…neither…nor…He has neither money nor social position.
Neither parent cares what happens to the child.
Neither of the boys likes to play such a game. both…and…Both he and I are wrong.
Both of the boys like singing. The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all. 过去三十年里出现了最多的法律来剥夺我们的权利, 阻挡我们的进步,直到今天我们已经到了几乎没有任何权力的地步.
see 在此句意为“见证，目睹”；(在某段时期)发生(某情况),经历,经受; 为某事发生之时，主语为时间
The last few months has seen more and more traffic accidents.
The city has seen many changes. 4. The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people．
他们在城里的住宅区都是由白人决定的。 decided by white people 作定语饰places。
= which were decided by white people
被困在楼里的人们
the people trapped in the building
= the people who were trapped in the building
过去分词作定语修饰people定语从句作定语修饰people
…only then did we decide to answer violence with violence. 只是在那时我们才决定以暴力对暴力。
only then 此处引起倒装句，当only修饰状语位于句首时，句子采用部分倒装的结构。
Only by practicing a few hours every day will you be able to master English.
only 修饰主语时，句子不倒装。
Only he knew how to solve the problem.
answer 在本句中意为“对付”
1. 接，应（与door, bell, phone等连用）
2. 适应（需要等）
3. answer back 顶嘴
那女孩喜欢顶嘴。
I will go and answer the phone.The plan will not answer our needs.That girl likes answering back. As a matter of fact, I do not like violence…but in 1936 I helped him blow up some government buildings. 事实上我不喜欢暴力……但在1963年我帮他炸了一些政府大楼.
as a matter of fact = in fact
As a matter of fact, I don’t know the truth.
as a matter of fact--- in fact
Finally we achieved our dream.
Finally our dream _____ ____.came truemake black and white people equal
make + 宾语 + 宾补(名词， 形容词，动词)
We will make him monitor.
Our maths teacher made us interested in maths.
The boss made him work fourteen hours a day.
achieve one’s dream of doing sthBut I was happy to help because I knew it was to realize our dream of making black and white people equal.但是，我乐于帮忙，因为我知道，这是为了实现我们的黑人和白人平等的梦想。
“It was + 不定式”结构表示“按计划或安排将要做的事”，该结构在此处相当于It was time to do sth.
It was (time) to get rid of your bad habit of smoking.
该戒除你那抽烟的坏习惯了。be equal to 等于，相当于
I’m not equal to the position.
Women demand equal pay for equal work. You cannot imagine how the sound of the name of Robben Island made us afraid. 你想象不到听到罗本岛这个名字令我们多么害怕。
imagine n./doing sth./sb.+doing/that…
Can you imagine life without electricity?
I din’t imagine becoming a writer in my childhood.
I can’t imagine her marrying him.
Imagine that you are a bird.Language points for Reading II2. He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evening when we should have been asleep. 在午餐的休息时间和晚上我们本应该睡觉的时候他教授我们。
should do & should have done
He should have come earlier.
You should come earlier tomorrow.
You should have written to your mother.
My teacher said I should study harder.
I should have studied harder when I was young. should do 表示应该做，一般指现在或将来的动作，指过去的动作时应站在过去的角度。
should have done 表示本应该做而没有做的。站在现在的角度上评说过去的事情。
asleep, sleep & sleepy--Is he still sleeping?
--Yes, he is fast asleep.
I was too sleepy to hear the end of her talk.
I usually sleep seven hours a day.
asleep 是表语形容词，意为“睡着的”。
sleep 是动词或名词，意为“睡觉”。
sleepy 是形容词，意为“打盹的”。3. They were not cleverer than me, but they did pass their exams.
由于他们不如我聪明而又确实通过了考试 did pass 为强调结构，强调谓语动词时，在动词原行前加do, does, did.
Do be careful!
I do hope you have a merry Christmas!
He does speak English well!4. I did not work again for twenty years until Mr Mandela and the ANC came to power in 1994.
come to power = come into power 执政
in power 当权，执政
Things have changed a lot since he came to power.
How long has he been in power?5. All the terror and fear of that time came back to me.
terror n. 恐怖，可怕的人或事
The murder was a terror to the people in the town.
fear n. 恐惧，可怕
vt. 恐惧，害怕 + n./to do /that…
Do you fear death?
She fears to speak in our presence.
I fear that we can’t protect ourselves.
for fear of …& for fear that… 担心
He left an hour earlier for fear of missing the train.
She worried for fear that the child would be hurt.
6. I remembered the beatings and the cruelty of the guards and my friends who had died.
beating n. 打、输
They gave him a good beating.
They gave our team quite a beating.
beat n. 敲击，跳动
We heard the beat of a drum.
Can you hear the beat of my heart?7. They said that the job and the pay from the new South African government were my reward after working all my life for equal rights for the Blacks.
reward n. 报酬，奖金
He worked hard but without much reward.
in reward 作为报酬
She got nothing in reward for her kindness.
vt. 酬谢，给以报答
He rewarded me with a prize. 课件42张PPT。Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero Learning
about language
leagueguidanceout of workdevotedmeanWord-consolidation-Iprogressmankind factfeesyouthcalmnessselfishnessillnesslonelinesshopefulhopefullypeacefulpeacefullybeautifulbeautifullysuccessfulsuccessfullysuccessbeautyMy name is Robert Sobukwe. Like Nelson Mandela I was a ________who believed that all _________is created _______. I hate ________and tried to use _______ways so that black people could _____for their government. As I live in South Africa, the _______of the South African ________did not agree with me . They ________me for encouraging the blacks to fight against the government and put me in prison.
lawyer mankind equallyviolencevotelegal officialattacked Republic Ex. 3 of Learning about LanguageNobody was allowed to talk to me for five long years and I lost the ability to talk. Before I went to prison, I had been ________hat things would change. After I was released I found the _________of life for black people had got worse. I was _____________my future, and soon I fell ill. Although I was not as successful as Nelson Mandela, many people remember me as one of the first _______black fighters for human rights in South Africa.hopeful worried aboutqualityactiveFind out all the attributive clauses in Reading.Line 2: The time when …
Line 5: …to whom I went for advice
Line 7: …for which I was grateful
Line 9: The school where…
Line 12: This was a time when …
Line 15: The day when Nelson…
Line 20: …we have reached a stage where we…
Line 22: The parts of town in which…
Line 23: The places outside the towns where…
Line 25: …we were put into a position in which…
Line 26: …in a way which…1.在复句中修饰名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句。
2.定语从句所修饰的词叫先行词。
3.引导定语从句的连词叫关系代词或关系副词。
关系代词：who,whom,whose,that,which, as
关系副词：when,where,why
如果先行词是指人，用who,whom,whose, that引导定语从句。如果先行词是指物，用that,which,whose引导。Which baby is Jack?穿红裤子的baby是Jack。The baby is Jack.The baby is Jack.who is wearing red trousersthe handsome
the tall
the strong
the clever
the naughtyboyThe boy is Tom.The boy who is handsome is Tom.The boy who is tall is Tom.The boy who is strong is TomThe boy who is clever is TomThe boy who is naughty is Tom.? The boy is Tom. The boy is smiling.? The boy is Tom. The boy has a round face. The boy who is smiling is Tom.
(主语)The boy who has a round face is Tom.? The boy is Tom. He sits in front of me.The man who sits in front of me is Tom. ? The man is kind. Everyone likes him. The man (who) everyone likes is kind.
(宾语) ? The woman got the job.
We saw her on the street.The woman (whom) we saw on the street
got the job.? The teacher will give us a talk.
We met the teacher yesterday. The teacher (whom) we met yesterday will
give us a talk.? The boy is in the lab.
You want to talk to him.The boy (whom) you want to talk to
is in the lab.The boy to whom you want to talk
is in the lab.? This is the boy. I sit behind him.This is the boy (whom) I sit behind.This is the boy behind whom I sit.Which boy do you like better?applethe red
the green
the small
the bigThe apple which/that is red is mine.The apple which/that is green is yours.The apple which/that is red is smallThe apple which/that is green is big.关系代词:
1. who指人,作主语或宾语 (作宾语可省略）The man who I talked with is our teacher.A person who steals things is called a thief.2. whom指人,作宾语 (作宾语可省略,
如介词提前则不能省) The man (whom/who) I nodded to is Mr. Li.The man to whom I nodded is Professor Li. ? Mrs. Clark is angry with the goat. The goat is eating her flowers.Mrs. Clark is angry with the goat which/that is eating her flowers.? Can you lend me the book?
You talked about it last night.Can you lend me the book (which/that) you
talked about last night.Can you lend me the book about which
you talked last night? Do you find the pen?
I wrote with it just now.Do you find the pen with which I wrote
just now?Do you find the pen (which/that) I wrote with just now? 3. which 指物，作主语或宾语 (作宾语可省略,
如介词提前则不能省) These are the trees which were planted
last year.This recorder （which） he is using is
made in Japan. Is this the library (which) you borrow books from?Is this the library from which you borrow
books? ? that 指人/物，作主语或宾语 (作宾语可省略）A plane is a machine. It can fly.A plane is a machine that can fly.He is the man. I told you about him.He is the man (that/who/whom) I told you about.He is the man (that) I told you about.? 注意：介词提前时只能用which 而不能用that 。4. that 指人/物，作主语或宾语 (作宾语可省略）A plane is a machine that can fly. ? that和which在指物的情况下一般都可以互换, 但在下列情况下, 一般用that而不用which。I am sure she has something (that) you can borrow.I’ve read all the books that are not mine. This is the first book (that) he has read.This is the very book that belongs to him.(1) 先行词为all, everything, nothing, something,
anything, little, much 等不定代词时。(2)先行词被all, every, no, some, any, little, much等
修饰时。(3)先行词被序数词或最高级修饰时。(4)先行词被the only, the very, the same修饰时。在下列情况下只用which,不用that。
1，引导非限定性定语从句。
2，直接作介词的宾语。
3，避免与that重复。
Here he worked on a short film, which won him a job as the youngest film director in the world.
Many people were afraid to swim in the sea when they remembered the scenes in which people were eaten by the shark.whose 在定语从句中作定语，表示引导词
与 whose 后的名词为所属关系。 whose
多指人，也可指物，指物时可与 of which
互换使用。Whose 用来代替 his，her，their，its.This is the book whose cover is blue.
This is the book of which the cover is blue.
Do you know the girl whose father died in Iraq2. 如何选择关系代词?
who ,whom, whose, which, that
口诀: 前看先行词, 辩清人或物
后看从句里, 有无主宾语指人的关系代词：
that/who
whom
whose
指物的关系代词：
that/which
whose
在从句中作主语,宾语
在从句中作定语在从句中作宾语在从句中作主语,宾语在从句中作定语Spielberg,_ _______ mother was a teacher, was born in a small town.
This was a film_ __________ Spielberg used real actors instead of toys.
The reason______________ he could not go there was that his grades was too low.
This was the moment ______________ Spielberg’s career really took off.
Jurassic Park,______Spielberg made in 1993, is about a park______a man keeps different kinds of dinosaurs.
ET is about a young boy ____________makes friends with a small creature from outer space.
The Attributive Clausewhose in which/wherewhy / for whichwhen / at which whichwherewho/ that7.He told everything ______ he had seen in the traffic accident. 8.This was the best model of the TV set _______ the factory produced last year. 9.Alice,_______dress is all red, looks very pretty. 10.The first thing ______I am going to do this evening is to write a report about the experiment.
11. It was heard in Beijing, ______ is one hundred kilometers away.
12. Workers built shelters for survivors ______ homes had been destroyed.thatthatwhosethatwhichwhose13.Yesterday I met doctor Wang _________ told me the good news of his son's passing the examination.
14.The two pupils _________________ you taught three yeas ago have become teachers. 15.He began to work in Beijing in the year______
New China was founded. 16.I don't know the reason_____ she did n't agree to our plan. 17.This is a soldier_________ died in the war of Resistancewho/thatwho / that / whomwhenwhyWho/thatI’ll never forget the day when I joined the league.on which(=on the day)=
We still remembered the days when we travelled together.
= in which(=in the days)
The time ______ I first met Nelson Mandela
was a very difficult period of my life.when1. I’ll never forget the days ______ we spent together on the farm.
when B. which C. where D. in which
2. I’ll never forget the days ______ we studied together.
when B. which C. where D. in which
口诀: 前看先行词, 辩清人或物
后看从句里, 有无主宾语BAThis is the house where I lived two years ago.in which(=in the house)=Harvard is a world-famous university. There
Wang An got his Doctor’s degreeHarvard is a world-famous university where
Wang An got his Doctor degree.The place _________ we visited
yesterday is a school for disabled children.Which/thatDo you know the reason why she was late.for which(=for the reason)=I don’t believe the reason _________ you gave me (that, which)The mines where I worked were 9 km from my home.
The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work.
The time when I arrived was late at night.
The government building where we voted was very tall
The date when I joined the ANC Youth League was the 5th of August.Answer key to exercise 2 on page 37The person with whom I lived was a good friend of mine.
The house in which I was staying was far away from my work.
The company for which I worked was founded five years ago.
The address to which all my letters were sent was in South Africa.
The team for which I did research is the best in China.
The scientist from whom the government heard the bad news never lost heart when he was in trouble.Answer key to exercise 3 on page 37S1: The school was very large.
S2: The school in which I learned judo was very large.
S3: The school to which I was sent was very large.
S4: The school at which I studied French was very large.Play the gameDivide the students into groups of four. The first person begins with a sentence and each person in the group adds extra and different information using the attributive clause.play the gameHe made another wonderful discovery, _______ of great importance to science.
A. which I think is B. which I think it is
C. which I think it D. I think which is 高考链接A解析：答案A。该题考查定语从句中加入插入语的用法，因插入语应位于引导词之后，所以D项不对，B、C两项无法构成正确结构。----How are you today?
----Oh, I ____ as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A. didn’t feel B. wasn’t feeling
C. don’t feel D. haven’t felt高考链接D解析：答案D。由题意看出，此处表示持续到现在的一段时间的情况，需用现在完成时，句意为“我好长时间没感到想现在这样糟糕了”。There was ______ time ______ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when
C. the; that D. the; when高考链接B解析：答案B。全句意为“曾经有一段时间我痛恨上学。”第一空不表示特指，第二空引起定语从句，且在句中作时间状语。Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see _________ .
A. who is he B. who he is
C. who is it D. who it is高考链接D解析：答案D。空格处应填入宾语从句，因从句不用疑问式，所以A、C可排除；当不知对方的身份或性别时，主语应用it。HomeworkSummarize the rules of where/when/why attributive clauses.课件17张PPT。Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero Reading Nelson MandelaElias ?What’s the connection between them?ELIAS’ STORYA.Strangers
B.Helper and supporter
C.Father and son
D.Teacher and student readingHow many parts can the text be divided into? Give the general idea of each part. Part IParagraph 1-2 The life of Elias’ life before he met Nelson Mandela.Paragraph 3-5 The change of Elias’ life after he met Nelson Mandela and what Mandela did.Part IIThe hard life of Elias before he met MandelaAnsweringInformation about Mandela He was a black lawyer .He offered guidance to poor black people on their legal problems. He was generous with his time.
He worked in a gold mine.Information about EliasHe was a poor black worker in South Africa.He had little education, so he could not read or write wellElias’ problemHe needed to get a passbook so he could live in Johannesburg.AnsweringThe hard life of Elias before he met Mandela1.How did Mandela help Elias? 2.What unfair situation did black people face in South Africa? 1) They couldn’t vote or choose their leaders2) They couldn’t get the jobs they wanted.He told Elias how to get the correct papers, so Elias could stay in Johannesburg. 3) They lived in the poorest parts of South Africa.The change of Elias’ life after he met Nelson Mandela and what Mandela did.Answering Because he knew it would help achieve (realize) their dream of making black and white people equal . 4. Why did Elias support violence when he
did not agree with it?3.How did Elias support Mandela?The change of Elias’ life after he met Nelson Mandela and what Mandela did.1)He joined the ANC Youth League.2)He helped Mandela blow up some
government buildings.AnsweringElias went to see Nelson Mandela when he was in trouble.
Elias left school because the school was too far from his home.
Nelson Mandela helped him keep his job.
Elias trusted Nelson Mandela and he joined the ANC Youth League.
Elias was willing to blow up government buildings.
Nelson Mandela thought violence was a good way to help black people.FTDetail ReadingTTFFTime zone: please find out what happened in Elias’ life in the following years?
1940: Elias was born.
1942: Elias was a two years old baby.
1944: Elias was four years old.
1946: Elias began school.
1948: Elias left school.
1950: Nelson Mandela opened his law firm.
1952: Elias was 12 and met Mandela.
1954: Elias was fourteen and encouraged by Mandela.1940:
1942:
1944:
1946:
1948:
1950:
1952:
1954:Underline those you think are useful or difficult, then talk about them with your group members.lose heart
in trouble
worry about
out of work
Youth League
as a matter of fact
blow up
put…in prison
come to power
set up
be sentenced to Students discuss the following questions with their partners and give their own opinion.Why did Elias visit Nelson Mandela?
What did Mandela do to help black people?
What was Elias’ attitude towards the unfair situation black people faced? How do you know?
Why did Nelson Mandela turn to violence to make black and white people equal?Comprehending questions Why did Elias visit Nelson Mandela?
（ Para 2)2. What did Mandela do to help black people?
(Four main points in Para1 、3、4、5）3. What was Elias’ attitude towards the unfair
situation black people faced? How do you know?
（He agreed with Nelson Mandela. Para 4、5）4. Why did Nelson Mandela turn to violence to make black and white people equal?
（Para 4 )Students discuss the following questions in groups of four. After the discussion, the representatives from each group present their views.What disadvantages did Elias have in finding a job?
How did the new government in South Africa treat the white people?
Is it fair to treat others badly for things they cannot change, like the color of skin or eyes or the race one belong to? Give a reason.
What do we call it when some people are badly treated because of their race and others not?What qualities does Mandela
have? And why do you think so? I think
In my opinion,
To my understanding,
I feel that Discussion 1he is … because…What can we learn from the text about Nelson Mandela?bravery,
persistence (坚韧不拔）,
kindness,
determination，
belief… …Discussion 22.Who helps you most in your life?I think ……helps me most, because……HomeworkSurf the Internet to find more information about Nelson Mandela and you are expected to present it to your peer in the next class.课件13张PPT。Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero Using languageListeningThe main idea is the three reasons why Elias joined the ANC Youth League.Listen to the tape and write down the main idea.No need for a passbook to workNeeded a passbook to workWith their familiesWith their workmatesMost of South AfricaPoorest parts of South AfricaThe bestThe worstDiscuss these questions in pairs.Do you think Elias was right to join the ANC Youth League?
Imagine you are Elias. What would you do? Why?Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero Reading II
Could you imagine the life of Mandela and Elias in prison. Find some words to describe it. Scan the text in two minutes and answer the following two questions: (1)What did Elias do when he was in prison?
(2) Finally ,what did Elias take as his job? Did he enjoy it? He studied and was taught by Nelson Mandela when he was in prison.His job is taking the tourists round his old prison, at first he didn't enjoy his job but later he was proud to do this.1. Elias was unhappy in the prison because _________.
A. he was kept with the criminals
B. the prison guards studied with him
C. he has to study
D. he could not study for a degree
Read the passage for a second time and choose the best answer to complete each sentence. D2. Nelson Mandela showed how good a leader he was because ________.
A. he fought the guards in prison
B. he refused to let the guards study in his school
C. he let the guards study in his school but not take the exams
D. he let the guards study even though the prisoners could not take the examsD3. Life for Elias was not too bad in prison because _________
A. he had to study
B. he could study with the guards
C. he wanted to study
D. he could study and get a degreeB4. As leader of South Africa, Nelson Mandela helped prisoners of Robben Island by ________
A. giving them an education
B. giving them money
C. putting the guards in prison
D. giving them a jobAAnswer key for exercise 1:Elias became a good student.
He realized he was clever enough to do a degree.The guards were cruel.
Some people died in prison.
Elias was not allowed to take a degree in prison.Retell the story of Eliasstudythe environmentdegreefirst jobbeg for foodtook tourists around the prison课件23张PPT。Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero Words and expressionsWarming up让所有人得享正义。让所有人得享和平。让所有人得享工作、面包、水、盐分。Let there be justice for all.
Let there be peace for all.
Let there be work, bread, water and salt for all. a modern hero抢盐的。。。药来了，坚持住!!!——a modern heroLittle Hero Lin Hao（林浩）——a modern hero——a modern heroIs he a great person?——a modern heroIn my opinion…Who can be called a great person?I think …To my understanding…A great person is someone
who is devoted to helping
others.I feel that…——a modern heroWho is your hero/heroine? Why do you admire him/her most?qualities
of the great
peopledeterminedbraveconfidentwarm-heartedresponsibleselflesshonestbroad-and-open mindedgenerouskindeasy-goinghard-workingdevotedhelpfulindependent——a modern heroWho is he?Choose one of the six letters A B C D E FGuessing GameHe strongly believed in the three principles:nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood. Sun Yat-sen (1866-1925) China He is a Chinese who founded the first Republic in China in 1911 after many years’fighting.——a modern heroHe said,“ That’s one small step for ( a ) man, one giant leap for mankind.Neil Armstrong (1930-) USAHe was the first man to land on the moon in July 1969. ——a modern hero Norman Bethune (1890-1939) Canada He was a Canadian who worked selflessly in China as a doctor and saved many Chinese people.He fought against the German Nazis and Japanese invaders during World War II, and saved many Chinese soldiers. ——a modern heroHe was a man who wrote the Bible in English so all could read it. William Tyndale (1494-1536) BritainHe died for his ideas but his work is still used in the official Bible today.——a modern heroMohandas Gandhi (1869-1948) IndiaHe was an Indian who gave up a rich life for his ideas.He fought for his country to be free from the UK in a peaceful way.——a modern heroHe was the former president of South Africa who fought for black people and was in prison for almost thirty years. Nelson Mandela (1918-), South AfricaHe helped the black people to get the same rights as white people.——a modern hero
Who is the great people in your heart?
Why do you like himher so much?
Did heshe do anything for others?
What arewere hisher best qualities? The great people in your heart——a modern heroWhat qualities do I have?What qualities do you have?Say you Say me——a modern hero课件26张PPT。Unit 5 Nelson Mandela----a modern hero WorkbookListeningAnswer key for exercise 1:F. William Tyndate wrote the first English Bible.
F. He was born in the fifteenth century.
T
T
F. Everybody in England loved the Bible written by William Tyndale.Page 69Answer key for exercise 2:London, fifteenth, 1494, 1536, 42, English, Britain, English Bible, words, expressionsThe king was not happy because he did not want the people to read the Bible in English.
He was put in prison and later killed.
They love his work very much. His Bible is still the most popular and his words are still used today.Answer key for exercise 3:Answer key to exercise 1 on page 70youth,
be educated,
worried about,
advised,
taught,
accepted,
period,
completed,
selflessly,
As a matter of fact,
devoted,
peacefullyAs a matter of fact, parents don’t want their children to be in trouble.
After Mandela came to power and became president, his government did their best to change the unfair situation for black people.
Robert was sentenced to three years in prison for stealing and released a month ago.
4. He begged me to let him join the club we had just set up.Exercise on page 705. As they were out of work, Mr and Mrs Black had to turn to their relatives for help.
6. John wanted to give 100 yuan as a reward to the taxi driver who had found his wallet.
7. If you fail, you shouldn’t lose heart but just keep on going.
8. After the attack, her eyes were filled with terror every time she saw a dog.连词Answer key for exercise 3 on page 70Positive: intelligent, bright, smart, sociable, kindhearted, out-going, generous, sincere, frank, devoted, friendly, hard-working, ambitious, activeNegative: brainless, quarrelsome, simple-minded, cruel, stubborn, mean, lazy, stupid, cold, selfishSuggested answers to exercise 1 on page 71:why I had to stay in the hospital for so long.
where she was close to the sea
when natural disasters happened one after another
on which many beautiful peach flowers were shown
which was built sixty years ago.that his headteacher gave him during his three years of study in senior high school
who is well remembered by the chinese people
who had been helping him and supporting him for such a long time
which is so far form your familyDr Bethune, whose grandfather was also a well-known doctor, was born in Gravenhurst, Ontario, Canada.
Bethune was shocked by the terrible life of the poor children, for whom he created a free art school in Montreal.
After graduation Bethune moved to Montreal, where he gave free medical care to poor people.
Dr Bethune died from blood poisoning in 1939 and was buried in Shijiazhuang, which is a long way from his homeland.Answer key to exercise 2 on page 71Bethune left for China in 1938, when the war between China and Japan was under way.
After Norman Bethune died Chairman Mao Zedong wrote an article in which he praised Bethune’s excellent qualities.
Henry Norman Bethune was a Canadian doctor who is known as “Bai Qiu-en” in China.Listening taskB. It explains what a point f view is and gives and example of describing an accident.Answer key for exercise 1:Answer key for exercise 2:A point of view means one way of looking at things.
Because one person may not have seen everything that happened.
Because they each may have a different idea of the accident. Because they were in different places when the accident happened, they saw things differently.On the road.2Walking along the road.Coming up behind the boy.The car was going too fast and did not look. It hit the boy and hurt him.The car driver.On the road.2Walking in the road.Came up behind the boyThe boy moved father into the road. The car tried to stop but it couldn’t and hit the boy. The boy was hurt.The boy.I think the boy caused the accident because he should not have been walking in the road. He should have been on the pavement.Divide the students into group of four and discuss the following questions. Why did the two speakers have different ideas about the cause of the accident?
Have you ever had the similar experience? You friends and you have different points of views towards one thing?DiscussionDo you know anything about Bill Gates?Reading taskBill Gates, father of microsoft, what kind of man he is in your heart?
I think he is a great man because…
I think he is not a great man because…INFORMATION ABOUT BILL GATESChief executive officer Produced Microsoft noneGave money to the causesOther people are jealous
of his successThey think he is too big
and too powerful, unfair
Now you have to decide what you think of Bill Gates. He is a successful and rich man but is he a great man? Has he given up anything (not money) in his life to help other people and made things fairer in the world? AfterthoughtUseful words and expressions:set up a company
computer language
from Britain to China
make a lot of money
be against sb.
break…into…
be (un) fair to sb.
stop sb from doing sth.
do what sb. can to do sth.make sure that…
compete with sb.
(in) that/this way
get a large part of…
work on doing sth.
make things fair
make…into…
get rich
by fair means
a computer bullyBill Gate is a successful and rich man, but is he a great man? Has he given up anything (not money) in his life to help other people and made things fairer in the world? Divide the students into groups of the four to discuss the question. After the discussion, the representatives from each group present the discussion of their group.Is Bill Gate a great man?DiscussionHomeworkSurf the Internet to find the information of your hero and you are expected to present it to your peer in the next class.课件11张PPT。钟声响起归家的讯号 在他生命里仿佛带点唏嘘 黑色带给他的意义 是一生奉献肤色斗争中 年月把拥有变做失去 疲倦的双眼带着期望 今天只有残留的驱壳 迎接光辉岁月 风雨中抱紧自由 一生经过傍徨的挣扎 自信可改变未来 问谁又能做到 Nelson Mandela Let there be justice for all.
Let there be peace for all.
Let there be work, bread, water and salt for all.
----- Nelson Mandela 让所有人得享正义。
让所有人得享和平。
让所有人得享工作、面包、水、盐分。
----曼德拉Look at the life of Nelson Mandela and find out the following information.Hard work and success:General informationHis successeswhat he did in his lifeHelpful
Warm-hearted
Determined
Active
Brave
Selfless
Kind
…..Your opinionsGood qualitiesTips
Nelson Mandela was born near Transkei, on July18, 1918. He completed law degree at university when he was 22 years old. He is a great black leader who devoted all his life to fighting for the equal rights for the black people.
It was 1952 when he opened a law office to help poor black people on their problems. A few years later , Mandela encouraged people to use violence against anti-black laws to get the same rights as white people.
Enjoy the sample So he was put into prison. The reason for which he won the 1993 Nobel Peace Prize was that he never gave up fighting for the freedom of all the blacks.
What he did was for his people, his country, not for himself. So he is a warm-hearted, brave, determined and unselfish man.
As far as I am concerned , he is a great man.Useful expressions and sentences in writing a personBirthday and birth place
……was/ were born in …on…
2. Education background
Enter university
graduate from…department of …university
receive a doctor’s degree
3. Big events in one’s life
work hard at…
devote his lifetime/himself to…
concentrate himself to…
make up one’s mind to do sth.do sth with great determination
try one’s best to do sth.
encourage sb to do
fight for, give up one’s life for sb/sth
receive/win the Nobel Prize for…
overcome many difficulties
4. Opinions
one of the best/ most important …
speak/ think highly of…
his hard work brought him great success
be famous/known as be regarded as
remember sb forever
an inspiring leaderLet’s think about it!How to write about
a great person?Collect information
Sort them in proper order
Make an outline
Use it as you write
Examine your composition to perfect it
How to write about a great personHomework Write a short passage about Chairman Mao.Thank you
